The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Forest Exiles: The Perils of a Peruvian Family in the Wilds of the Amazon
    
This ebook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this ebook or online
at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States,
you will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.

Title: The Forest Exiles: The Perils of a Peruvian Family in the Wilds of the Amazon

Author: Mayne Reid

Illustrator: Harrison Weir

Release date: March 12, 2008 [eBook #24814]

Language: English

Credits: Produced by Nick Hodson of London, England


*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE FOREST EXILES: THE PERILS OF A PERUVIAN FAMILY IN THE WILDS OF THE AMAZON ***




Produced by Nick Hodson of London, England




The Forest Exiles, by Captain Mayne Reid.

________________________________________________________________________
Thinly disguised as a book about the fortunes of a family of exiles in
the forests of Peru, this is actually a very well-written book about the
natural history of the region.  Its style makes it eminently readable,
and even today anyone reading it will be amused and interested.

The story is supposed to have taken place in the early part of the
nineteenth century.

There are a good many Spanish and native Indian words, but this does not
affect the readability of the various chapters, each of which deals with
some aspect of the natural history of the region.  It makes a good
audiobook.

________________________________________________________________________
THE FOREST EXILES, BY CAPTAIN MAYNE REID.



CHAPTER ONE.

THE BIGGEST WOOD IN THE WORLD.

Boy reader, I am told that you are not tired of my company.  Is this
true?

"Quite true, dear Captain,--quite true!"  That is your reply.  You speak
sincerely?  I believe you do.

In return, believe _me_, when I tell you I am not tired of yours; and
the best proof I can give is, that I have come once more to seek you.  I
have come to solicit the pleasure of your company,--not to an evening
party, nor to a ball, nor to the Grand Opera, nor to the Crystal Palace,
nor yet to the Zoological Gardens of Regent's Park,--no, but to the
great zoological garden of Nature.  I have come to ask you to accompany
me on another "campaign,"--another "grand journey" through the fields of
Science and Adventure.  Will you go?

"Most willingly--with you, dear Captain, anywhere."

Come with me, then.

Again we turn our faces westward; again we cross the blue and billowy
Atlantic; again we seek the shores of the noble continent of America.

"What! to America again?"

Ha! that is a large continent, and you need not fear that I am going to
take you over old ground.  No, fear not that!  New scenes await us; a
new _fauna_, a new _flora_,--I might almost say, a new earth and a new
sky!

You shall have variety, I promise you,--a perfect contrast to the scenes
of our last journey.

Then, you remember, we turned our faces to the cold and icy North,--now
our path lies through the hot and sunny South.  Then we lived in a
log-hut, and closed every cranny to keep out the cold,--now, in our
cottage of palms and cane, we shall be but too glad to let the breeze
play through the open walls.  Then we wrapped our bodies in thick
furs,--now we shall be content with the lightest garments.  Then we were
bitten by the frost,--now we shall be bitten by sand-flies, and
mosquitoes, and bats, and snakes, and scorpions, and spiders, and stung
by wasps, and centipedes, and great red ants!  Trust me, you shall have
a change!

Perhaps you do not contemplate _such_ a change with any very lively
feelings of pleasure.  Come! do not be alarmed at the snakes, and
scorpions, and centipedes!  We shall find a cure for every bite--an
antidote for every bane.

Our new journey shall have its pleasures and advantages.  Remember how
of old we shivered as we slept, coiled up in the corner of our dark
log-hut and smothered in skins,--now we shall swing lightly in our
netted hammocks under the gossamer leaves of the palm-tree, or the
feathery frondage of the ferns.  Then we gazed upon leaden skies, and at
night looked upon the cold constellation of the Northern Bear;--now, we
shall have over us an azure canopy, and shall nightly behold the
sparkling glories of the Southern Cross, still shining as bright as when
Paul and his little Virginie with loving eyes gazed upon it from their
island home.  In our last journey we toiled over bleak and barren
wastes, across frozen lakes, and marshes, and rivers;--now we shall pass
under the shadows of virgin forests, and float lightly upon the bosom of
broad majestic streams, whose shores echo with the voices of living
nature.

Hitherto our travels have been upon the wide, open prairie, the
trackless plain of sand, the frozen lake, the thin scattering woods of
the North, or the treeless snow-clad "Barrens."  Now we are about to
enter a great forest,--a forest where the leaves never fade, where the
flowers are always in bloom,--a forest where the woodman's axe has not
yet echoed, where the colonist has hardly hewed out a single clearing,--
a vast primeval forest,--the largest in the world.

How large, do you ask?  I can hardly tell you.  Are you thinking of
Epping, or the New Forest?  True, these are large woods, and have been
larger at one time.  But if you draw your ideas of a great forest from
either of these you must prepare yourself for a startling announcement--
and that is, that the forest through which I am going to take you is _as
big as all Europe_!  There is one place where a straight line might be
drawn across this forest that would measure the enormous length of two
thousand six hundred miles!  And there is a point in it from which a
circle might be described, with a diameter of more than a thousand
miles, and the whole area included within this vast circumference would
be found covered with an unbroken forest!

I need scarce tell you what forest I allude to, for there is none other
in the world of such dimensions--none to compare with that vast,
trackless forest that covers the valley of the mighty Amazon!

And what shall we see in travelling through this tree-covered expanse?
Many a strange form of life--both vegetable and animal.  We shall see
the giant "ceiba" tree, and the "zamang," and the "caoba," twined by
huge parasites almost as thick as their own trunks, and looking as
though they embraced but to crush them; the "juvia," with its
globe-shaped fruits as large as the human head; the "cow-tree," with its
abundant fountains of rich milk; the "seringa," with its valuable gum--
the caoutchouc of commerce; the "cinchona," with its fever-killing bark;
the curious "volador," with its winged seeds; the wild indigo, and the
arnatto.  We shall see palms of many species--some with trunks smooth
and cylindrical, others covered with thorns, sharp and thickly set--some
with broad entire leaves, others with fronds pinnate and feathery, and
still others whose leaves are of the shape of a fan--some rising like
naked columns to the height of an hundred and fifty feet, while others
scarcely attain to the standard of an ordinary man.

On the water we shall see beautiful lilies--the snow-white _nymphs_, and
the yellow _nuphars_.  We shall see the _Victoria regia_ covering the
pool with its massive wax-like flowers, and huge circular leaves of
bronze green.  We shall see tall flags like Saracen spears, and the dark
green culms of gigantic rushes, and the golden _arundinaria_--the
bamboo, and "cana brava,"--that rival the forest trees in height.

Many a form of animal life we may behold.  Basking in the sun, we may
behold the yellow and spotted body of the jaguar--a beautiful but
dreaded sight.  Breaking through the thick underwood, or emerging slowly
from the water, we may catch a glimpse of the sombre tapir, or the
red-brown capivara.  We may see the ocelot skulking through the deep
shade, or the margay springing upon its winged prey.  We may see the
shaggy ant-bear tearing at the cones of sand-clay, and licking up the
white termites; or we may behold the scaly armadillo crawling over the
sun-parched earth, and rolling itself up at the approach of danger.  We
may see human-like forms,--the _quadrumana_--clinging among the high
branches, and leaping from tree to tree, like birds upon the wing; we
may see them of many shapes, sizes, and colours, from the great howling
monkeys, with their long prehensile tails, down to the little saimiris
and ouistitis not larger than squirrels.

What beautiful birds, too!--for this forest is their favourite home.
Upon the ground, the large curassows, and guans, and the "gallo," with
his plumage of bright red.  Upon the trees, the macaws, and parrots, and
toucans, and trogons.  In the waters, the scarlet flamingoes, the
ibises, and the tall herons; and in the air, the hawks, the zamuros, the
king-vultures, and the eagles.

We shall see much of the reptile world, both by land and water.  Basking
upon the bank, or floating along the stream, we may behold the great
water lizards--the crocodile and caiman; or the unwieldy forms of the
_cheloniae_--the turtles.  Nimbly running along the tree-trunk, or up
the slanting lliana, we may see the crested iguana, hideous to behold.
On the branches that overhang the silent pool we may see the
"water-boa," of huge dimensions, watching for his prey--the peccary, the
capivara, the paca, or the agouti; and in the dry forest we may meet
with his congener the "stag-swallower," twined around a tree, and
waiting for the roebuck or the little red-deer of the woods.

We may see the mygale, or bird-catching spider, at the end of his strong
net-trap, among the thick foliage; and the tarantula, at the bottom of
his dark pitfall, constructed in the ground.  We may see the tent-like
hills of the white ants, raised high above the surface, and the nests of
many other kinds, hanging from high branches, and looking as though they
had been constructed out of raw silk and pasteboard.  We may see trees
covered with these nests, and some with the nests of wasps, and still
others with those of troupials and orioles--birds of the genus _icterus_
and _cassicus_--hanging down like long cylindrical purses.

All these, and many more strange sights, may be seen in the great forest
of the Amazon valley; and some of them we shall see--_voila_!



CHAPTER TWO.

THE REFUGEES.

Upon a bright and lovely evening, many years ago, a party of travellers
might have been seen climbing up that Cordillera of the Andes that lies
to the eastward of the ancient city of Cuzco.  It was a small and
somewhat singular party of travellers; in fact, a travelling family,--
father, mother, children, and one attendant.  We shall say a word of
each of them separately.

The chief of the party was a tall and handsome man, of nearly forty
years of age.  His countenance bespoke him of Spanish race, and so he
was.  He was not a Spaniard, however, but a Spanish-American, or
"Creole," for so Spaniards born in America are called to distinguish
them from the natives of Old Spain.

Remember--Creoles are _not_ people with negro or African blood in their
veins.  There is a misconception on this head in England, and elsewhere.
The African races of America are either negroes, mulattoes, quadroons,
quinteroons, or mestizoes; but the "Creoles" are of European blood,
though born in America.  Remember this.  Don Pablo Romero--for that was
the name of our traveller--was a Creole, a native of Cuzco, which, as
you know, was the ancient capital of the Incas of Peru.

Don Pablo, as already stated, was nearly forty years of age.  Perhaps he
looked older.  His life had not been spent in idleness.  Much study,
combined with a good deal of suffering and care, had made many of those
lines that rob the face of its youthful appearance.  Still, although his
look was serious, and just then sad, his eye was occasionally seen to
brighten, and his light elastic step showed that he was full of vigour
and manhood.  He had a moustache, very full and black, but his whiskers
were clean shaven, and his hair cut short, after the fashion of most
people in Spanish America.  He wore velvet pantaloons, trimmed at the
bottoms with black stamped leather, and upon his feet were strong boots
of a reddish yellow colour--that is, the natural colour of the tanned
hide before it has been stained.  A dark jacket, closely buttoned,
covered the upper part of his body, and a scarlet silk sash encircled
his waist, the long fringed ends hanging down over the left hip.  In
this sash were stuck a Spanish knife and a pair of pistols, richly
ornamented with silver mountings.  But all these things were concealed
from the view by a capacious poncho, which is a garment that in South
America serves as a cloak by day and a blanket by night.  It is nearly
of the size and shape of an ordinary blanket, with a slit in the centre,
through which the head is passed, leaving the ends to hang down.
Instead of being of uniform colour, several bright colours are usually
woven into the poncho, forming a variety of patterns.  In Mexico a very
similar garment--the scrape--is almost universally worn.  The poncho of
Don Pablo was a costly one, woven by hand, and out of the finest wool of
the vicuna, for that is the native country of this useful and curious
animal.  Such a poncho would cost 20 pounds, and would not only keep out
cold, but would turn rain like a "macintosh."  Don Pablo's hat was also
curious and costly.  It was one of those known as "Panama," or
"Guayaquil,"--hats so called because they are manufactured by Indian
tribes who dwell upon the Pacific coast, and are made out of a rare
sea-grass, which is found near the above-mentioned places.  A good
Guayaquil hat will cost 20 pounds; and although, with its broad curling
brim and low crown, it looks not much better than Leghorn or even fine
straw, yet it is far superior to either, both as a protection against
rain, or, what is of more importance in southern countries, against a
hot tropical sun.  The best of them will wear half a lifetime.  Don
Pablo's "sombrero" was one of the very best and costliest; and this,
combined with the style of his other habiliments, betokened that the
wearer was one of the "ricos," or higher class of his country.

The costume of his wife, who was a dark and very beautiful Spanish
woman, would have strengthened this idea.  She wore a dress of black
silk with velvet bodice and sleeves, tastefully embroidered.  A mantilla
of dark cloth covered her shoulders, and on her head was a low
broad-brimmed hat, similar to those usually worn by men, for a bonnet is
a thing unknown to the ladies of Spanish America.  A single glance at
the Dona Isidora would have satisfied any one that she was a lady of
rank and refinement.

There were two children, upon which, from time to time, she gazed
tenderly.  They were her only ones.  They were a boy and girl, nearly of
equal size and age.  The boy was the elder, perhaps thirteen or more, a
handsome lad, with swarth face, coal-black eyes, and curly full-flowing
dark hair.  The girl, too, who would be about twelve, was dark--that is
to say, brunette in complexion.  Her eyes were large, round, and dreamy,
with long lashes that kept the sun from shining into them, and thus
deepened their expression.

Perhaps there are no children in the world so beautiful as those of the
Spanish race.  There is a smoothness of skin, a richness in colour, and
a noble "hidalgo" expression in their round black eyes that is rare in
other countries.  Spanish women retain this expression to a good age.
The men lose it earlier, because, as I believe, they are oftener of
corrupted morals and habits; and these, long exercised, certainly stamp
their lines upon the face.  Those which are mean, and low, and vicious,
produce a similar character of countenance, while those which are high,
and holy, and virtuous, give it an aspect of beauty and nobility.

Of all beautiful Spanish children none could have been more beautiful
than our two little Creole Spaniards, Leon and Leona--for such were the
names of the brother and sister.

There yet remains one to be described, ere we complete the account of
our travelling party.  This one was a grown and tall man, quite as tall
as Don Pablo himself, but thinner and more angular in his outlines.  His
coppery colour, his long straight black hair, his dark and wild piercing
eye, with his somewhat odd attire, told you at once he was of a
different race from any of the others.  He was an Indian--a South
American Indian; and although a descendant from the noble race of the
Peruvian Incas, he was acting in the capacity of a servant or attendant
to Don Pablo and his family.  There was a familiarity, however, between
the old Indian--for he was an old man--and Don Pablo, that bespoke the
existence of some tie of a stronger nature than that which exists
between master and servant.  And such there was in reality.  This Indian
had been one of the patriots who had rallied around Tupac Amaru in his
revolution against the Spaniards.  He had been proscribed, captured, and
sentenced to death.  He would have been executed, but for the
interference of Don Pablo, who had saved his life.  Since then Guapo--
such was the Indian's name--had remained not only the retainer, but the
firm and faithful friend, of his benefactor.

Guapo's feet were sandalled.  His legs were naked up to the knees,
showing many an old scar received from the cactus plants and the thorny
bushes of acacia, so common in the mountain-valleys of Peru.  A
tunic-like skirt of woollen cloth,--that home-made sort called
"bayeta,"--was fastened around his waist, and reached down to the knees;
but the upper part of his body was quite bare, and you could see the
naked breast and arms, corded with strong muscles, and covered with a
skin of a dark copper colour.  The upper part of his body was naked only
when the sun was hot.  At other times Guapo wore a species of poncho
like his master, but that of the Indian was of common stuff--woven out
of the coarse wool of the llama.  His head was bare.

Guapo's features were thin, sharp, and intelligent.  His eye was keen
and piercing; and the gait of the old man, as he strode along the rocky
path, told that it would be many years before he would show any signs of
feebleness or tottering.

There were four animals that carried our travellers and their effects.
One was a horse ridden by the boy Leon.  The second was a saddle mule,
on which rode Dona Isidora and Leona.  The other two animals were not
mounted.  They were beasts of burden, with "yerguas," or pack-saddles,
upon which were carried the few articles that belonged to the
travellers.  They, were the camels of Peru--the far-famed llamas.  Don
Pablo, with his faithful retainer, travelled afoot.

You will wonder that one apparently so rich, and on so distant a
journey, was not provided with animals enough to carry his whole party.
Another horse at least, or a mule, might have been expected in the
cavalcade.  It would not have been strange had Guapo only walked--as he
was the arriero, or driver, of the llamas--but to see Don Pablo afoot
and evidently tired, with neither horse nor mule to ride upon, was
something that required explanation.  There was another fact that
required explanation.  The countenance of Don Pablo wore an anxious
expression, as if some danger impended; so did that of the lady, and the
children were silent, with their little hearts full of fear.  They knew
not _what_ danger, but they knew that their father and mother were in
trouble.  The Indian, too, had a serious look; and at each angle of the
mountain road he and Don Pablo would turn around, and with anxious eyes
gaze back in the direction that led towards Cuzco.  As yet they could
distinguish the spires of the distant city, and the Catholic crosses, as
they glistened under the evening sunbeam.  Why did they look back with
fear and distrust?  Why?  _Because Don Pablo was in flight, and feared
pursuers_!  What?  Had he committed some great crime?  No.  On the
contrary, he was the _victim of a noble virtue_--the virtue of
patriotism!  For that had he been condemned, and was now in flight--
flying to save not only his liberty but his life! yes, _his life_; for
had the sentinels on those distant towers but recognised him, he would
soon have been followed and dragged back to an ignominious death.

Young reader, I am writing of things that occurred near the beginning of
the present century, and before the Spanish-American colonies became
free from the rule of Old Spain.  You will remember that these countries
were then governed by viceroys, who represented the King of Spain, but
who in reality were quite as absolute as that monarch himself.  The
great viceroys of Mexico and Peru held court in grand state, and lived
in the midst of barbaric pomp and luxury.  The power of life and death
was in their hands, and in many instances they used it in the most
unjust and arbitrary manner.  They were themselves, of course, natives
of Old Spain--often the pampered favourites of that corrupt court.  All
the officials by which they were surrounded and served were, like
themselves, natives of Spain, or "Gachupinos," (as the Creoles used to
call them,) while the Creoles--no matter how rich, or learned, or
accomplished in any way--were excluded from every office of honour and
profit.  They were treated by the Gachupinos with contempt and insult.
Hence for long long years before the great revolutions of Spanish
America, a strong feeling of dislike existed between Creole Spaniards
and Spaniards of Old Spain; and this feeling was quite independent of
that which either had towards the Indians--the aborigines of America.
This feeling brought about the revolution, which broke out in all the
countries of Spanish America (including Mexico) about the year 1810, and
which, after fifteen years of cruel and sanguinary fighting, led to the
independence of these countries.

Some people will tell you that they gained nothing by this independence,
as since that time so much war and anarchy have marked their history.
There is scarcely any subject upon which mankind thinks more
superficially, and judges more wrongly, than upon this very one.  It is
a mistake to suppose that a people enjoys either peace or prosperity,
simply because it is quiet.  There is quiet in Russia, but to its
millions of serfs war continuous and eternal; and the same may be said
of many other countries as well as Russia.  To the poor slave, or even
to the over-taxed subject, peace is no peace, but a constant and
systematised struggle, often more pernicious in its effects than even
the anarchy of open war.  A war of this kind numbers its slain by
millions, for the victims of famine are victims of _political crime_ on
the part of a nation's rulers.  I have no time now to talk of these
things.  Perhaps, boy reader, you and I may meet on this ground again,
and at no very distant period.

Well, it was not in the general rising of 1810 that Don Pablo had been
compromised, but previous to that.  The influence of the European
Revolution of 1798 was felt even in distant Spanish America, and several
ebullitions occurred in different parts of that country at the same
time.  They were premature; they were crushed.  Those who had taken part
in them were hunted to the death.  Death! death! was the war-cry of the
Spanish hirelings, and bitterly did they execute their vengeance on all
who were compromised.  Don Pablo would have been a victim among others,
had he not had timely warning and escaped; but as it was, all his
property was taken by confiscation, and became the plunder of the
rapacious tyrant.

We are introduced to him just at the period of his escape.  By the aid
of the faithful Guapo he had hastily collected a few things, and with
his wife and family fled in the night.  Hence the incompleteness of his
travelling equipage.  He had taken one of the most unfrequented paths--a
mere bridle-road--that led from Cuzco eastward over the Cordillera.  His
intent was to gain the eastern slope of the Andes mountains, where he
might conceal himself for a time in the uninhabited woods of the Great
_Montana_, and towards this point was he journeying.  By a _ruse_ he had
succeeded in putting the soldiers of the despot on a false track; but it
was not certain that they might not yet fall into the true one.  No
wonder then, when he gazed back towards Cuzco, that his look was one of
apprehension and anxiety.



CHAPTER THREE.

THE POISON-TREES.

Following the rugged and winding path, the travellers had climbed to a
height of many thousand feet above the ocean level.  There was very
little vegetation around them.  Nothing that deserved the name of tree,
if we except a few stunted specimens of quenoa trees (_Polylepis
racemosa_), and here and there patches of the Ratanhia shrub
(_Krameria_), which covered the hill-sides.  Both these are used by the
mountain Indians as fuel, but the Ratanhia is also a favourite remedy
against dysentery and blood-spitting.  Its extract is even exported to
European countries, and is to be found in the shop of the apothecary.

Now and then a beautiful species of locust was seen with its bright red
flowers.  It was the "Sangre de Christo" of the Peruvian _flora_.

Don Pablo Romero was a naturalist, and I may here tell you a pleasant
and interesting fact--which is, that many of the earliest patriots and
revolutionists of Spanish America were men who had distinguished
themselves in natural science--in fact, were the "savans" of these
countries.  I call this a pleasant fact, and you may deem it a curious
one too, because men of science are usually lovers of peace, and not
accustomed to meddle either in war or politics.  But the truth of the
matter is this,--under the government of the viceroys all books, except
those of a monkish religion, were jealously excluded from these
countries.  No political work whatever was permitted to be introduced;
and the people were kept in the grossest ignorance of their natural
rights.  It was only into learned institutions that a glimmering of the
light of freedom found its way, and it was amongst the professors of
these institutions that the "rights of men" first began to be discussed.
Many of these noble patriots were the first victims offered up on the
altar of Spanish-American independence.

Don Pablo, I have said, was a naturalist; and it was perhaps the first
journey he had ever made without observing attentively the natural
objects that presented themselves along his route.  But his mind was
busy with other cares; and he heeded neither the _fauna_ nor _flora_.
He thought only of his loved wife and dear children, of the dangers to
which he and they were exposed.  He thought only of increasing the
distance between them and his vengeful enemies.  During that day they
had made a toilsome journey of fifteen miles, up the mountain--a long
journey for the llamas, who rarely travel more than ten or twelve; but
the dumb brutes seemed to exert themselves as if they knew that danger
threatened those who guided them.  They belonged to Guapo, who had not
been a mere servant, but a cultivator, and had held a small "chacra," or
farm, under Don Pablo.  Guapo's voice was well known to the creatures,
and his "hist!" of encouragement urged them on.  But fifteen miles was
an unusual journey, and the animals began to show symptoms of fatigue.
Their humming noise, which bears some resemblance to the tones of an
Eolian harp, boomed loud at intervals as the creatures came to a stop;
and then the voice of Guapo could be heard urging them forward.

The road led up a defile, which was nothing more than the bed of a
mountain-torrent, now dry.  For a long distance there was no spot of
level ground where our travellers could have encamped, even had they
desired to stop.  At length, however, the path led out of the
torrent-bed, and they found themselves on a small ledge, or table,
covered with low trees.  These trees were of a peculiar kind, very
common in all parts of the Andes, and known as _molle_ trees.  They are
more properly bushes than trees, being only about ten or twelve feet in
height.  They have long delicate pinnate leaves, very like those of the
acacia, and, when in fruit, they are thickly covered with clusters of
small bright red berries.  These berries are used among some tribes of
Indians for making a highly valuable and medicinal beer; but the wood of
the tree is of more importance to the people of those parts as an
article of fuel, because the tree grows where other wood is scarce.  It
is even considered by the sugar-refiners as the best for their purpose,
since its ashes, possessing highly alkaline properties, are more
efficient than any other in purifying the boiling juice of the
sugar-cane.  The leaves of this beautiful tree, when pressed, emit a
strong aromatic smell; and a very curious property ascribed to it by the
more ignorant people of the mountains will be illustrated by the
dialogue which follows:--

"Let us pass the night here," said Don Pablo, halting, and addressing
himself to Guapo.  "This level spot will serve us to encamp.  We can
sleep under the shade of the bushes."

"What! _mi amo_!  (my master) Here?" replied the Indian, with a gesture
of surprise.

"And why not here?  Can any place be better?  If we again enter the
defile we may find no other level spot.  See! the llamas will go no
farther.  We must remain therefore."

"But, master," continued Guapo--"see!"

"See what?"

"The trees, master!"

"Well, what of the trees?  Their shade will serve to screen us from the
night dew.  We can sleep under them."

"Impossible, master--_they are poison trees_!"

"You are talking foolishly, Guapo.  These are _molle_ trees."

"I know it, senor; but they are poison.  If we sleep under them we shall
not awake in the morning--we shall awake no more."

And Guapo, as he uttered these words, looked horrified.

"This is nonsense; you are superstitious, old man.  We must abide here.
See, the llamas have lain down.  They will not move hence, I warrant."

Guapo turned to the llamas, and thinking that their movements might
influence the decision of his master, began to urge them in his
accustomed way.  But it is a peculiarity of these creatures not to stir
one step beyond what they consider a proper journey.  Even when the load
is above that which they are accustomed to carry--that is to say, 120
pounds--neither voice nor whip will move them.  They may be goaded to
death, but will not yield, and coaxing has a like effect.  Both knew
that they had done their day's work; and the voice, the gesticulations
and blows of Guapo, were all in vain.  Neither would obey him any
longer.  The Indian saw this, and reluctantly consented to remain; at
the same time he continued to repeat his belief that they would all most
certainly perish in the night.  For himself, he expressed his intention
to climb a ledge, and sleep upon the naked rocks; and he earnestly
entreated the others to follow his example.

Don Pablo listened to the admonitions of his retainer with incredulity,
though not with any degree of disdain.  He knew the devotedness of the
old Indian, and therefore treated, what he considered a more
superstition, with a show of respect.  But he felt an inclination to
cure Guapo of the folly of such a belief; and was, on this account, the
more inclined to put his original design into execution.  To pass the
night under the shade of the molle trees was, therefore, determined
upon.

All dismounted.  The llamas were unloaded; their packs, or _yerguas_,
taken off; the horse and mule were unsaddled; and all were permitted to
browse over the little space which the ledge afforded.  They were all
trained animals.  There was no fear of any of them straying.

The next thing was to prepare supper.  All were hungry, as none of the
party had eaten since morning.  In the hurry of flight, they had made no
provision for an extended journey.  A few pieces of _charqui_ (jerked or
dried beef) had been brought along; and, in passing near a field of
"oca," Guapo had gathered a bunch of the roots, and placed them on the
back of his llama.  This oca is a tuberous root (_Oxalis tuberosa_), of
an oval shape and pale red colour, but white inside.  It resembles very
much the Jerusalem artichoke, but it is longer and slimmer.  Its taste
is very agreeable and sweetish--somewhat like that of pumpkins, and it
is equally good when roasted or boiled.  There is another sort of
tuberous root (_Tropaeolum tuberosum_), called "ulluca" by the
Peruvians, which is more glutinous and less pleasant to the taste.  This
kind is various in form, being either round, oblong, straight, or
curved, and of a reddish, yellow colour outside, though green within.
It is insipid when boiled with water, but excellent when dressed with
Spanish peppers (_Capsicum_).  Out of the _oca_, then, and _charqui_,
the supper must be made; and for the purpose of cooking it, a fire must
be kindled with the wood of the molle.

For a long time there was a doubt about whether it would be safe to
kindle this fire.  The sun had not yet gone down, and the smoke might
attract observation from the valley below.  If the pursuers were on
their track, it might be noticed; as upon this lonely route a fire would
indicate nothing else than the camp of some one on a journey.  But the
stomachs of our travellers cried for food, and it was at length resolved
to light the fire, but not until after sunset, when the smoke could be
no longer seen, and the blaze would be hidden behind the thick bushes of
molle.

Don Pablo walked off from the camp, and wandered among the trees to see
if he could find something that might contribute a little variety to
their simple supper.  A small, broom-like plant, that grew among the
molle trees, soon attracted his attention.  This was the _quinoa_ plant
(_Chenopodium quinoa_), which produces a seed, not unlike rice, though
smaller in the grain, whence it has received in commerce the name "petty
rice."  The quinoa seeds, when boiled, are both pleasant and nutritious,
but especially so when boiled in milk.  Previous to the discovery of
America, "quinoa" was an article of food, supplying the place of wheat.
It was much used by the natives, and is still collected for food in many
parts.  Indeed, it has been introduced into some European countries, and
cultivated with success.  The leaves, when young, can be used as
spinach, but the seeds are the most sought after for food.

Don Pablo having called Leon to assist him, a quantity of the seeds were
soon collected into a vessel, and carried to the place which they had
chosen for their camp; and, as it was now dark enough, the fire was
kindled and the cooking-pot got ready.  The Dona Isidora, although a
fine lady, was one of those who had all her life been accustomed to look
after her household affairs: and this, it may be remarked, is a somewhat
rare virtue among the Peruvian ladies, who are generally too much given
to dress and idleness.  It was not so, however, with the wife of Don
Pablo.  She knew how to look after the affairs of the _cuisine_, and
could dress any of the peculiar dishes of the country with the best of
cooks.  In a short while, therefore, an excellent supper was ready, of
which all ate heartily, and then, wrapping themselves up in their
ponchos, lay down to sleep.



CHAPTER FOUR.

THE SUPPER OF GUAPO.

I have said all ate of the supper.  This is not strictly true.  One of
the party did not touch it, and that was old Guapo.  Why?  Was he not
hungry like the rest?  Yes; as hungry as any of them.  Why then did he
not eat of the _charqui_ and ocas?  Simply because Guapo had a supper of
a very different kind, which he carried in his pouch, and which he liked
much better than the charqui stew.  What was it?  It was "coca."

"Chocolate," you will say, or, as some call it, "cocoa," which should be
called, to name it properly, "cacao."  No, I answer--it was not
chocolate, nor cocoa, nor cacao neither.

"It must have been cocoa-nuts, then?"  No; nor yet cocoa-nuts.  The
"coca," upon which Guapo made his supper, and which contented his
stomach perfectly for the night, was an article very different from
either the cacao which makes chocolate, or the nut of the cocoa-palm.
You are now impatient to hear what sort of thing it was, and I shall
tell you at once.

The coca is a small tree or shrub about six feet in height, which grows
in the warmer valleys among the Andes mountains.  Its botanical name is
_Erythroxylon coca_.  Its leaves are small and of a bright green colour,
and its blossoms white.  Its fruits are very small scarlet berries.  It
is a native plant, and, therefore, found in a wild state; but it is
cultivated by the planters of these countries in fields regularly laid
out, and hence called "cocales."  This plant is raised from the seed,
and when the young shoots have attained the height of about eighteen
inches, they are transplanted and put down again at the distance of
about a foot apart from each other.  Now as these little bushes require
a humid atmosphere, maize-plants are sown between the rows to protect
them from the sun.  In other places arbours of palm-leaves are
constructed over the coca-plants.  When no rain falls, they are watered
every five or six days.  After about two and a half years of this
nursing, the coca-bush is ready for use, and it is the leaves alone that
are valuable.  These are gathered with great care, just as the Chinese
gather the leaves of the tea-plant; and, as in China, women are
principally employed in this labour.  The leaves are said to be ripe,
not when they have withered and turned brown, but at a period when they
are full-grown and become brittle.  When this period arrives, they are
picked from the tree, and laid out on coarse woollen cloths to dry in
the sun.  When dried, they remain of a pale green colour; but should
they get damp during the process, they become darker, and are then of
inferior quality, and sell for a less price.  When fully dried, they are
carefully packed in bags and covered up with dry sand, and are thus
ready for the market.  Their price, on the spot where the crop is
produced, is about one shilling English per pound.  They are, therefore,
full as costly to produce as tea itself, although the coca-bush will
yield three crops of leaves in one year--that is, a crop every four
months; and one hundred plants will produce about an arroba (25 pounds)
at a crop.  The coca-plant will continue to give fresh leaves for a long
period of years, unless attacked and destroyed by ants, which is not
unfrequently the case.

Now, why have I so minutely described the coca-bush?  Because, that, in
the economy of the life of those Indians who inhabit the countries of
the Andes mountains, this curious plant plays a most important part.
Scarcely one of these people is to be met with who is not an eater of
coca--a "coquero."  With them it is what the tea-tree is to the Chinese.
Indeed, it is a curious fact, that in all parts of the world some
stimulating vegetable is used by the human race.  Tea in China; the
betel-leaf, and the nut of the areca palm, among the Southern Asiatics;
the poppy in the East; with tobacco, and many like things, in other
countries.

But the coca not only supplies the Indian with a solace to his cares, it
forms the chief article of his food.  With a supply of coca, an Indian
will support himself five or six days without eating anything else.  The
poor miners, in the Peruvian mines, are all "coqueros;" and it is
alleged that, without coca, they would be unable to undergo the painful
toil to which their calling subjects them.  When used to excess, the
coca produces deleterious effects on the human system; but, if
moderately taken, it is far more innocent in its results than either
opium or tobacco.

The coca-leaf is not eaten alone.  A certain preparation is necessary,
and another substance is mixed with it before it produces the proper
effect.  But let us watch the movements of Guapo, and we shall see how
he does it, for Guapo is a confirmed coquero.

Guapo, true to his promise, does not sleep under the molle trees.  He
leaves the party, and, with a melancholy air, has climbed up and seated
himself upon a projecting rock, where he intends to pass the night.  His
last glance at Don Pablo and his family was one of foreboding.  He had
again remonstrated with his master, but to no purpose.  The latter only
laughed at the earnestness of the old Indian, and told him to go to his
perch and leave the party to themselves.

It was still grey light when Guapo climbed up to the rock.  Against the
sky his tall, lank form could be traced in all its outlines.  For some
moments he sat in a serious and reflective mood--evidently busy with
thoughts about the "poison-trees."  His appetite, however, soon got the
better of him; and he set to work to prepare his coca supper.  It was a
simple operation.

Around Guapo's neck there hung a small pouch made of the skin of the
chinchilla, which beautiful little animal is a native of these parts.
This pouch contained a quantity of the dry leaves of the coca.  Having
taken out some half-dozen of these leaves, he put them into his mouth
and commenced chewing them.  In a short while, by the aid of tongue,
teeth, and lips, they were formed into a little ball of pulp, that
rolled about in his mouth.  Another step in the process now became
necessary.  A small gourd, that hung around Guapo's neck by a thong, was
laid hold of.  This was corked with a wooden stopper, in which stopper a
wire pin was fixed, long enough to reach down to the bottom of the
gourd.  After taking out the stopper, Guapo applied the lower part of
the pin to his lips, and then, plunging it once more into the gourd,
drew it out again.  This time the pin came out, with a fine whitish
powder adhering to the part that had been wetted.  Now what was this
powder?  It was nothing else than lime that had been burned, and then
pulverised.  Perhaps it was the ashes of the molle tree, of which we
have already spoken, and which, as we have said, possess a highly
alkaline property.  The ashes of the musa, or plantain, are sometimes
used; but, after all, it is most likely that it was the molle ashes
which Guapo carried, for these are most highly esteemed by the Indians
of Southern Peru; and Guapo was a connoisseur in coca-eating.  Whichever
of the three it was--lime, molle, or musa--Guapo carried the pin to his
mouth, and, without touching his lips (it would have burnt him if he
had), he inserted it, so as to penetrate the ball of chewed coca-leaves
that rested upon the tip of his tongue.  This was stabbed repeatedly and
adroitly by the pin, until all the powder remained in the coca-ball; and
then the pin was withdrawn, wiped, and restored to its place, along with
the stopper of the gourd.

Guapo now remained quietly "ruminating" for a period of about forty
minutes--for this is about the time required for chewing a mess of
coca-leaves.  Indeed, so exactly is this time observed, that the
Indians, when travelling, measure distances by it; and one "coceada" is
about equal to the time occupied in walking a couple of English miles.

The coceada of our old Indian being finished, he drew his llama-wool
poncho around him; and, leaning back against the rock, was soon buried
in a profound slumber.



CHAPTER FIVE.

THE PUNA.

By early dawn Guapo was awake, but he did not immediately awake the
others.  It was still too dark to follow the mountain road.  His first
care was to have his coca breakfast, and to this he applied himself at
once.

Day was fairly broke when he had ended the process of mastication, and
he bethought him of descending from the rock to arouse the sleepers.  He
knew they still slept, as no voice had yet issued from the grove of
molles.  The mule and horse were heard cropping the grass, and the
llamas were now feeding upon an open spot,--the first they had eaten
since their halt, as these creatures do not browse in the night.

Guapo descended with fear in his heart.  How it would have joyed him to
hear the voice of his master, or of any of them!  But, no.  Not a sound
proceeded from any one of the party.  He stole nimbly along the ledge,
making his way through the molle trees.  At length he reached the spot.
All asleep?--yes, all!  "Are they dead?" thought Guapo, and his heart
beat with anxiety.  Indeed, they seemed so.  The fatigue of travel had
cast a sickly paleness over the faces of all, and one might easily have
fancied they no longer lived.  But they breathed.  "Yes, they breathe!"
ejaculated the old Indian, half aloud.  "They live!"  Guapo bent down,
and seizing Don Pablo by the arm, shook him--at first gently, uttering,
at the same time, some words to awake him.  But neither the shaking nor
the voice had any effect.  Guapo shook more violently, and shouted
louder.  Still Don Pablo slept.  None of the others moved--none of them
heard him.  It was strange, for the Indian knew that Don Pablo himself,
as well as the others, were easily awaked on ordinary occasions.  Guapo,
becoming alarmed, now raised his voice to its loudest pitch, at the same
time dragging Don Pablo's shoulder in a still more violent manner.  This
had the desired effect.  The sleeper awoke, but so slowly, and evidently
with such exertion, that there was something mysterious in it.

"What is it?" he inquired, with half-opened eyes.  "Is it morning
already?"

"The sun is up.  Rouse, my master!  It is time we were on the road,"
replied the Indian.

"I feel very drowsy--I am heavy--I can scarce keep my eyes open.  What
can be the cause of this?"

"The poison-trees, master," answered Guapo.

The answer seemed to impress Don Pablo.  He made a violent effort, and
rose to his feet.  When up he could scarcely stand.  He felt as though
he had swallowed a powerful opiate.

"It must be so, good Guapo.  Perhaps there is some truth in what you
have said.  O, heavens!" exclaimed he, suddenly recollecting
himself,--"the others--my wife and children!"

This thought had fully awakened Don Pablo; and Guapo and he proceeded at
once to arouse the others, which they effected after much shouting and
shaking.  All were still heavy with sleep, and felt as did Don Pablo
himself.

"Surely there is some narcotic power in the aroma of these trees,"
muttered Don Pablo.  "Come, wife, let us be gone!  We must remain under
its influence no longer, else what Guapo has said may prove too true.
Saddle up--we must eat our breakfasts farther on.  To the road!--to the
road!"

Guapo soon had the horses ready, and all hurried from the spot, and were
once more climbing up the mountain-path.  Even the animals seemed to
move slowly and lazily, as though they, too, had been under the
influence of some soporific.  But the pure cold air of the mountain soon
produced its effect.  All gradually recovered, and after cooking some
_charqui_ and ocas in the ravine, and making their breakfast upon these,
they again felt light and fresh, and pursued their journey with renewed
vigour.

The road kept on up the ravine, and in some places the banks rose almost
perpendicularly from the bed of the dry torrent, presenting on both
sides vast walls of black porphyry--for this is the principal rock
composing the giant chain of the Andes.  Above their heads screamed
small parrots of rich plumage of the species _Conurus rupicola_, which
make their nestling places, and dwell upon these rocky cliffs.  This is
a singular fact, as all other parrots known are dwellers among trees and
are found in the forest at all times, except when on their passage from
place to place.  But even the squirrel, which is an animal peculiarly
delighting in tree-life, has its representative in several species of
ground-squirrels, that never ascend a tree; and, among the monkeys,
there exists the troglodyte or cave-dwelling chimpanzee.  No doubt
squirrels or monkeys of any kind, transported to an open or treeless
country, would soon habituate themselves to their new situation,--for
Nature affords many illustrations of this power of adaptation on the
part of her creatures.

It was near sunset when our travellers reached the highest point of
their route, nearly 14,000 feet above the level of the sea!  Here they
emerged upon an open plain which stretched far before them.  Above this
plain towered mountains of all shapes to a height of many thousand feet
from the level of the plain itself.  Some of these mountains carried
their covering of eternal snow, which, as the evening sun glanced upon
it, exhibited the most beautiful tints of rose, and purple, and gold.
The plain looked bleak and barren, and the cold which our travellers now
felt added to the desolateness of the scene.  No trees were in sight.
Dry yellow grass covered the ground, and the rocks stood out naked and
shaggy.  They had reached one of those elevated tables of the Andes
known as the _Puna_.

These singular tracts elevated above the level of cultivation are almost
uninhabited.  Their only inhabitants are a few poor Indians, who are
employed by the rich proprietors of the lower valleys as shepherds; for
upon these cold uplands thrive sheep, and cattle, and llamas, and flocks
of the wool-bearing alpaco.  Through this wild region, however, you may
travel for days without encountering even a single one of the wretched
and isolated inhabitants who watch over these flocks and herds.

On reaching the Puna, our party had made their day's journey, and would
have halted.  The llamas already showed signs of giving out by stopping
and uttering their strange booming note.  But Guapo knew these parts--
for, though a descendant of the Incas, he had originally come from the
great forest beyond the eastern slope of the Andes, where many of the
Peruvian Indians had retired after the cruel massacres of Pizarro.  He
now remembered, that not far from where they were, was a shepherd's hut,
and that the shepherd himself was an old friend of his.  That would be
the place to stop for the night; and, by Guapo's advice, Don Pablo
resolved to continue on to the hut.  Guapo fell upon his knees before
the llamas, and, after caressing and kissing them, and using a great
variety of endearing expressions, he at last coaxed these animals to
proceed.  No other means would have availed, as beating would not make
either llama budge an inch.  The leader, who was a fine large animal and
a great favourite with its master, at length stepped boldly out; and the
other, encouraged by the sound of the small bells that tinkled around
the head of the leader, followed after, and so the travellers moved on.

"Come, papa!" cried Leon; "you are tired yourself--mount this horse--I
can walk a bit:" at the same instant the boy flung himself from the back
of the horse, and led him up to where his father stood.  Then handing
the bridle to the latter, he struck off along the plain, following Guapo
and his llamas.

The road skirted round the rocks, where the mountain came down to meet
the plain.  The walk was not a long one, for the hut of which Guapo
spoke became visible at less than a quarter of a mile's distance.  An
odd-looking hut it was--more like an ill-built stack of bean-straw than
a house.  It had been built in the following manner:--

First, a round ring of large stones had been laid, then a row of turf,
then another tier of stones, and so on, until the circular wall had
reached the height of about four or five feet, the diameter being not
more than eight or nine.  On the top of the wall a number of poles had
been set, so as to meet above where they were tied together.  These
poles were nothing else than the long flower-stalks of the _maguey_ or
American aloe (_Agave Americana_), as no other wood of sufficient length
grew in the vicinity.  These poles served for rafters, and across them
laths had been laid, and made fast.  Over all this was placed a thatch
of the long coarse Puna grass, which was tied in its place by grass
ropes that were stretched from side to side over the top.  This was the
hut of Guapo's friend, and similar to all others that may be encountered
in the wild region of the Puna.  A door was left in the side, not over
two feet high, so that it was necessary to crawl upon the hands and
knees before any one could reach the interior.

As our travellers approached, they saw that the entrance was closed by
an ox-hide which covered the whole of the opening.

Whether the shepherd was at home, was the next question; but as they got
near to the house, Guapo suggested that Don Pablo should dismount and
let Leon get upon horseback.  This suggestion was made on account of the
Puna dogs--of which creatures Guapo had a previous knowledge.  These
dogs, known by the name of Inca dogs (_Canis Ingae_), are, perhaps, the
fiercest animals of their species.  They are small, with pointed
muzzles, tails curling upward, and long shaggy hair.  They are
half-wild, snappish, and surly, as it is possible for dogs to be.  They
attack strangers with fury, and it is as much as their masters can do to
rescue even a friend from their attack.  Even when wounded, and unable
any longer to keep their feet, they will crawl along the ground and bite
the legs of those who have wounded them.  They are even more hostile to
white people than to Indians, and it is sometimes dangerous to approach
an Indian hut where three or four of these fierce creatures are kept, as
they will jump up against the side of a horse, and bite the legs of the
rider.  Their masters often use the stick before they can get obedience
from them.  In every Indian hut several of these animals may be found,
as they are extremely useful to the shepherds in guarding their flocks
and for hunting.  They are much employed throughout the Puna to hunt the
"yutu," a species of partridge which inhabits the rushy grass.  This
bird is traced by the dogs, seized before it can take to flight, and
killed by a single bite of its fierce pursuer.  Considering the savage
nature of the Inca dogs, Guapo showed great caution in approaching the
hut of his friend.  He first called loudly, but there was no reply.  He
then stole forward with his long knife, or "_machete_" in his hand; and
having lifted the skin that covered the low doorway, peeped in.  The hut
was empty.



CHAPTER SIX.

THE WILD BULL OF THE PUNA.

Guapo was not much troubled at this.  He knew he could take the liberty
of using his friend's roof for the night, even should the latter not
return to grant it.  He crawled in.  Of course his friend was only
temporarily absent--no doubt looking after his flocks of sheep and
alpacos; and as he was a bachelor, there was no wife at home, but there
were his furniture and utensils.  Furniture!  No--there was none.  There
never is in the hut of a Puna shepherd.  Utensils! yes--there was an
earthen "olla," or pot to cook soup in, another to boil or roast maize,
a jar to hold water, a few split gourd-shells for plates, two or three
others for cups--that was all.  This was the catalogue of utensils.  Two
stones set a little apart formed the fire-place, in which the shepherd,
when he makes a fire to cook with, makes it out of dry dung (_taquia_).
A couple of dirty sheepskins lay upon the ground.  These were the bed.
Nothing more was to be seen.  Yes, there was one thing more, and this
gladdened the eyes of Guapo.  In a bag that hung against the wall, and
on which he soon laid his hands, he felt something--a collection of hard
round objects, about as big as large chestnuts.  Guapo knew very well
what these were.  He knew they were "macas."

What are _macas_? you will ask.  Macas, then, are tuberous roots that
grow in the elevated regions of the Puna, where neither ocas, ullucas,
nor potatoes, will thrive.  They are cultivated by the inhabitants, and
in many parts constitute almost the only food of these wretched people.
They have an agreeable and rather sweetish flavour, and, when boiled in
milk, taste somewhat like boiled chestnuts.  They can be preserved for
more than a year, by simply drying them in the sun, and then exposing
them to the cold air, when they become hard and shrivelled.  They thrive
best in this high region, for although they will grow in the lower
valleys, they are there very insipid and worthless.  The Indians prepare
them for food by boiling them into a soup, or syrup, which is taken with
parched maize-corn.

Guapo knew that he had got his hands upon a bag of dried macas, and
although their owner was absent, he had already come to the
determination to appropriate them for himself and party.  His joy at the
discovery had not subsided when another bag drew his attention, and this
was the signal for another delightful surprise.  His hand touched the
new bag in a trice.  There was a rattling sound within.  Peas?  No--
maize.

"Good!" ejaculated Guapo; "maize and macas!  That with what is left of
the charqui--we shall not fast to-night."

Guapo now backed himself out of the hut, and joyfully announced the
discoveries he had made.  The travellers dismounted.  The horse and mule
were picketed on lassoes on the plain.  The llamas were left to go at
will.  They would not stray far from their owner.

It was piercing cold in this highland region.  Dona Isidora and the
children entered the hut, while Don Pablo and Guapo remained without for
the purpose of collecting fuel.  There was not a stick of wood, as no
trees of any sort grew near.  Both strayed off upon the plain to gather
the _taquia_, or ordure of the cattle, though no cattle were in sight.
Their tracks, however, were visible all around.

While engaged thus, the old Indian suddenly raised himself from his
stooping position with an exclamation that betokened alarm.  What had
startled him?  A loud bellowing was heard--it was the bellowing of a
bull.  But what was there in that sound to alarm two full-grown men?
Ah! you know not the bulls of the Puna.

Coming around a promontory of rocks a large black bull was in sight.  He
was approaching them in full run, his head thrown down, his eyes glaring
fiercely.  At every spring he uttered a roar, which was terrific to
hear.  A more horrid object it would be difficult to conceive.  You may
suppose that an adventure with an enraged bull is one of an ordinary
character, and may occur any day, even in the green meadow pastures of
Old England.  So it is, if the animal were only an English bull.  But it
is a far different affair with the bulls of the Puna.  Throughout all
Spanish America animals of this kind are of a fiercer nature than
elsewhere.  It is from them the bulls used in the celebrated fights are
obtained; and, perhaps, the race has been made fiercer by the treatment
they receive on such occasions--for many of those that exhibit in the
arena, are afterwards used to breed from.  But, in general, the
Spanish-American "vaqueros," or cattle--herds, treat the cattle under
their charge with much cruelty, and this has the effect of rendering
them savage.  Even in herds of cattle where there are no bulls, there
are cows so dangerous to approach, that the vaqueros never attempt
driving them unless when well mounted.  A Mexican or South American
cattle-herd is, therefore, always a mounted man.  There is a difference,
too, among the bulls in different parts of these countries.  On the
Llanos of Venezuela they are not so fierce as those of the Puna, and
they are more and less so in different parts of Mexico and the Pampas of
Buenos Ayres.

The Puna bulls are, perhaps, the fiercest and most dangerous of all.
They are more than half wild.  They scarcely ever see a human being, and
they will attack one upon sight.  To a mounted man there is little
danger, unless by the stumbling or falling of his horse; but many a poor
Indian, crossing these high plains afoot, has fallen a sacrifice to
these vengeful brutes.

Both Don Pablo and Guapo knew all this, and therefore were aware of
their own danger.  Neither had a weapon--not so much as a stick.  They
had laid aside their knives and other arms, which had been carried
inside the hut.  To reach the hut before the bull reached them would be
impossible; the brute was coming nearly from it--for he had issued from
some shelter in the rocks not far off.  They were full two hundred yards
out upon the plain, and to run in the direction of the rocks would have
been to run counter to the bull, and meet him face to face!  Their
danger was imminent.  What was to be done?

There was not much time left them for consideration.  The furious animal
was within thirty paces distance, roaring loudly, shaking his head and
brandishing his long sharp horns.  At this moment a happy thought
occurred almost simultaneously to Don Pablo and the Indian.  The
evening, as we have already said, was piercing cold, and both, in going
out to collect the fuel, had worn their ponchos.  The trick of the
matador with his red cloak suggested itself in this moment of peril.
Both had seen it performed--Don Pablo often--and knew something of the
"way."  In a moment both had stripped the ponchos from their shoulders,
and, placing themselves _a la matador_, awaited the onset of the bull.
It was agreed that as soon as the bull was "hooded" by either, that both
should run at all speed to the rocks, where they could easily climb out
of reach of the animal.

Don Pablo happened to be more in the way, and perhaps his more showy
poncho attracted the brute; but whether or not, he was the first to
receive the charge.  With the adroitness of a practised matador he flung
his poncho on the horns of the animal, and then both ran in the
direction of the rocks.  As they faced towards the hut, however, to the
horror of Don Pablo he saw the Dona Isidora, with Leon and the little
Leona, all outside, and even at some distance from the entrance!
Attracted by the bellowing of the bull and the shouts of the men, they
had rushed out of the hut.

Don Pablo, in wild accents, shouted to them to make for the door; but,
paralysed by terror, they were for some moments unable to move.  At
length Dona Isidora, recovering herself, ran for the entrance, pushing
the children before her.  But the low doorway was difficult of access;
they were slow in getting under it; and they would have been too late,
as the bull, after shaking off the poncho, had turned and made directly
for the hut.

"O God, preserve her!" cried Don Pablo, as he saw the enraged animal
within a few paces of where his wife had knelt to enter the doorway.
"She is lost! she is lost!"

In fact, the bull was making directly towards her, and it seemed as if
nothing could then have interposed to save her.

At that moment the tramp of a horse in full gallop sounded on their
ears.  Don Pablo looked up.  A strange horseman was near the spot--an
Indian.  Over his head a singular instrument was revolving.  There were
three thongs fastened at one end, while at the other end of each was a
ball.  These balls were whirling and gyrating in the air.  The next
moment both thongs and balls were seen to part from the hands of the
rider, and warp themselves around the legs of the bull.  The latter made
an awkward spring forward, and then fell upon the plain, where he lay
kicking and helpless.  The horseman uttered a yell of triumph, sprang
from his horse, and running up to the prostrate animal, thrust the blade
of his long machete into its throat.  The red stream gushed forth, and
in a few seconds the black monster lay motionless upon the plain.

The new-comer quietly unwound the thongs--the _bolas_--from the legs of
the dead bull, and then addressed himself to our travellers.



CHAPTER SEVEN.

THE "VAQUERO."

Who was this deliverer?  No other than the vaquero--the friend of
Guapo,--who now welcomed Guapo and his companions, telling them in the
polite phraseology of all Spanish-Americans that his _house_ (?) was at
their service.  They were welcome to all it contained.

The macas, and maize, and a fresh steak from the wild bull, enabled them
to make a most excellent supper.  In return for this hospitality, Don
Pablo made the vaquero a handsome present out of his purse; but what
gratified him still more was a supply of coca which his friend Guapo was
enabled to bestow upon him, for his own stock had been exhausted for
some days.  Guapo, on leaving Cuzco, had spent his last _peseta_ in
buying this luxury, and therefore was well provided for weeks to come.

After they had had supper, he and his friend seated themselves on one
side, and quietly chewed for a good half-hour, when at length Guapo, who
knew he could trust the vaquero--because the latter, like himself, was
one of the "patriotas"--communicated to him the object of their journey
through that desolate region.  The vaquero not only promised secrecy,
but bound himself to put any party of pursuers completely off the trail.
The vaquero, even in his remote mountain-home, had heard of Don Pablo,
knew that he was a good patriot and friend of the Indians, and he would
therefore have risked his life to serve such a man--for no people have
proved more devoted to the friends of their race than these simple and
faithful Indians of the Andes.  How many instances of noble
self-sacrifice--even of life itself--occurred during the painful history
of their conquest by the cruel and sanguinary followers of Pizarro!

The vaquero, therefore, did all in his power to make his guests
comfortable for the night.  His dogs--there were four of them--were not
so hospitably inclined, for they did not seem to know friends from
enemies.  They had come up shortly after their master himself arrived,
and had made a desperate attack upon everybody.  The vaquero, however,
assisted by Guapo--who, being an Indian, was less troubled with them--
gave them a very rough handling with a large whip which he carried; and
then, securing the whole of them, tied them together in a bunch, and
left them at the back of the hut to snap and growl at each other, which
they did throughout the live-long night.  Supper over, all the
travellers would have retired to rest; but the vaquero, having announced
that he was going out to set snares for the chinchillas and viscachas,
Leon could not rest, but asked permission to accompany him.  This was
granted both by Don Pablo and the vaquero himself.

The chinchilla, and its near relative the viscacha, are two little
animals of the rodent, or grass-eating kind, that inhabit the very
highest mountains of Peru and Chili.  They are nearly of the same size,
and each about as big as a rabbit, which in habits they very much
resemble.  They have long tails, however, which the rabbit has not,
though the latter beats them in the length of his ears.  The colour of
the chinchilla is known to everybody, since its soft, velvety fur is
highly prized by ladies as an article of dress, and may be seen in every
London fur-shop.  The animal is of a beautiful marbled grey, white and
black, with pure white feet.  The fur of the viscacha is not so pretty,
being of a brownish and white mixture.  Its cheeks are black, with long,
bristly moustaches, like those of a cat while its head resembles that of
the hare or rabbit.  Both these innocent little creatures live upon the
high declivities of the Andes, in holes and crevices among the rocks,
where they remain concealed during the day, but steal out to feed twice
in the twenty-four hours,--that is, during the evening twilight and in
the early morning.  The mode of capturing them is by snares made of
horse-hair, which are set in front of their caves--just as we snare
rabbits in a warren, except that for the rabbits we make use of light
elastic wire, instead of the horse-hair.

Leon was delighted with the excursion, as the vaquero showed him how to
set the snares, and told him a great many curious stories of Puna life
and habits.  Some of these stories were about the great condor vulture--
which the narrator, of course, described as a much bigger bird than it
really is, for the condor, after all, is not so much bigger than the
griffon vulture, or even the vulture of California.  But you, young
reader, have already had a full account of the vultures of America--the
condor among the rest--therefore we shall not repeat what was said by
the vaquero about this interesting bird.

On the way to the place where the snares were to be set, they passed a
lagoon, or marshy lake, in which were many kinds of birds peculiar to
these high regions.  Out on the open water they saw a wild goose of a
very beautiful species.  It is called the "Huachua" goose.  Its plumage
is of a snowy whiteness, all except the wings, which are bright green
and violet, while the beak, legs, and feet, are scarlet.  They also saw
two species of ibis wading about in the marsh, and a gigantic water-hen
(_Fulica gigantea_) almost as big as a turkey.  This last is of a dark
grey colour, with a red beak, at the base of which is a large yellow
knob of the shape of a bean.  On this account it is called by the
Indians "bean nose."  Upon the plain, near the border of the marsh, they
noticed a beautiful plover (_Charadrius_), having plumage marked very
much like that of the "huachua" goose, with green wings shining in the
sun like polished metal.  Another curious bird also sat upon the plain,
or flew around their heads.  This was a bird of prey of the species of
jerfalcons (_Polyborus_).  The vaquero called it the "Huarahua."  He
told Leon it preyed only on carrion, and never killed its own food; that
it was very harmless and tame--which was evidently true, as, shortly
after, one of them seated upon a stone allowed the Indian to approach
and knock it over with a stick!  Such a silly bird Leon had never seen.

The vaquero was quite a naturalist in his way--that is, he knew all the
animals of the Puna, and their habits, just as you will sometimes find a
gamekeeper in our own country, or often a shepherd or farm-servant.  He
pointed out a rock-woodpecker, which he called a "pito" (_Colaptes
rupicola_), that was fluttering about and flying from rock to rock.
Like the cliff-parrots we have already mentioned, this rock-woodpecker
was a curious phenomenon, for, as their very name implies, the
woodpeckers are all tree-dwelling birds, yet here was one of the genus
living among rocks where not a tree was to be seen, and scarcely a
plant, except the thorny cactuses and magueys, with which succulent
vegetables the woodpecker has nothing to do.  The "pito" is a small,
brown, speckled bird, with yellow belly, and there were great numbers of
them flying about.

But the bird which most fixed the attention of Leon was a little bird
about the size of a starling.  Its plumage was rather pretty.  It was
brown, with black stripes on the back, and white-breasted.  But it was
not the plumage of the bird that interested Leon.  It was what his
companion told him of a singular habit which it had--that of repeating,
at the end of every hour during the night, its melancholy and monotonous
note.  The Indians call this bird the "cock of the Inca," and they
moreover regard it with a sort of superstitious reverence.

Having placed his snares, the vaquero set out to return with his
youthful companion.  As they walked back along the mountain-foot, a fox
stole out from the rocks and skulked towards the marshy lake, no doubt
in search of prey.  This fox was the _Canis Azara_, a most troublesome
species, found all through South America.  He is the great pest of the
Puna shepherds, as he is a fierce hunter, and kills many of the young
lambs and alpacos.  The vaquero was sorry he had not his dogs with him,
as, from the route the fox had taken, he would have been certain to have
captured him, and that would have been worth something, for the great
sheep-owners give their shepherds a sheep for every old fox that they
can kill, and for every young one a lamb.  But the dogs, on this
occasion, had been left behind, lest they should have bitten Leon, and
the vaquero was compelled to let "Renard" go his way.  It was night when
they returned to the hut, and then, after Leon had related the details
of their excursion, all retired to rest.



CHAPTER EIGHT.

LLAMAS, ALPACOS, VICUNAS, AND GUANACOS.

Our travellers were stirring by early break of day.  As they issued from
the hut, a singular and interesting scene presented itself to their
eyes.  At one view--one _coup d'oeil_--they beheld the whole four
species of the celebrated camel-sheep of the Andes; for there are four
of them,--llama, guanaco, alpaco, and vicuna!  This was a rare sight,
indeed.  They were all browsing upon the open plain: first, the llamas,
near the hut; then a flock of tame alpacos, out upon the plain; thirdly,
a herd of seven guanacos farther off; and still more distant, a larger
herd of the shy vicunas.  The guanacos and vicunas were of uniform
colours,--that is, in each flock the colour of the individuals was the
same; while among the llamas and alpacos there were many varieties of
colour.  The latter two kinds were tame,--in fact, they were under the
charge of Guapo's friend the shepherd; whereas the herds of vicunas and
guanacos consisted of wild animals.

Perhaps no animal of South America has attracted so much attention as
the llama, as it was the only beast of burden the Indians had trained to
their use on the arrival of Europeans in that country.  So many strange
stories were told by the earlier Spanish travellers regarding this
"camel-sheep," that it was natural that great interest should attach to
it.  These reported that the llama was used for riding.  Such, however,
is not the case.  It is only trained to carry burdens; although an
Indian boy may be sometimes seen on the back of a llama for mischief, or
when crossing a stream and the lad does not wish to get his feet wet.

The llama is three feet high from hoof to shoulder, though his long neck
makes him look taller.  His colour is generally brown, with black and
yellow shades, sometimes speckled or spotted; and there are black and
white llamas, but these are rare.  His wool is long and coarse, though
the females, which are smaller, have a finer and better wool.  The
latter are never used to carry burdens, but only kept for breeding.
They are fed in flocks upon the Puna heights, and it was a flock of
these that our travellers saw near the hut.

The males are trained to carry burdens at the age of four years.  A
pack-saddle, called _yergua_, woven out of coarse wool, is fastened on
the back, and upon this the goods are placed.  The burden never exceeds
120 or 130 pounds.  Should a heavier one be put on, the llama, like the
camel, quite understands that he is "over-weighted," and neither coaxing
nor beating will induce him to move a step.  He will lie down, or, if
much vexed, spit angrily at his driver, and this spittle has a highly
acrid property, and will cause blisters on the skin where it touches.
Sometimes a llama, over vexed by ill-treatment, has been known, in
despair, to dash his brains out against a rock.

The llamas are used much in the mines of Peru, for carrying the ore.
They frequently serve better than either asses or mules, as they can
pass up and down declivities where neither ass nor mule can travel.
They are sometimes taken in long trains from the mountains down to the
coast region for salt and other goods; but on such occasions many of
them die, as they cannot bear the warm climate of the lowlands.  Their
proper and native place is on the higher plains of the Andes.

A string of llamas, when on a journey, is a very interesting spectacle.
One of the largest is usually the leader.  The rest follow in single
file, at a slow, measured pace, their heads ornamented tastefully with
ribands, while small bells, hanging around their necks, tinkle as they
go.  They throw their high heads from side to side, gazing around them,
and when frightened at anything, will "break ranks," and scamper out of
their path, to be collected again with some trouble.  When resting, they
utter a low, humming noise, which has been compared to the sound of an
Eolian harp.  They crouch down on their breast--where there is a
callosity--when about to receive their burdens, and also sleep resting
in the same attitude.  A halt during the day is necessary, in order that
they may be fed, as these animals will not eat by night.  In consequence
of this they make but short journeys--ten to fifteen miles--although
they will travel for a long time, allowing them a day's rest out of
every five or six.  Like the camels of the East, they can go days
without water, and Buffon knew one that went _eighteen months_ without
it! but Buffon is very poor authority.  When one of them becomes
wearied, and does not wish to proceed, it is exceedingly difficult to
coax him onward.

These animals were at one time very valuable.  On the discovery of
America a llama cost as much as eighteen or twenty dollars.  But the
introduction of mules and other beasts of burden has considerably
cheapened them.  At present they are sold for about four dollars in the
mining districts, but can be bought where they are bred and reared for
half that amount.  In the days of the Incas their flesh was much used as
food.  It is still eaten; but for this purpose the common sheep is
preferred, as the flesh of the llama is spongy and not very well
flavoured.  The wool is used for many sorts of coarse manufacture.  So
much for llamas.  Now the "guanaco."

This animal (whose name is sometimes written "huanaca," though the
pronunciation is the same with "guanaco" or "guanaca") is larger than
the llama, and for a long time was considered merely as the wild llama,
or the llama _run wild_, in which you will perceive an essential
distinction.  It is neither, but an animal of specific difference.  It
exists in a wild state in the high mountains, though, with great care
and trouble, it can be domesticated and trained to carry burdens as well
as its congener the llama.  In form it resembles the latter, but, as is
the case with most wild animals, the guanacos are all alike in colour.
The upper parts of the body are of a reddish brown, while underneath it
is a dirty white.  The lips are white, and the face a dark grey.  The
wool is shorter than that of the llama, and of the same length all over
the body.  The guanaco lives in herds of five or seven individuals, and
these are very shy, fleeing to the most inaccessible cliffs when any one
approaches them.  Like the chamois of Switzerland and the "bighorn" of
the Rocky Mountains, they can glide along steep ledges where neither men
nor dogs can find footing.

The "alpaco," or "paco," as it is sometimes called, is one of the most
useful of the Peruvian sheep, and is more like the common sheep than the
others.  This arises from its bulkier shape, caused by its thick fleece
of long wool.  The latter is soft, fine, and often five inches in
length; and, as is well known, has become an important article in the
manufacture of cloth.  Its colour is usually either white or black,
though there are some of the alpacos speckled or spotted.  Ponchos are
woven out of alpaco-wool by the Indians of the Andes.

The alpaco is a domesticated animal, like the llama, but it is not used
for carrying burdens.  It is kept in large flocks, and regularly shorn
as sheep are.  If one of the alpacos gets separated from the flock, it
will lie down and suffer itself to be beaten to death, rather than go
the way its driver wishes.  You have, no doubt, sometimes seen a common
sheep exhibit similar obstinacy.

Of all the Peruvian sheep the vicuna is certainly the prettiest and most
graceful.  It has more the form of the deer or antelope than of the
sheep, and its colour is so striking that it has obtained among the
Peruvians the name of the animal itself, _colour de vicuna_ (vicuna
colour).  It is of a reddish yellow, not unlike that of our domestic red
cat, although the breast and under parts of the body are white.  The
flesh of the vicuna is excellent eating, and its wool is of more value
than even that of the alpaco.  Where a pound of the former sells for one
dollar--which is the usual price--the pound of alpaco will fetch only a
quarter of that sum.  Hats and the finest fabrics can be woven from the
fleece of the vicuna, and the Incas used to clothe themselves in rich
stuffs manufactured from it.  In the present day, the "ricos," or rich
proprietors of Peru, pride themselves in possessing ponchos of vicuna
wool.

The vicuna inhabits the high plains of the Andes, though, unlike the
guanaco, it rarely ventures up the rocky cliffs, as its hoofs are only
calculated for the soft turf of the plains.  It roams about in larger
herds than the other--eighteen or twenty in the herd--and these are
usually females under the protection and guidance of one polygamous old
male.  While feeding, the latter keeps watch over the flock, usually
posting himself at some distance, so that he may have a better
opportunity of seeing and hearing any danger that may approach.  When
any is perceived, a shrill whistle from the leader and a quick stroke of
his hoof on the turf warn the flock; and all draw closely together, each
stretching out its head in the direction of the danger.  They then take
to flight, at first slowly, but afterwards with the swiftness of the
roe; while the male, true to his trust, hangs in the rear, and halts at
intervals, as if to cover the retreat of the herd.

The llama, guanaco, alpaco, and vicuna, although different species, will
breed with each other; and it is certain that some of their hybrids will
again produce young.  There exist, therefore, many intermediate
varieties, or "mules," throughout the countries of the Andes, some of
which have been mistaken for separate species.



CHAPTER NINE.

A VICUNA HUNT.

The vicuna being of such value, both inside and out, both in flesh and
wool, is hunted by the mountain Indians with great assiduity.  It is an
animal most difficult to approach, and there is rarely any cover on
these naked plains by which to approach it.

The chief mode of capturing it is by the "chacu."  This cannot be
effected by a single hunter.  A great number is required.  Usually the
whole population of one of the villages of the "Sierras" lower down
turns out for this sport, or rather business, for it is an annual source
of profit.  Even the women go along, to cook and perform other offices,
as the hunt of the _chacu_ sometimes lasts a week or more.

A hunting party will number from fifty to one hundred persons.  They
climb up to the _altos_, or high and secluded plains, where the vicuna
dwells in greatest numbers.  They carry with them immense coils of
ropes, and a large quantity of coloured rags, together with bundles of
stakes three or four feet in length.  When a proper part of the plain
has been chosen, they drive in the stakes four or five yards apart and
running in the circumference of a circle, sometimes nearly a mile in
diameter.  A rope is then stretched from stake to stake, at the height
of between two and three feet from the ground, and over this rope are
hung the coloured rags provided for the occasion, and which keep
fluttering in the wind.  A sort of scare-crow fence is thus constructed
in the form of a ring, except that on one side a space of about two
hundred yards is left open to serve as an entrance for the game.  The
Indians then, most of them on horseback, make a grand detour, extending
for miles over the country; and having got behind the herds of vicunas,
drive them within the circle, and close up the entrance by completing
the ring.  The hunters then go inside, and using the _bolas_, or even
seizing the animals by their hind-legs, soon capture the whole.  Strange
to say, these silly creatures make no attempt to break through the sham
fence, nor even to leap over it.  Not so with the guanacos, when so
enclosed.  The latter spring against the fence at once, and if, by
chance, a party of guanacos be driven in along with the vicunas, they
not only break open the rope enclosure and free themselves, but also the
whole herd of their cousins, the vicunas.  It is, therefore, not
considered any gain to get a flock of guanacos into the trap.

The hunt usually lasts several days, but during that time the enclosure
of ropes is flitted from place to place, until no more vicunas can be
found.  Then the ropes, stakes, etcetera, are collected, and the produce
of the hunt distributed among the hunters.  But the Church levies its
tax upon the "chacu," and the skins--worth a dollar each--have to be
given up to the priest of the village.  A good round sum this amounts
to, as frequently four or five hundred vicunas are taken at a single
_chacu_.

A good hunter is sometimes able to "approach" the vicuna.  Guapo's
friend was esteemed one of the best in all the Puna.  The sight of the
herd out on the plain, with their graceful forms, and beautiful
reddish-orange bodies, was too much for him, and he resolved to try his
skill upon them.  He said he had a plan of his own, which he intended to
practise on this occasion.

Don Pablo and his party--even Dona Isidora and the little Leona--were
all outside the hut, although the morning air was raw and chill.  But
the domicile of the worthy vaquero was not empty, for all that.  It was
peopled by a very large colony of very small animals, and a night in
their society had proved enough for the travellers.  The chill air of
the Puna was even more endurable than such company.

The vaquero crawled back into the hut, and in a few minutes returned,
but so metamorphosed, that had the party not seen him come out of the
doorway they would have mistaken him for a llama!  He was completely
disguised in the skin of one of these animals.  His face only was partly
visible, and his eyes looked out of the breast.  The head and neck of
the skin, stuffed with some light substance, stood up and forward, after
the manner of the living animal, and although the legs were a little
clumsy, yet it would have required a more intelligent creature than the
vicuna to have observed this defect.

All hands, even the saturnine Guapo, laughed loudly at the counterfeit,
and the vaquero himself was heard to chuckle through the long wool upon
the breast.  He did not lose time, however, but instantly prepared to
set off.  He needed no other preparation than to get hold of his
_bolas_,--that was his favourite weapon.  Before going farther, I shall
tell you what sort of weapon it is.

The bolas consist of three balls--hence the name--of lead or stone, two
of them heavier than the third.  Each ball is fastened to the end of a
stout thong made of twisted sinews of the vicuna itself, and the other
ends of the three thongs are joined together.  In using them the hunter
holds the lightest ball in his hand, and twirls the other two in circles
around his head, until they have attained the proper velocity, when he
takes aim and launches them forth.  Through the air fly the thongs and
balls, and all whirling round in circles, until they strike some object;
and if that object be the legs of an animal, the thongs become
immediately warped around them, until the animal is regularly hoppled,
and in attempting to escape comes at once to the ground.  Of course
great practice is required before such an instrument can be used
skilfully; and to the novice there is some danger of one of the balls
hitting him a crack on the head, and knocking over himself instead of
the game.  But there was no danger of Guapo's friend the vaquero
committing this blunder.  He had been swinging the bolas around his head
for more than forty years!

Without more ado, then, he seized the weapon, and, having gathered it
with his _fore-feet_ into a portable shape, he proceeded in the
direction of the vicunas.

The travellers remained by the hut, watching him with interest, but his
movements were particularly interesting to Leon, who, like all boys, was
naturally fond of such enterprises.

The herd of vicunas was not more than three quarters of a mile off.  For
the first half of this distance the vaquero shambled along right
speedily, but as he drew nearer to the animals he proceeded slower and
with more caution.

The pretty creatures were busily browsing, and had no fear.  They knew
they were well guarded by their faithful sentinel, in whom they had
every confidence,--the lord and leader of the herd.  Even from the hut,
this one could be seen standing some distance apart from the rest.  He
was easily recognised by his greater bulk and prouder bearing.

The false llama has passed near the guanacos, and they have taken no
heed of him.  This is a  good omen, for the guanacos are quite as sharp
and shy as their smaller cousins, and since he has succeeded in
deceiving them, he will likely do the same for the vicunas.  Already he
approaches them.  He does not make for the herd, but directly for the
leader.  Surely he is near enough; from the hut he seems close up to the
creature.  See! the vicuna tosses his head and strikes the ground with
his hoof.  Listen! it is his shrill whistle.  The scattered herd
suddenly start and flock together; but, look! the _llama_ stands erect
on his hind-legs; the bolas whirl around his head--they are launched
out.  Ha! the vicuna is down!

Where is the female drove?  Have they scampered off and forsaken their
lord?  No! faithful as a loving wife, they run up to share his danger.
With shrill cries they gather around him, moving to and fro.  The llama
is in their midst.  See! he is dealing blows with some weapon--it is a
knife! his victims fall around him--one at every blow; one by one they
are falling.  At last, at last, they are all down,--yes, the whole herd
are stretched, dead or dying, upon the plain!

The struggle is over; no sound is heard, save the hoof-stroke of the
guanacos, llamas, and alpacos, that cover the plain in their wild
flight.

Leon could no longer restrain his curiosity; but ran off to the scene of
the slaughter.  There he counted no less than nineteen vicunas lying
dead, each one stabbed in the ribs!  The Indian assured him that it was
not the first _battue_ of the kind he had made.  A whole herd of vicunas
is often taken in this way.  When the male is wounded or killed, the
females will not leave him; but, as if out of gratitude for the
protection he has during life afforded them, they share his fate without
making an effort to escape!



CHAPTER TEN.

CAPTURING A CONDOR.

The vaquero with his horse soon dragged the vicunas to the hut.  Guapo
gave him a help with the mule, and in a few minutes they were all
brought up.  One of them was immediately skinned, and part of it
prepared for breakfast, and our travellers ate heartily of it, as the
cold Puna air had given an edge to their appetites.

The new-killed animals, along with the red skin of the bull, which had
been spread out on the ground at some distance from the hut, had already
attracted the condors; and four or five of these great birds were now
seen hovering in the air, evidently with the intention of alighting at
the first opportunity.

An idea seemed to enter the head of the vaquero, while his guests were
still at breakfast, and he asked Leon if he would like to see a condor
caught.  Of course Leon replied in the affirmative.  What boy wouldn't
like to see a condor caught?

The vaquero said he would gratify him with the sight, and without
staying to finish his breakfast--indeed he had had his "coceada," and
didn't care for any,--he started to his feet, and began to make
preparations for the capture.

How he was to catch one of these great birds, Leon had not the slightest
idea.  Perhaps with the "bolas," thought he.  That would have done well
enough if he could only get near them; but the condors were sufficiently
shy not to let any man within reach either with bolas or guns.  It is
only when they have been feasting on carrion, and have gorged themselves
to repletion, that they can be thus approached, and then they may be
even knocked over with sticks.

At other times the condor is a shy and wary bird.  No wonder either that
he is so, for, unlike most other vultures, he is hunted and killed at
all times.  The vultures of most countries are respected by the people,
because they perform a valuable service in clearing away carrion; and in
many parts these birds are protected by statute.  There are laws in the
Southern United States, and in several of the Spanish-American
Republics, which impose fines and penalties for killing the black
vultures (_Cathartes aura_ and _Cathartes atratus_).  In some Oriental
countries, too, similar laws exist.  But no statute protects the condor.
On the contrary, he is a proscribed bird, and there is a bounty on his
head, because he does great damage to the proprietors of sheep, and
llamas, and alpacos, killing and devouring the young of these animals.
His large quills, moreover, are much prized in the South American
cities, and the killing of a condor is worth something.  All this will
account for the shyness of this great bird, while other vultures are
usually so tame that you may approach within a few paces of them.

As yet the half-dozen condors hovering about kept well off from the hut;
and Leon could not understand how any one of them was to be caught.

The vaquero, however, had a good many "dodges," and after the _ruse_ he
had just practised upon the vicunas, Leon suspected he would employ some
similar artifice with the condors.  Leon was right.  It was by a
stratagem the bird was to be taken.

The vaquero laid hold of a long rope, and lifting the bull's hide upon
his shoulders, asked Guapo to follow him with the two horses.  When he
had got out some four or five hundred yards from the hut, he simply
spread himself flat upon the ground, and drew the skin over him, the
fleshy side turned upward.  There was a hollow in the ground about as
big as his body--in fact, a trench he had himself made for a former
occasion--and when lying in this on his back, his breast was about on a
level with the surrounding turf.  His object in asking Guapo to
accompany him with the horses was simply a _ruse_ to deceive the
condors, who from their high elevation were all the while looking down
upon the plain.  But the vaquero covered himself so adroitly with his
red blanket, that even their keen eyes could scarcely have noticed him;
and as Guapo afterwards left the ground with the led horses, the
vultures supposed that nothing remained but the skin, which from its
sanguinary colour to them appeared to be flesh.

The birds had now nothing to fear from the propinquity of the hut.
There the party were all seated quietly eating their breakfast, and
apparently taking no notice of them.  In a few minutes' time, therefore,
they descended lower, and lower,--and then one of the very largest
dropped upon the ground within a few feet of the hide.  After surveying
it for a moment, he appeared to see nothing suspicious about it, and
hopped a little closer.  Another at this moment came to the ground--
which gave courage to the first--and this at length stalked boldly on
the hide, and began to tear at it with his great beak.

A movement was now perceived on the part of the vaquero--the hide
"lumped" up, and at the same time the wings of the condor were seen to
play and flap about as if he wanted to rise into the air, but could not.
He was evidently held by the legs!

The other bird had flown off at the first alarm, and the whole band were
soon soaring far upward into the blue heavens.

Leon now expected to see the vaquero uncover himself.  Not so, however,
as yet.  That wily hunter had no such intention, and although he was now
in a sitting posture, grasping the legs of the condor, yet his head and
shoulders were still enveloped in the bull's hide.  He knew better than
to show his naked face to the giant vulture, that at a single "peck" of
his powerful beak would have deprived him of an eye, or otherwise
injured him severely.  The vaquero was aware of all this, and therefore
did not leave his hiding-place until he had firmly knotted one end of
the long cord around the shank of the bird--then slipping out at one
side, he ran off to some distance before stopping.  The condor,
apparently relieved of his disagreeable company, made a sudden effort,
and rose into the air, carrying the hide after him.  Leon shouted out,
for he thought the vulture had escaped; but the vaquero knew better, as
he held the other end of the cord in his hand; and the bird, partly from
the weight of the skin, and partly from a slight tug given by the
hunter, soon came heavily to the ground again.  The vaquero was now
joined by Guapo; and, after some sharp manoeuvring, they succeeded
between them in passing the string through the nostrils of the condor,
by which means it was quietly conducted to the hut, and staked on the
ground in the rear--to be disposed of whenever its captor should think
fit.



CHAPTER ELEVEN.

THE PERILS OF A PERUVIAN ROAD.

It was as yet only an hour or so after daybreak--for the vicuna hunt had
occupied but a very short time and the capture of the condor a still
shorter.  Don Pablo was anxious to be gone, as he knew he was not beyond
the reach of pursuit.  A pair of the vicunas were hastily prepared, and
packed upon a llama for use upon their journey.  Thus furnished, the
party resumed their route.

The vaquero did not accompany them.  He had an office to perform of far
more importance to their welfare and safety.  As soon as they were gone
he let loose his four snarling curs, and taking them out to where the
pile of dead vicunas lay upon the plain, he left them there with
instructions to guard the carcasses from foxes, condors, or whatever
else might wish to make a meal off them.  Then mounting, he rode off to
the place where the road leading from Cuzco ascended upon the
table-land, and having tied his horse to a bush, he climbed upon a
projecting rock and sat down.  From this point he commanded a view of
the winding road to the distance of miles below him.  No traveller--much
less a party of soldiers--could approach without his seeing them, even
many hours before they could get up to where he sat; and it was for that
reason he had stationed himself there.  Had Don Pablo been pursued, the
faithful Indian would have galloped after and given him warning, long
before his pursuers could have reached the plain.

He sat until sunset--contenting himself with a few leaves of coca.  No
pursuer appeared in sight.  He then mounted his horse, and rode back to
his solitary hut.

Let us follow our travellers.

They crossed the table-plain during the day, and rested that night under
the shelter of some overhanging rocks on the other side.  They supped
upon part of the vicunas, and felt more cheerful, as they widened the
distance between themselves and danger.  But in the morning they did not
remain longer by their camp than was necessary to get breakfast.
Half-an-hour after sunrise saw them once more on their route.

Their road led through a pass in the mountains.  At first it ascended,
and then began to go downward.  They had crossed the last ridge of the
Andes, and were now descending the eastern slopes.  Another day's
journey, or two at most, would bring them to the borders of that wild
forest, which stretches from the foot-hills of the Andes to the shores
of the Atlantic Ocean--that forest with scarcely a civilised settlement
throughout all its wide extent--where no roads exist--whose only paths
are rivers--whose dark jungles are in places so impenetrable that the
Indian cannot enter them, and even the fierce jaguar, embarrassed by the
thick underwood, has to take to the tree-tops in pursuit of his prey.
Another day's journey or so would bring them to the borders of the
"Montana"--for such is the name which, by a strange misapplication of
terms, has been given to this primeval wood.  Yes, the Montana was
before them, and although yet distant, it could now and then be seen as
the road wound among the rocks, stretching far towards the sky like a
green and misty ocean.

In that almost boundless region there dwelt none but the aborigines of
the soil--the wild Indians--and these only in sparse and distant bands.
Even the Spaniards in their day of glory had failed to conquer it; and
the Portuguese from the other side were not more successful.  Here and
there a lone missionary attempted to wheedle the simple natives into a
belief in his monkish religion, or when able to do so _forced it upon
them_, by fire and sword!  But most of these efforts, both of conquest
and conversion, had failed; and now, with the exception of some isolated
trading post, or decayed mission station, on the banks of the great
rivers, the whole "Montana" was as wild and savage as when the keels of
Columbus first ploughed the waters of the Carib Sea.

The Spanish colonists, on the Peruvian or western border of this immense
forest, had never been able to penetrate it as colonists or settlers.
Expeditions from time to time had passed along its rivers in search of
the fabled gold country of _Manoa_, whose king each morning gave himself
a coating of gold dust, and was hence called El Dorado (the gilded); but
all these expeditions ended in mortification and defeat.  The
settlements never extended beyond the _sierras_, or foot-hills of the
Andes, which stretch only a few days' journey (in some places but a
score of leagues) from the populous cities on the mountain-heights.
Even at this present time, if you travel thirty leagues eastward of the
large town of Cuzco, in the direction taken by Don Pablo, you will pass
the boundaries of civilisation, and enter a country unexplored and
altogether unknown to the people of Cuzco themselves!  About the
"Montana" very little is known in the settlements of the Andes.  Fierce
tribes of Indians, the jaguar, the vampire bat, swarms of mosquitoes,
and the hot atmosphere, have kept the settler, as well as the curious
traveller, out of these wooded plains.

Don Pablo had already passed the outskirts of civilisation.  Any
settlement he might find beyond would be the hut of some half-wild
Indian.  There was no fear of his encountering a white face upon the
unfrequented path he had chosen, though had he gone by some other route
he might have found white settlements extending farther to the eastward.
As it was, the wilderness lay before him, and he would soon enter it.

_And what was he to do in the wilderness_?  He knew not.  He had never
reflected on that.  He only knew that behind him was a relentless foe
thirsting for his life.  To go back was to march to certain death.  He
had no thoughts of returning.  That would have been madness.  His
property was already confiscated--his death decreed by the vengeful
Viceroy, whose soldiers had orders to capture or slay, wherever they
should find him.  His only hope, then, was to escape beyond the borders
of civilisation--to hide himself in the great Montana.  Beyond this he
had formed no plan.  He had scarcely thought about the future.  Forward,
then, for the Montana!

The road which our travellers followed was nothing more than a narrow
path, or "trail" formed by cattle, or by some party of Indians
occasionally passing up from the lower valleys to the mountain-heights.
It lay along the edge of a torrent that leaped and foamed over its rocky
bed.  The torrent was no doubt on its way to join the greatest of
rivers, the mighty Amazon--the headwaters of which spring from all parts
of the Andes, draining the slopes of these mountains through more than
twenty degrees of latitude!

Towards evening the little party were beginning to enter among the
mountain spurs, or foot-hills.  Here the travelling grew exceedingly
difficult, the path sometimes running up a steep acclivity and then
descending into deep ravines--so deep and dark that the sun's rays
seemed hardly to enter them.  The road was what Spanish-Americans term,
"_Cuesta arriba, cuesta abajo_" (up hill, down hill).

In no part of the world are such roads to be met with as among the Andes
Mountains, both in South America and in their Mexican continuation
through the northern division of the continent.  This arises from the
peculiar geological structure of these mountains.  Vast clefts traverse
them, yawning far into the earth.  In South America these are called
_quebradas_.  You may stand on the edge of one of them and look sheer
down a precipice two thousand feet!  You may fancy a whole mountain
scooped out and carried away, and yet you may have to reach the bottom
of this yawning gulf by a road which seems cut out of the face of the
cliff, or rather has been formed by a freak of Nature--for in these
countries the hand of man has done but little for the roads.  Sometimes
the path traverses a ledge so narrow that scarce room is found for the
feet of your trusty mule.  Sometimes a hanging bridge has to be crossed,
spanning a horrid chasm, at the bottom of which roars a foaming
torrent--the bridge itself, composed of ropes and brambles, all the
while swinging like a hammock under the tread of the affrighted
traveller!

He who journeys through the tame scenery of European countries can form
but little idea of the wild and dangerous highways of the Andes.  Even
the passes of the Alps or Carpathians are safe in comparison.  On the
Peruvian road the lives of men and animals are often sacrificed.  Mules
slide from the narrow ledges, or break through the frail "soga" bridges,
carrying their riders along with them, whirling through empty air to be
plunged into foaming waters or dashed on sharp rocks below.  These are
accidents of continual occurrence; and yet, on account of the apathy of
the Spano-Indian races that inhabit these countries, little is done for
either roads or bridges.  Every one is left to take care of himself, and
get over them as he best may.  It is only now and then that positive
necessity prompts to a great effort, and then a road is repaired or a
broken bridge patched with new ropes.

But the road that was travelled by Don Pablo had seen no repairs--there
were no bridges.  It was, in fact, a mere pathway where the traveller
scrambled over rocks, or plunged into the stream, and forded or swam
across it as he best could.  Sometimes it lay along the water's edge,
keeping in the bottom of the ravine; at other places no space was left
by the water, and then the path ascended and ran along some ledge
perhaps for miles, at the end of which it would again descend to the bed
of the stream.



CHAPTER TWELVE.

ENCOUNTER UPON A CLIFF.

That night they encamped in the bottom of the ravine close to the
water's edge.  They found just enough of level ground to enable them to
stretch themselves, but they were contented with that.  There was
nothing for the animals to eat except the succulent, but thorny, leaves
of the _Cactus opuntia_, or the more fibrous blades of the wild agave.
This evening there were no quinoa seeds to be had, for none of these
trees grew near.  Even the botanist, Don Pablo, could find no vegetable
substance that was eatable, and they would have to sup upon the vicuna
meat, without bread, potatoes, or other vegetables.  Their stock of
ocas, ullucas, and macas, was quite out.  They had cooked the last of
the macas for that morning's meal.

Guapo here came to their relief.  Guapo's experience went beyond the
theoretical knowledge of the botanist.  Guapo knew a vegetable which was
good to eat--in fact, a most delicious vegetable when cooked with meat.
This was no other than the fleshy heart of the wild maguey (_agave_),
with part of the adhering roots.  Among naked rocks, in the most barren
parts of the desert wilderness, the wild agave may be found growing in
luxuriance.  Its thick, succulent blades, when split open, exude a cool
liquid, that often gives considerable relief to the thirsty traveller;
while the heart, or egg-shaped nucleus from which spring the sheathing
leaves--and even parts of the leaves themselves--when cooked with any
sort of meat, become an excellent and nourishing food.  The Indians make
this use of the aloe on the high plains of Northern Mexico, among the
roving bands of the Apache, Navajo, and Comanche.  These people cook
them along with horse's flesh, for there the wild horse is the principal
food of whole tribes.  Their mode of cooking, both the flesh and the
aloe, is by baking them together in little ovens of stones sunk in the
ground, and then heated by fire until they are nearly red-hot.  The
ashes are then cleared out, the meat and vegetables placed in the ovens,
and then buried until both are sufficiently done.  In fact, there is one
tribe of the Apaches who have obtained the name of "Mezcaleros," from
the fact of their eating the wild aloe, which in those countries goes
under the name of "mezcal" plant.

In many parts of the Andes, where the soil is barren, the wild maguey is
almost the only vegetation to be seen, and in such places the Indians
use it as food.  It seems to be a gift of Nature to the desert, so that
even there man may find something on which to subsist.

Guapo with his knife had soon cleared off several large pieces of the
maguey, and these, fried along with the vicuna meat, enabled the party
to make a supper sufficiently palatable.  A cup of pure water from the
cold mountain stream, sweeter than all the wine in the world, washed it
down; and they went to rest with hearts full of contentment and
gratitude.

They rose at an early hour, and, breakfasting as they had supped, once
more took the road.

After travelling a mile or two, the path gradually ascended along one of
those narrow ledges that shelve out from the cliff, of which we have
already spoken.  They soon found themselves hundreds of feet above the
bed of the torrent, yet still hundreds of feet above them rose the wall
of dark porphyry, seamed, and scarred, and frowning.  The ledge or path
was of unequal breadth--here and there forming little tables or
platforms.  At other places, however, it was so narrow that those who
were mounted could look over the brink of the precipice into the
frothing water below--so narrow that no two animals could have passed
each other.  These terrible passes were sometimes more than an hundred
yards in length, and not straight, but winding around buttresses of the
rock, so that one end was not visible from the other.

On frequented roads, where such places occur, it is usual for
travellers, entering upon them, to shout, so that any one, who chances
to be coming from the opposite side, may have warning and halt.
Sometimes this warning is neglected, and two trains of mules or llamas
meet upon the ledge!  Then there is a terrible scene--the drivers
quarrel--one party has to submit--their animals have to be unloaded and
dragged back by the heels to some wider part of the path, so that each
party can get past in its turn!

Near the highest part of the road, our travellers had entered upon one
of these narrow ledges, and were proceeding along it with caution.  The
trusty mule, that carried Dona Isidora and Leona, was in front, the
horse followed, and then the llamas.  It is safer to ride than walk on
such occasions, especially upon mules, for these animals are more
sure-footed than the traveller himself.  The horse that carried Leon,
however, was as safe as any mule.  He was one of the small
Spanish-American breed, almost as sure-footed as a chamois.

The torrent rushed and thundered beneath.  It was fearful to listen and
look downward; the heads of all were giddy, and their hearts full of
fear.  Guapo, alone accustomed to such dangers, was of steady nerve.  He
and Don Pablo afoot were in the rear.

They had neared the highest point of the road, where a jutting rock hid
all beyond from their view.  They were already within a few paces of
this rock, when the mule--which, as we have stated, was in the front--
suddenly stopped, showing such symptoms of terror that Dona Isidora and
the little Leona both shrieked!

Of course all the rest came to a halt behind the terrified and trembling
mule.  Don Pablo, from behind, shouted out, inquiring the cause of the
alarm; but before any answer could be given the cause became apparent to
all.  Around the rock suddenly appeared the head and horns of a fierce
bull, and the next moment his whole body had come into view, while
another pair of horns and another head were seen close behind him!

It would be difficult to describe the feelings of our travellers at that
moment.  The bull came on with a determined and sullen look, until he
stood nearly head to head with the mule.  The smoke of his wide steaming
nostrils was mingled with the breath of the terrified mule, and he held
his head downward, and evidently with the intention of rushing forward
upon the latter.  Neither could have gone back, and of course the fierce
bull would drive the mule into the abyss.  The other bull stood close
behind, ready to continue the work if the first one failed, and,
perhaps, there were many others behind!

The mule was sensible of her danger, and, planting her hoofs firmly on
the hard rock, she clung closely to the precipice.  But this would not
have served her, had not a hand interposed in her behalf.  Amidst the
terrified cries of the children, the voice of Guapo was heard calling to
Don Pablo,--"Your pistols, master! give me your pistols!"

Something glided quickly among the legs of the animals.  It was the
lithe body of the Indian.  In a second's time he appeared in front of
the mule.  The bull was just lowering his head to charge forward--his
horns were set--the foam fell from his lips--and his eyes glanced fire
out of their dark orbs.  Before he could make the rush, there came the
loud report of a pistol--a cloud of sulphury smoke--a short struggle on
the cliff--and then a dead plunge in the torrent below!

The smoke partially cleared away; then came another crack--another
cloud--another short struggle--and another distant plash in the water!

The smoke cleared away a second time.  The two bulls were no longer to
be seen!

Guapo, in front of the mule, now ran forward upon the ledge, and looked
round the buttress of rock.  Then, turning suddenly, he waved his hand,
and shouted back--

"No more, master; you may come on--the road is clear!"



CHAPTER THIRTEEN.

THE LONE CROSS IN THE FOREST.

After two more days of fatiguing travel, the road parted from the bank
of the river, and ran along the ridge of a high mountain spur in a
direction at right angles to that of the Andes themselves.  This spur
continued for several miles, and then ended abruptly.  At the point
where it ended, the path, which for the whole of the day had been
scarcely traceable, also came to an end.  They were now of course in a
forest-covered country--in the _Ceja de la Montana_--that is, the forest
that covers the foot-hills of the mountains.  The forest of the plains,
which were yet lower down, is known as the "Montana" proper.

During that day they had found the road in several places choked up with
underwood, and Guapo had to clear it with his _machete_--a sort of
half-sword, half-knife, used throughout all Spanish America, partly to
cut brushwood and partly as a weapon of defence.  Where the ridge ended,
however, what had once been a road was now entirely overgrown--vines and
llianas of large size crossed the path.  Evidently no one had passed for
years.  A road existed no longer; the luxuriant vegetation had effaced
it.

This is no unusual thing on the borders of the Montana.  Many a
settlement had existed there in former times, and had been abandoned.
No doubt the road they had been following once led to some such
settlement that had long since fallen into ruin.

It is a melancholy fact that the Spanish-Americans--including the
Mexican nation--have been retrograding for the last hundred years.
Settlements which they have made, and even large cities built by them,
are now deserted and in ruins; and extensive tracts of country, once
occupied by them, have become uninhabited, and have gone back to a state
of nature.  Whole provinces, conquered and peopled by the followers of
Cortez and Pizarro, have within the last fifty years been retaken from
them _by the Indians_: and it would be very easy to prove, that had the
descendants of the Spanish conquerors been left to themselves, another
half century would have seen them driven from that very continent which
their forefathers so easily conquered and so cruelly kept.  This
reconquest on the part of the Indian races was going on in a wholesale
way in the northern provinces of Mexico.  But it is now interrupted by
the approach of another and stronger race from the East--the
Anglo-American.

To return to our travellers.  Don Pablo was not surprised that the road
had run out.  He had been expecting this for miles back.  What was to be
done?  Of course they must halt for that night at least.  Indeed it was
already near camping-time.  The sun was low in the sky, and the animals
were all much jaded.  The llamas could not have gone much farther.  They
looked as if they should never go farther.  The heat of the climate--it
had been getting warmer every hour--was too much for them.  These
animals, whose native home is among the high cool mountain valleys, as
already observed, cannot live in the low tropical plains.  Even as they
descended the Sierras they had shown symptoms of suffering from the heat
during all that day.  Their strength was now fairly exhausted.

The party halted.  A little open space was chosen for the camp.  The
animals were relieved of their burdens and tied to the trees, lest they
might stray off and be lost in the thick woods.  A fire was kindled, and
part of the vicuna meat cooked for supper.

It was not yet night when they had finished eating, and all were seated
on the ground.  The countenance of the father was clouded with a
melancholy expression.  Dona Isidora sat by his side and tried to cheer
him, endeavouring to force a smile into her large black eyes.  The
little Leona, with her head resting on her mother's lap, overcome with
the heat and fatigue, had fallen asleep.  Leon, seeing the dejected look
of his father, was silent and thoughtful.  Guapo was busy with his
llamas.

"Come, dear husband!" said the lady, trying to assume a cheerful tone,
"do not be so sad.  We are now safe.  Surely they will never pursue us
here."

"They may not," mechanically replied Don Pablo; "but what then?  We have
escaped death, for what purpose?  Either to live like savages in these
wild woods--perhaps to be killed by savages--perhaps to die of hunger!"

"Do not say so, Don Pablo.  I have never heard that the Indians of these
parts were cruel.  They will not injure poor harmless people such as we
are.  And as for starving, are not these luxuriant woods filled with
roots and fruits that will sustain life a long while?  You, too, know so
well what they are!  Dear husband, do not despond; God will not forsake
us.  He has enabled us to escape from our enemies, from fearful dangers
on our journey.  Fear not!  He will not leave us to perish now."

The cheering words of his beautiful wife had their effect upon Don
Pablo.  He embraced and kissed her in a transport of love and gratitude.
He felt inspired with new hope.  The vigour of mind and body, that for
days had deserted him, now suddenly returned; and he sprang to his feet
evidently with some newly-formed resolution.

The country both before and behind them was shut out from their view by
the thick foliage and underwood.  A tall tree grew by the spot, with
branches down to the level of a man's head.  Don Pablo approached this
tree, and seizing the branches drew himself up, and then climbed on
towards its top.  When he had reached a sufficient height, to overlook
the surrounding woods, he stopped; and, resting himself upon one of the
branches, looked abroad toward the east.  All the rest stood watching
him from below.

He had been gazing but a few seconds when his face brightened up, and a
smile of satisfaction was seen to play upon his countenance.  He
evidently saw something that pleased him.  Isidora, impatient, called
out to him from below; but Don Pablo waved his hand to her, as if
admonishing her to be silent.

"Have patience, love," he cried down.  "I shall descend presently and
tell you all.  I have good news, but be patient."

It required a good share of patience, for Don Pablo after this remained
a full half-hour upon the tree.  He was not all the time looking abroad,
however.  Part of it he sat upon his perch--his head leaning forward,
and his eyes not appearing to be particularly engaged with anything.  He
was busy with his thoughts, and evidently meditating on some great
project.  Perhaps the going down of the sun admonished him, as much as
the desire of satisfying his wife's curiosity, but just as the bright
orb was sinking among the far tree-tops he descended.

"Now, Don Pablo," said the fair Isidora, pretending to frown and look
angry, "you have tried our patience, have you not?  Come, then, no more
mystery, but tell us all.  What have you seen?"

"Forgive me, wife; you shall know all."

Both sat down upon the trunk of a dead tree that Guapo had felled, and
was cutting up for firewood: not that it was at all cold, but they had
now arrived in the country of the terrible _jaguar_, and it would be
necessary to keep up a blazing fire throughout the night.

"Your words were true, love," began Don Pablo.  "God has not forsaken
us.  I have seen three things that have inspired me with fresh life and
hope.

"First, I looked out upon the Montana, which I expected to see
stretching away to the horizon, like a green ocean.  I saw this in fact;
but, to my surprise, I saw more.  I beheld a broad river winding like an
immense serpent through the distant forest.  It ran in a direction
north-east, as far as the eye could reach.  Even upon the horizon I
could distinguish spots of its bright water glancing like silver under
the rays of the setting sun.  My heart leaped with joy, for I recognised
a river whose existence has been doubted.  It can be no other, thought
I, than the _Madre de Dios_.  I have often heard that there existed such
a river in these parts, that runs on to the Amazon.  A missionary is
said to have visited it, but with the destruction of the missions the
record has been lost.  I have no doubt the river I have seen is the
_Madre de Dios_ of that missionary.

"The thought of being so near the banks of this river suggested other
thoughts.  At once a design entered into my mind.  `We can build a
raft,' thought I, `launch it upon this noble river, and float down to
the Amazon, and thence to the mouth of the great stream itself.  There
is a Portuguese settlement there--the town of Grand Para.  There we
shall be safe from our foes.'

"Such were my first thoughts on beholding the new river.  I reflected
farther.  `Our fortune is gone,' I reflected; `we have nothing in the
wide world--what should we do at Para, even if we arrived there in
safety?  How could we attempt such a journey without provisions.  It
would be impossible.'

"My hopes fell as quickly as they had sprung up."

"I noticed your countenance change as you sat upon the tree."

"True, you might easily have done so: the prospect of reaching Para
penniless, and becoming a beggar in the streets--the nearer prospect of
starving in the wilderness of the Amazon--were before my mind.

"My eyes for awhile were bent mechanically upon the green ocean of
tree-tops.  All at once an object arrested them.  It was a patch of
bright rose-coloured foliage, easily distinguishable amid the green
leaves that surrounded it.  It was not down in the Montana--for that is
a thousand feet below us.  It was upon the side of the Sierra.  My eyes
glanced quickly around.  I beheld other patches of similar foliage, some
of them nearly an acre in breadth.  My heart again leaped with joy.  I
knew well what these red spots of the forest were.  They were clumps of
_cinchona_ trees--those trees that yield the celebrated febrifuge--the
Peruvian bark!

"New ideas passed rapidly through my mind.  `Our fortune is gone,'
thought I.  `Here is a fortune in those valuable trees.  Here is a mine
that only requires to be worked.  I shall turn _cascarillero_--I shall
be a _bark-hunter_.'

"At first I thought that we might gather the bark, and send Guapo to
sell it in the towns of the Sierra.  Then the idea came into my mind
that it might be possible to collect an immense quantity, store it up,
build a great raft, float it down the rivers, and dispose of it in Para.
I knew that in this way it would more than quadruple its price--for the
traders of the Sierra purchase it from the poor cascarilleros, and have
enormous profits upon it from the larger merchants.

"But how to live while making this store?  Yes, how to live even on the
morrow?  Could we support ourselves by hunting, or find sustenance from
fruits and roots, as you have suggested?  This was the most important
question of all, for our present necessities far outweighed our future
prospects.

"The very thought of our necessity caused me once more to glance over
the forest, and I continued to scan it on all sides.  My eye was again
arrested, and fixed upon a point where I saw there existed a different
vegetation from any that could be seen elsewhere.  There is a small
valley about five hundred feet below us.  It is a sort of table valley,
and the stream along which we have been travelling runs through it,
afterwards dashing over a fall to join the river below.  In this valley
I saw huge broad leaves of a brilliant yellowish green.  I knew them at
once to be the leaves of the great _musaceae_, either plantains or
bananas.  I thought, too, I could distinguish the form of the _yucca_
plant.  These are the certain signs of some settlement, or where one has
existed.  I fancy the latter is the correct idea, as I could distinguish
neither house nor smoke.  It may be some deserted Indian `chacra,' or it
may be the grounds of an old mission.  In either case, we shall be
likely to find those useful plants from which we may obtain food."

"Oh, papa! mamma!" cried Leon, running up and interrupting the
conversation.  "See what is here among the trees!  I declare it is a
great cross!"

Don Pablo and Isidora walked toward the spot.  There, sure enough, was a
large wooden cross planted in the ground, and leaning to one side.  The
wood was much decayed, but the inscription that had been deeply cut in
the transverse beam was still legible.  It was simply the Spanish
phrase:--

"Brazos de Dios" (The arm of God).

Isidora took Don Pablo by the hand, and looking steadfastly in his face,
pointed to the inscription.

"It _is_ true," said she, "God protects us!"



CHAPTER FOURTEEN.

THE DESERTED MISSION.

That night all went to rest with hope in their hearts, though still not
without some anxiety.

If you reflect upon the situation in which they were placed, you will
not wonder that they were anxious about the future.  Their first care
had been to fly into the wilderness, without thinking upon the
necessities they might encounter there--without reflecting that they had
made no provision of food to sustain them.  It is true that in the great
Montana there are many plants and trees whose roots and fruits can be
eaten; but a traveller may go for days without finding one of these.
Indeed, to pass through this great forest, in most places, is
impossible, so completely are the creeping parasites matted and laced
together.  It is necessary to keep along the rivers in a canoe or raft,
else you cannot get from place to place.  You cannot even walk along the
banks of many of these rivers, as the underwood hangs into the very
water!  For the same reason game is hard to be procured, and neither Don
Pablo nor Guapo were provided with proper weapons to hunt with.  Don
Pablo's pistols were all the fire-arms they had, and Guapo had no other
weapon than his machete.  With their present means, then, there was very
little chance of their killing any game, even should they have fallen in
with it.  But they saw none as yet, except some birds, such as parrots,
macaws, and toucans, that fluttered among the leaves.  No wonder, then,
they were anxious about what they should find to eat, or whether they
should find anything at all.

Don Pablo considered the cross a good omen, or rather a good _sign_.
Some missionary must have planted it in years gone by.  No doubt a
missionary station must have been near; and it was highly probable that
what he had seen in the little valley below would turn out to be the
very place where it had stood.

As soon as it became day, therefore, Don Pablo again ascended the tree
to take the bearings of the valley, so that they should proceed towards
it.  Guapo also climbed up, so that both might make sure of the route
they ought to take--for in the tangled forests of South America it is no
easy matter to reach any object, which you may have only seen at a
distance from the top of a tree.  Without a compass, the traveller soon
loses his direction; and, after hours of vain exertion and devious
wandering, often finds himself at the very place from which he had
started.

After carefully noting the direction of the valley, Don Pablo and Guapo
came down from the tree; and while the former, assisted by Leon, packed
and saddled the animals, Guapo was busy with his machete in clearing
away the brush-wood that obstructed the path.  This did not turn out
such a task after all.  It was only at the brow of the ridge, where the
undergrowth had choked up the way.  A little farther down it was quite
passable, and the party, animals and all, were soon winding down the
Sierra towards the valley.  Half-an-hour's travelling brought them to
their destination; and then a shout of joy, coming simultaneously from
all of them, announced their arrival upon the spot.

What was it that caused them to utter this shout of joy?  Before them
towered the great _musaceae_--plantains and bananas (_Musa paradisiaca_
and _Sapientum_).  There were both: their broad yellow-green and
wax-like leaves sheathing their succulent stems, and bending gracefully
over to a length of twenty feet.  But beautiful as were the leaves of
these giant plants, more attractive still to the eyes of our travellers
were the huge clusters of fruit-pods that hung from beneath them.  Each
of these would have weighed nearly an hundred-weight!  There was food
for hundreds.  These plants grew by the water's edge, in a damp soil--
their natural habitat.  Their leaves drooped over the stream.  Another
plant, equally interesting, was seen farther back, in a dry place.
There were many of these ten or fifteen feet high, and as thick as a
man's wrist.  This was the _yucca_ plant (_Jatropha manihot_).  All of
them knew it.  They knew that its roots produced the far-famed cassava.
Cassava is bread.  Hurrah! the staff of life was secure!

But, more than this, there were fruits in abundance: there were mangoes
and guavas, oranges and the celebrated cherimoya--the favourite of Peru.
There were shaddocks and sweet limes; and see! yonder is a clump of
sugar-canes, with their thin silken leaves and yellow tassels waving in
the wind.  Oh, look here!  Here is a coffee-shrub, with its ripe,
aromatic berries; and here is the cacao-tree (_Theobroma cacao_).
Coffee and chocolate--there was a choice of beverages!  Ha! what have we
here--this plant like an orange-tree?  It is a species of holly.  As I
live, it is the _yerba mate_, the "Paraguay tea" (_Ilex Paraguensis_).
What shall we light upon next?

And so the delighted travellers went on, over the ground, through the
thick-tangled weeds and convolvuli, making new discoveries at every
step.  Even Guapo's favourite, the coca-shrub, was found growing among
the rest, and the eyes of the old Indian sparkled at the sight of it.

Don Pablo's first conjecture had been right.  They had arrived at the
ruin of some old missionary station, long since deserted.  Some zealous
monk had planted all these plants and trees; had for years, no doubt,
tended them with care; had dreamt of establishing around this lonely
spot a great hierarchy, and making the "wilderness blossom as the rose."
An evil day had come--perhaps during the revolt of Juan Santos, or
maybe in the later revolution of Tupac Amaru.  The hand of the savage
had been turned against the priest, who had fallen a victim, and his
roof--the mission-house--had been given to the flames.  Not a vestige of
building was to be seen--neither stick nor stone--and had it not been
for the curious variety of vegetation collected on the spot, this once
cultivated and flourishing garden might have been taken for part of the
primeval forest.

It must have been a long time since the place was inhabited, for great
trees and parasites had grown up in the midst of the cultivated plants.

After the first transports of delight had to some extent subsided, a
consultation was held as to future proceedings.  They were not long in
coming to a conclusion.  It was resolved that a house should be built in
the middle of this wild garden, which should be, for a time at least,
their home.

The poor llamas had made their last journey.  They were to be killed.
Guapo, although reluctant to part with his old favourites, knew that
they could not live in the warm climate of the valley, and therefore
consented.  Their flesh, it is true, is none of the best, but it would
taste the better that no other was to be had; and their wool and skins
would be found useful.  The llamas were killed.



CHAPTER FIFTEEN.

THE GUACO AND THE CORAL SNAKE.

It was Guapo himself that killed the llamas, and, having skinned them,
he cut the flesh into thin strips, and hung it upon the branches to dry
in the sun.  This, of course, was necessary, as they had no salt to cure
it with; but meat well dried under a hot sun will keep good for a long
time.  It is curious, that in all Spanish-American countries they
preserve most of their meat in this way, whereas in North America, among
the people of our own race, "jerked beef" (for that is the name we give
it) is very rare.  Now, in Spanish America there are vast depositories
of salt--both in mines and on plains, with salt lakes--called _salinas_;
yet, for want of a proper commercial activity existing among these
people, in many places the valuable article, salt, is both scarce and
dear.  In Mexico dried or "jerked" beef is called "tasajo."  In Peru, as
we have stated, it is "charqui;" but mutton cured in this way is
distinguished by the name "chalona."  Now as the llamas are a species of
sheep, it was "chalona" that Guapo was making out of their mutton.

The others were not idle; Don Pablo, assisted by Leon, was clearing a
place on which they intended to build the house, while the Dona Isidora,
with her soft slender fingers (for the first time in her life, perhaps),
was acting as laundress, and the little Leona assisted her as much as
she was able.  Where did they get their soap, for they had not brought
so much as a single cake along with them?  But Don Pablo was too good a
botanist not to know the nature of the trees that grew around, and the
uses to which they could be applied.  Near by grew a curious tree, which
is known among the Indians as the _parapara_.  It was the soap-berry of
botanists (_Sapindus saponaria_), and Don Pablo knew that the bark of
the berries, when rubbed, produces a lather that will wash linen equal
to the best "Castile."  Dona Isidora was not long in making a trial of
it, and found this to be true.  The little round stones of the berries,
when cleared of the pulp, are very pretty, and are much used by the
missionaries in making rosaries.  Leon found, dropping one of them on a
stone, that it was as elastic as a ball of India rubber, for it
rebounded several times to the height of a man's head!  In the evening
they all rested from their various occupations, and seated themselves
upon the new-cleared ground, upon the trunk of a tree that had been
felled.  They were one and all quite cheerful.  They felt no more
apprehension of pursuit.  It would have been a very revengeful enemy,
indeed, who would have followed them so far into the wilderness.  They
had no fear of that.  Dona Isidora had just cooked a kettle of coffee--
they had both pots and kettles, for these were some of the utensils with
which Guapo, even in the hurry of flight, had taken the precaution to
load his llamas.  This coffee turned out to be of the finest quality.
It was of a peculiar species, which has long been cultivated by the
missionaries of Peru, and which yields a very high price.  It used to be
sent by the viceroys as a valued present to the kings of Spain.  To
sweeten the coffee some joints of sugar-cane had been crushed, and
boiled in a rough manner; and for bread they had roasted plantains.
During the repast they were all quite merry, and pleasant jokes were
passed for the first time in many days.

While thus engaged a singular sound fell upon their ears.  It was like a
voice repeating the word "Guaco!"  They all listened.  "Guaco--Guaco!"
again came the voice.

"Hola!" cried Leon, "Guapo--Guapo! there's some one calling you, Guapo.
There again!--no--it's `Guaco'--listen!  `Guaco--Guaco!'  What is it, I
wonder?"

"That's the snake-bird," quietly answered Guapo, who, it must be
remembered, was a native of the Montana, and knew a great deal both
about the birds and beasts of these regions.

"The snake-bird?" exclaimed Leon, evidently interested in the name.

"Yes, young master!" replied Guapo; "look! yonder it goes!"

The eyes of all were instantly turned in the direction pointed out by
Guapo.  There sure enough was a bird, not much larger than a common
pigeon, but which had all the appearance of a sparrow-hawk.  It was
"swallow-tailed," however, and this, with its peculiar form and the
manner of its flight, showed that it was one of the kite-hawks.  When
first noticed, it was perched upon the top of a high tree, but it soon
flew to another not so high, uttering as it went, the "Guaco--Guaco!"
It then pitched itself to a still lower branch, and was evidently after
something which none of the party could see.  That something, however,
soon became apparent.  The ground had been cleared in a broad track down
to the water's edge, and near the middle of the open space an object was
observed in motion, making towards the weeds.  That object was a snake.
It was not a large one--not more than three feet in length--and its
beautiful body, variegated with bands of black, red, and bright yellow,
glistened as it moved.  Its predominating colour was a fleshy red, or
coral, from whence it has its name, for both Don Pablo and Guapo, as
soon as they saw it, pronounced it the "coral snake."  Beautiful as it
appeared, all knew that it was one of the most poisonous of serpents--
one of the most dreaded of South American reptiles.

The first thought of Guapo and Leon was to spring up, seize upon some
weapon, and kill the creature.  Don Pablo, however, restrained them.

"Stay where you are," said he; "be patient; we shall have a scene.  Look
at the hawk,--see!"

As Don Pablo spoke, the guaco, which had hopped down to the lowest
branches of a neighbouring tree, swooped suddenly at the snake,
evidently aiming to clutch it around the neck.  The latter, however, had
been too quick, and coiling itself, like a flash of lightning darted its
head out towards the bird in a threatening manner.  Its eyes sparkled
with rage, and their fiery glitter could be seen even at many yards
distance.

The bird diverged from its course, and after passing the snake, turned
and swooped again from the opposite direction.  But the reptile had
shifted its body so as to meet the attack, and its threatening head once
more was reared high above its coiled body.  The guaco was foiled a
second time.

This second failure seemed to enrage the bird, as it turned at shorter
intervals, and apparently losing all fear, fluttered over the reptile,
striking both with beak and claws.  The latter still kept in its coil,
but its head moved hastily from side to side, so as always to "show
front" to its active antagonist.

After this play had continued for some time, the snake was seen to draw
in its head farther than usual, and the hawk, evidently somewhat off his
guard, deeming this a fair opportunity, pounced forward to seize it.
But he was met half way.  The head of the serpent shot forward like a
rapier, and reached his breast.  The hawk felt that he was wounded; and
uttering a wild scream, he flew suddenly away.

All eyes watched him as he flew off, expecting that he would fall--for
the bite of the coral snake will kill even a man in a few minutes, and a
bird or small animal in much less time.  It is not correct to say that
all of them expected to see him fall.  Guapo, from experience, knew
better, and even Don Pablo, as a naturalist, had heard a strange account
of this singular bird, and was curious to witness the result.  The hawk,
therefore, was narrowly watched.

It flew directly for a tree, up against the trunk of which, and clinging
to its branches, grew a parasite or creeping plant.  The latter was of
the thickness of a willow rod, with long slender leaves, of a dark green
colour.  The bird did not alight upon the top of the tree, but on a
branch where it could reach the leaves of the creeper, which it began
immediately to pluck and devour.  In a short while it had eaten as many
as a dozen of these long leaves, when it again took to wing, and flew
back in the direction of the snake.

All had, for the moment, forgotten the snake, in their eagerness to
watch the movements of the bird.  To their astonishment the reptile was
still in the same place, and coiled up as when last seen.  This was
easily explained, however, as snakes who defend themselves in that
attitude usually remain coiled, until they are certain that their enemy
has gone away and will not return to the attack.

The contest was now renewed with redoubled fury.  The bird fought with
fresh courage, knowing that he had taken precautions against a fatal
result, while the snake defended itself with the energy of despair.
This time the battle was a short one.  The guaco, using its wings,
succeeded in striking its antagonist upon the upraised head, and quickly
following up the blow, planted his talons so as to encircle the throat
of his victim.  The effect of his gripe was instantly apparent.  The
reptile unfolded itself, and the slender coral body was seen writhing
and twisting along the ground.  But it did not remain long upon the
ground, for in a few moments the guaco rose into the air, and carried
the struggling victim into the woods to devour it at his leisure.

Now Guapo was exceedingly pleased at what had occurred.  Why?  It was
not because such a scene was at all new to him.  No; he had often
witnessed such, and was no longer curious upon that head.  It was
something more than mere curiosity that moved Guapo.  When the affair
was over, he rose from his seat, and stalking off to the place where the
bird had been seen to eat the leaves, he gathered a quantity of them,
and then returned to the fire.  Don Pablo recognised them as the leaves
of a plant of the genus _Mikania_, and known popularly as the "vejuco de
guaco."  Guapo knew nothing of the scientific designation of the plant,
but he had long ago been taught the valuable properties of its leaves as
an antidote against the bite of the most poisonous snakes.  He had known
them to cure the bite of the cascabel (_rattle-snake_), and even of the
small spotted viper (_Echidna ocellata_), the most poisonous of all the
American snakes.

What, then, did Guapo with the leaves of the vejuco?  First, he chopped
them up as fine as he could, and then, tying them tightly in a piece of
cotton cloth, he expressed from them a quantity of juice--enough for his
purpose.  That done, with the point of a knife he made small incisions
between his toes, and also upon his breast and fingers.  Into each of
these incisions, even while the blood was flowing from them, he dropped
the juice of the Mikania, and rubbed it in with fresh leaves of the
plant itself; and then, with some tufts of the soft floss of the
silk-cotton tree (_Bombax ceiba_), he covered the incisions, so as to
stop the bleeding.  He wound up this strange performance, by chewing
some of the leaves, and swallowing about a spoonful of the juice.  This
made the "inoculation" complete, and Guapo, as he himself declared, was
now invulnerable to the bite of the most venomous serpent!

He offered to "inoculate" the others in the same way.  They at first
refused--Don Pablo among the rest--but after a day or two, when each of
the party had met with several narrow escapes from vipers, coral snakes,
and the much-dreaded "jararaca" (_craspedo-cephalus_), Don Pablo thought
it prudent that all should submit to the operation, and accordingly
Guapo "doctored" the party without more ado.



CHAPTER SIXTEEN.

THE PALM-WOODS.

It happened, that upon the opposite side of the stream there was a broad
track covered with palm-trees, while not one was to be seen on that side
where they intended building their house.  As these are the most
convenient trees for constructing a house to suit the hot climate of the
Montana, it appeared necessary that they should use them.  But how were
they to get at them?  The stream flowed between them and the camp; and
although not a large river, yet at that place it was very wide and deep,
for in the flat table valley it expanded to the dimensions of a little
lake.  Below, where it issued out of the valley, it ran for some
distance in a deep cleft between rocky banks almost or quite
perpendicular, and above the valley it came dashing through an
impassable ravine.  If they could only get over to cut the palms, they
knew they could roll them to the bank, and float them across the stretch
of still water.  But how to get over required some consideration.  Guapo
could swim like a water-dog, but Don Pablo could not; and Leon, having
been brought up as a town boy, had had but little practice, and
consequently was but a poor swimmer.  What, then, was to be done, as
Guapo could not well manage the palms without help?

After examining the stream, both above and below, no crossing place
could be found, but just at the point where it ran out of the valley,
the space between the high banks was very narrow.  A good long plank
would have reached across it--had they only had one--but that they had
not.  Now, upon the opposite bank there grew a tall tree.  It was one of
the beautiful silk-cotton trees already mentioned.  It stood upon the
very edge of the chasm.  Both Don Pablo and Guapo saw at a glance that
this tree could be felled, and made to fall across the stream, so as to
form the very bridge they wanted.

Not much time was lost about it.  Guapo, tying his axe upon his
shoulders, ran up the near side, until he was opposite the still running
water; and then plunging in, swam across in a few seconds.  He soon
after appeared on the opposite bank, at the root of the bombax, which he
attacked in such a manner that one who did not know what he was about
might have fancied he was angry at it.  In a few minutes a great notch
appeared in the side of the tree, and Guapo continuing his sturdy blows,
made the yellow chips fly out in showers.  Of course the notch was cut
on the side next the stream, so that the tree would fall in that
direction.  The beaver understands that much, and Guapo had considerably
more intelligence than any beaver.

In about half-an-hour the bombax began to creak and lean a little.  Then
Don Pablo threw over a lasso, which had been brought along.  Guapo
noosed one end over a high limb, and tying a stone to the other, pitched
it back to Don Pablo, who hauled it taut.  Then a few cuts of the axe
broke the skin of the tree on the other side, Don Pablo pulled by the
rope, and with a loud tear and a crash, and a vast deal of crackling
among the branches, the great bombax settled into a horizontal position
across the chasm.  The bridge was built.

After all, it was no slight adventure to cross it.  The rounded trunk
was anything but sure footing, and even had it been a flat plank, the
depth of the chasm--nearly an hundred feet clear--and the white roaring
torrent below, were enough to shake the stoutest nerves.  All, however,
got over in safety, and proceeded up to the palm-woods.  I say all--but
I mean only the male population of the new settlement.  Dona Isidora and
the little Leona remained by the camp, both of them busy scraping
_yucca_ roots, to be manufactured into cassava, and then into bread.

On arriving among the palm-trees, Don Pablo was struck with a singular
fact.  He observed (indeed, he had already noticed as much from the
opposite side of the river) that instead of one species of palm, there
were not less than a dozen kinds growing in this wood.  This was a very
unusual circumstance, as although two or three species are often found
together, such a varied collection as were there could only have been
made by human hands.  Here, again, was recognised the work of the
missionary monk, who had no doubt planted most of the species, having
received them very likely from many distant stations of his
fellow-labourers in other parts of the Amazon valley.

Whether Franciscan, Jesuit, or Dominican (for all three have had their
missions in this part of the world), the holy father who resided here,
thought Don Pablo, must have been an ardent horticulturist.  Whether or
not he converted many Indians to his faith, he seemed to have exerted
himself to provide for their temporal necessities, for there was hardly
a useful plant or tree suitable to the climate that was not to be found
growing near the spot.  Such were the reflections of Don Pablo.

"What a variety of beautiful palms!" said he, looking around upon these
by far the fairest forms of the vegetable creation.

Now, my boy reader, I have not the slightest doubt but that you, too,
think the palms the fairest forms of the vegetable creation.  I have not
the shadow of a doubt that your heart beats joyfully at the very word
"palm;" that you love to gaze at one of these stately trees, and that
you would give all your pocket-money for an afternoon's ramble through a
real palm-wood.  Would you not?  Yes.  I am sure of it.  Now I could
tell you a great deal about palms if I would; and I would, too, if my
space and time allowed me, but neither will, alas!  Why, if I were only
to give you even the shortest and dryest botanic description of all the
different palms that are known to us, that mere dry catalogue would fill
a book as big as this one!

How many species do you think there are?  Up to this time you have
thought, perhaps, there was only one, and that was the _palm-tree
itself_.  Maybe you had heard of more, such as the sago-palm, the
cocoa-nut palm, the date-palm, or the cabbage-palm; and you fancied
there might be others--perhaps as many as a dozen!  Now you will hardly
credit me when I tell you that we know of no less than _six hundred
species of palms_, all differing from each other!  I may add, further,
that it is my belief that there exist on the earth as many more--that
is, the enormous number of twelve hundred.  The reason why I entertain
this belief is, that in all cases where similar guesses have been
hazarded--whether with regard to plants, or birds, or _mammalia_--they
have eventually proved far below the mark; and as the palm countries are
the very regions of the earth least known and least explored by
botanists, it is but reasonable to conclude that great numbers of
species have never yet been described, nor even seen.  Another fact
which strengthens this probability is, that peculiar species of palms
are sometimes found only in a limited district, and nowhere else in the
same country.  A small river even sometimes forms the boundary-line of a
species; and although whole groves may be seen on the one side, not a
tree of the same sort grows on the other.  Some botanists even
prognosticate that more than two thousand species of palms will yet
become known.  Of the six hundred species known, about half belong to
the Old World, and half to America.  In America they are chiefly found
growing on the Continent--although several species are natives of the
West India Islands--while on the Eastern hemisphere the greatest number
of species belong to the islands.

I might tell you a great deal of the importance of these noble trees to
the human race, for they are as useful as they are beautiful.  Almost
every sort has its particular use in the economy of human life.  Not
only do they serve certain purposes in Africa, Asia, America, and
Oceanica, but in all these divisions of the earth there are whole
nations who _live almost exclusively_ upon one or another species of
palm.

A discovery has lately been made in regard to an African species, which
it is to be hoped will have an important influence in doing away with
the infamous slave traffic so long existing in that unhappy country.
You have heard of _palm-oil_.  Well, it is extracted from the nuts of a
species of palm.  The oil is no new discovery, but it is only lately
that it has been found to be as quite as good for the manufacture of
candles as either spermaceti or wax.  The consequence has been a great
increase in the traffic of this article on the western coast of Africa;
and the native princes, finding that it is more profitable than
slave-selling, have in many parts given up the last-named atrocious
commerce, and have taken to gathering palm-oil.  If a palm-tree can
effect what has baffled the skill of the combined philanthropists and
powers of Europe, then, indeed, we shall say, "All honour to the noble
palms."

But I might go on talking of palms until our little volume came to an
end.  I must, therefore, no longer speak generally of these beautiful
trees, but confine myself to such species as came under the observation,
and ministered to the wants, of the new settlers.



CHAPTER SEVENTEEN.

A HOUSE OF PALMS.

The first species of palms that attracted the observation of Don Pablo
and his party, was that known as the "patawa" palm.  It belongs to the
genus _Cenocarpus_.  There are several species of this genus in South
America, but none more beautiful than the "patawa."  It is a palm with a
straight smooth stem, and pinnate leaves--the stem being sixty feet in
height, and about a foot in diameter.  The stem becomes smooth only in
old trees.  In the young ones, and even in those that stand in a thick
shady forest, it presents a very shaggy appearance, and is completely
hidden by the bases of the old leaves that have decayed and fallen off.
From the margins of these bases grow spinous processes of nearly three
feet in length, which point upward.  These are used by the Indians to
make the arrows of their "blow-guns," of which more hereafter.  From the
fruits of this palm a most delicious drink is manufactured with very
little trouble.  The fruit itself is about the size of a plum, but of an
oval shape and deep violet colour.  It grows in large clusters just
under the leaves.  To make the drink, the fruits are thrown into a
vessel of hot water, where they remain for a few minutes until the pulp
becomes soft.  The hot water is next poured off, and cold water is
substituted.  In this the fruits are crushed and rubbed with the hands
until all the pulp is washed from the stones.  The liquid is then
strained so as to separate the stones and other substances, when it is
ready for use, and a most luxurious beverage it is,--in its taste
bearing some resemblance to filberts and cream.

A palm called the "assai" has a small sloe-like fruit which produces a
similar beverage--thick and creamy, and of a fine plum colour.  In all
the Portuguese settlements the "assai" is a favourite drink, and is
taken along with cassava bread, as we use milk or coffee.

It was not on account of its fruit, however, that Don Pablo rejoiced at
beholding the "patawa" palms.  Perhaps Leon thought more about the rich
clusters of oval plums, but his father looked only to the straight
smooth stems which were designed for corner-posts, beams, and the
heavier woodwork of the house.

In a few minutes Guapo was busy with his axe, and one after another fell
the princely trunks of the "patawa" until enough were cut down for their
purpose.

Don Pablo next looked out for some palm of a more slender trunk for the
rafters and joists.

This was soon found in the "catinga," which is a species of the "assai"
palm (_Euterpe_), the one of which we have just spoken as producing the
"assai wine."  The catinga was the very thing for the rafters.  It is
tall, nearly forty feet high, but quite slender.  It is one of the
smooth palms, with pinnate leaves, not unlike those of the "patawa."
There is a peculiarity about its top,--that is, there is a column or
sheath of several feet in length, out of which the leaves spring, and,
at the lower end of this column, and not immediately at the root of the
leaves, the fruit clusters grow.  This sheathing column is of a red
colour, which gives the tree a strange look.  Another peculiarity of the
catinga is that its roots grow out of the ground, and from a little cone
from the top of which rises the stem.  The fruits of this sort are
smaller than the true assai, but a drink is also made from them which
some people consider more delicious than that either of the assai or
patawa.  The rafters then were got from the catinga.

Now for the thatch, that was the next consideration.

"Master!" cried Guapo, pointing off into the woods.  "Yonder's
`bussu,'--very thing for thatch!"

Guapo indicated a very singular-looking tree, with a thick, clumsy,
crooked, and deeply ringed stem.  It was not a bit like either of the
palm-trees they had already cut down.  Its trunk was not over ten or a
dozen feet high, but then, such leaves!  They were not pinnated like
those already described, but what is termed "entire," that is, all in
one piece, and thirty feet in length by full five in width!  Fancy two
or three dozen of these gigantic leaves standing up almost erect from
the top of the thick trunk, and you may form some idea of the "bussu"
palm.  There are many palm-trees whose leaves are used for thatching
houses, but of all others for that purpose the bussu is the best.  These
great fronds have a mid-rib, and from this, on both sides, run veins in
a diagonal direction to the edge.  When they are used for thatch the
leaf is split up the mid-rib, and then each half is laid upon the
rafters, not straight, but in such a way that the veins of the leaf will
lie in a vertical direction, and thus serve as gutters to guide the
rain-water down the roof.  A very few leaves will thatch a house, and a
covering of this kind, when properly laid on, will last for ten or
twelve years.  So much are the bussu-leaves prized for thatch, that the
Indians, in parts where this palm does not grow, often make a canoe
voyage of a week to procure them!

The spathe which contains the flowers is also put to many uses.  It is
of a long spindle shape, of fibrous, cloth-like texture, and brown
colour.  The Indians use it as cloth.  It makes an excellent bag, in
which the native carries his paints or other articles; and a large one,
stretched out, makes a very comfortable cap.  Indeed, Guapo used the
first spathe he laid his hands upon for this very purpose.

There remained now to be found some palm-tree that would split easily,
and make laths for the roof, as well as planks for the door, shelves,
and benches.  They soon discovered the very palm for these purposes.  It
was one of the genus _Iriartea_, and known as the "pashiuba" palm.  It
was a tree that differed from all the others in its aspect.  It was a
noble-looking tree, rising with a smooth stem, to the height of seventy
feet.  At its top, there was a sheathing column swollen larger than the
stem, and not unlike the sheathing column of the catinga already
mentioned, except that that of the pashiuba was of a deep green colour.
Its leaves, however, differed materially from those of the catinga.  It
is true, that, like them, they were pinnate, but the leaflets, instead
of being slender and tapering, were of a triangular shape, notched along
the edges, and not growing very regularly out from the mid-rib.  Their
general arrangement, as well as the form, therefore, gave the tree a
different, and, perhaps, more beautiful aspect.  But the most singular
characteristic of the pashiuba was its roots.  I have said that the
roots of the catinga rose above the surface of the soil.  So did they,
but only to a limited height, forming a little cone.  Now the roots of
the pashiuba stood up to the height of ten or a dozen feet!  Each root
was nearly straight in itself, but there were a number of them, and they
sloped upwards so as to make a sort of pyramid, out of the apex of which
grew the stem.  There were wide spaces between the roots--so wide that
you could easily pass through, and a full-grown man might stand upright
with his head under the very base of the stem.  Fancy a man standing
under the trunk of a tree that rose seventy feet above his head!

There were young trees of the same species growing around, and these
were miniature models of the older ones.  Sometimes these lesser ones
are supported on three roots, like the tripod of a surveyor's compass,
and this gives them a somewhat ludicrous appearance.  There are many
species of this sort of palms, which are classed under the genus
_Iriartea_.  In most of them the fruit, which is small oval and red or
yellow, is bitter and uneatable; but their wood is prized for many
purposes.  The wood of the species which Don Pablo had found is hard on
the outside, but soft within, and splits readier into laths and planks
than any other kind of palm.

Guapo attacked the roots with his axe, and enough trunks were soon
felled to make laths, doors, and all sorts of benches.

The different kinds were now collected on the edge of the stream, and
were tied together by a rope-like, creeping plant, called a "Sipo," so
that they formed a rude raft.  The leaves of the "bussu," with great
clusters of the fruits of the catinga and patawa, were laid upon the
raft; and then, Guapo, mounting himself on top of all, pushed out with
his long pole, and ferried the whole across.  The others walked round by
the bridge, and were just in time to assist Guapo in mooring his
somewhat unwieldy craft.

Next day the framework of the house was put up, and on the day after the
walls.  These were made of bamboo-canes (_Bambusa guadua_), plenty of
which grew near the bottom of the valley.  They grew wild, for the
slopes of the Andes are the favourite soil of these gigantic grasses.
They were set on end, side by side, and then tied to each other and to
the beams of palm-trees.  On the third day the "bussu" leaves were laid
on, and the house was finished.



CHAPTER EIGHTEEN.

TRACKING THE TAPIR.

It has been already mentioned that the stream in front of the house was
wider than at other parts, forming a sort of lake.  There was a slow
current down the middle, but at the sides the water was nearly stagnant,
and there grew in some places bunches of flags interspersed with
beautiful white lilies.  Among these could be distinguished that
gigantic _nympha_ so celebrated under the name of _Victoria regia_--for
South America is the native country of this rare plant.

Every night, as our party were resting from their labours, they heard
strange noises proceeding from the water.  There was plunging and
plashing, and now and then a snorting sound like that sometimes uttered
by frightened swine.  Perhaps it would have puzzled any of them to tell
whence these sounds proceeded, or what animal gave utterance to them,
for there could be no doubt they were caused by an animal.  Some of them
guessed "alligators;" but that was not a correct guess, for although
there are plenty of alligators in all the rivers of tropical America,
there seemed to be none in that particular place.  In truth, they might
have remained long in the dark about what creature they thus heard
sweltering about nightly, for they could neither see nor hear anything
of it in the day; but Guapo, who knew every sound of the Montana,
enlightened them at once.  Guapo had been a keen _tapir-hunter_ in his
time, and understood all the habits of that strange animal.  It was a
tapir, then, which they had heard taking his regular nightly bath, and
regaling himself on the roots of the flags and _nymphae_.

Have you ever seen a tapir?  Not a living one, I fancy; perhaps the skin
of one in a museum.  He is an interesting creature, for this reason--
that he is the largest land animal indigenous to South America.  The
llama and guanaco stand higher, because their legs are longer, but they
are far inferior to the tapir in bulk and weight: while the bears of
South America, of which there are two or three species, are small-sized
bears, and therefore less than the tapir.  In fact, no very large land
animals were found indigenous in the southern division of the American
continent.  There were none of the _bovine_ tribe, as the buffalo and
musk-ox of North America; and no large deer, as the elk and moose of the
Northern latitudes.  The deer of South America, of which there are
several undescribed species, are all small animals.  The tapir, then, in
point of size takes precedence in the South-American _fauna_.

His rounded body gives him some resemblance to a great hog, or a donkey
with its hair shaved off; but, in fact, he is not very like either; he
is more like a _tapir_ than anything else--that is, he is a creature
_sui generis_.  Perhaps, if you were to shave a large donkey, cut off
most part of his ears and tail, shorten his limbs--and, if possible,
make them stouter and clumsier--lengthen his upper jaw so that it should
protrude over the under one into a prolonged curving snout, and then
give him a coat of blackish-brown paint, you would get something not
unlike a tapir.  To complete the resemblance, however, you would have to
continue the erect mane over the forehead, between the ears, and down to
the level of the eyes, which would give that crested appearance that
characterises the tapir.  Instead of hoofs, moreover, you would give
your donkey large toes--four upon the fore feet, and upon the hind ones
three.  A little silky hair upon the stumped tail, and a few thinly
scattered hairs of a brown colour over the body, would make the likeness
still more striking; and it would be necessary, too, that the donkey be
one of the very biggest kind to be as big as a big tapir.

The tapir is a harmless creature, and although it has a good set of
teeth, it never uses them for the purpose of defending itself.  When
attacked by either men or fierce animals, it tries to escape by flight,
and if that fails, submits to be killed; but there is no "light" to be
got out of a tapir.

The tapir leads a very solitary life, being met with alone, or sometimes
in the company of the female.  The latter has but one young at a birth,
which follows her until able to provide for itself; when they associate
no longer together, but part company, each taking its own way.

This animal is called amphibious, because it spends part of its time in
the water; but, although it has been called the American representative
of the rhinoceros and hippopotamus, it is not so much a water animal as
either of these.  It seeks its food in the river, or the marshes that
border it, and can remain for several minutes under water; but for all
that most of its time is passed on dry land.  It sleeps during the day
in some dry spot upon a bed of withered leaves, from whence it sallies
every evening, and makes to the marshy banks of some well-known stream.
It frequently leaves its lair during rain, and goes in search of food.
Like hogs it is very fond of wallowing in a muddy place; but, unlike
these slovenly animals, it does not return to its bed until it has
plunged into the clear water, and thoroughly purified itself of the mud.

One habit of the tapir--and an unfortunate one for itself--is that in
going its rounds it always follows the old track.  In this way a path is
soon formed from its lair to its feeding-place, so conspicuous that a
hunter might trail it upon the run.  It is easy, therefore, to "waylay"
a tapir.  Guapo knew this well, and had already, while over among the
palms, marked the track of the one that came nightly to the stream, and
had settled it in his mind that that particular tapir had not many days
to live.  In fact, Leon coaxed him to fix the tapir-hunt for the next
morning, which Guapo, with Don Pablo's permission, accordingly did.
Guapo was anxious as any of them to kill the tapir, for, like many
Indians, he was fond of its flesh, though that is by no means a
palatable article of food.  On the contrary, it is dry, and to most
people tastes disagreeably.  Guapo, however, liked it exceedingly; and,
moreover, he wanted the tough skin for some purpose of his own.  The
wild Indians value the skin highly, as it is the best thing they can
procure for "viches," or shields, to ward off the poisoned arrows of
their enemies.

Next morning, an hour or so after daybreak, Guapo started for the hunt,
accompanied by Leon.  Don Pablo remained at home with his wife and the
little Leona.  Now, had the tapir-hunter possessed a gun, or even a bow
and arrows, his plan of proceeding would have been different, and he
would no doubt have chosen a different hour for the hunt.  He would have
chosen the twilight of the evening or morning, and would have hid
himself in the bushes, so as to command a view of the track which the
tapir would be certain to take on his way to or from the water.  He
would then have simply shot the creature as it was going past; but this
is not so easy a matter neither, for the tapir, fearful of enemies while
on land, always travels at a trot.  As Guapo had neither bow nor gun,
nothing in fact but his _machete_, how was he to get near enough to use
this weapon?  Clumsy-looking as the tapir certainly is, he can shuffle
over the ground faster than the fastest Indian.

Guapo knew all this, but he also knew a stratagem by which the
amphibious brute could be outwitted, and this stratagem he designed
putting in practice.  For the purpose he carried another weapon besides
the _machete_.  That weapon was a very pacific one--it was a _spade_!
Fortunately he had one which he had brought with him from the mountains.

Now what did Guapo mean to do with the spade?  The tapir is not a
burrowing animal, and therefore would not require to be "dug out."  We
shall presently see what use was made of the spade.

After crossing the bridge, and getting well round among the palms, the
hunter came upon a path well tracked into the mud.  It was the path of
the tapir,--that could be easily seen.  There were the broad footmarks--
some with three, and others with four toes--and there, too, were places
where the animal had "wallowed."  The tracks were quite fresh, and made,
as Guapo said, not an hour before they had arrived on the spot.

This was just what the tapir-hunter wanted; and, choosing a place where
the track ran between two palm-trees, and could not well have gone round
either of them, he halted, rested his _machete_ against a tree, and took
a determined hold of the spade.  Leon now began to see what use he
intended to make of the spade.  He was _going to dig a pit_!

That was, in fact, the very thing he was going to do, and in less than
an hour, with the help of Leon, it was done--the latter carrying away
the earth upon "bussu" leaves as fast as Guapo shovelled it out.  When
the pit was sunk to what Guapo considered a sufficient depth, he came
out of it; and then choosing some slender poles, with palm-leaves,
branches, and grass, he covered it in such a manner that a fox himself
would not have known it to be a pit-trap.  But such it was--wide enough
and deep enough, as Guapo deemed, to entrap the largest tapir.

It now only remained to get the tapir into it, but therein lay the
difficulty.  Leon could not understand how this was to be managed.  He
knew that at night, as the animal was on its way to the water, it might
step on the covering, and fall in.  But Guapo had promised him that he
should see the tapir trapped in an hour's time.  Guapo had a plan of his
own for bringing it that way, and he at once proceeded to put his plan
into execution.

They started along the trail going _from_ the water, and towards the
lair of the beast.  The hunter knew it would not be very distant--
perhaps a quarter or half a mile, perhaps less.  Before starting he
cautioned Leon to keep close behind him, and not to make the least
noise.  So little as a whisper or the rustling of the brush, he alleged,
might spoil all his plans.  Guapo marched, or rather crouched, along; at
first freely, but after some time his step grew more stealthy and
cautious.  He knew that he was getting near to the sleeping victim.
After stopping and repeating his caution to his companion, he proceeded
as before until they had got better than a quarter of a mile from the
water.  Here they began to ascend a gentle hill, where the ground was
dry, and strewed with fallen trees.  At some places the trail was
difficult to make out, and Leon would soon have lost it had he been left
to himself.  But there was no fear of Guapo losing it.  A hound could
not have followed it more surely.

Suddenly Guapo stopped--then went on a few steps--then stopped a second
time, and made a sign for Leon to come up.  Without speaking, he pointed
to a little thicket of scrubby bushes, through the leaves of which they
could just make out some large brown object perfectly at rest.  That was
the tapir himself--sound asleep.

Guapo had already instructed his companion that when they should arrive
near the den of the animal, they were to make a wide circuit around--
Leon going one way, while he himself took the other.  Both now drew back
a little, and then parted--the hunter going to one side, and Leon in the
opposite direction.  After making their circuit, they met at some
distance beyond the back of the den; and then Guapo, telling the other
to follow him, and, without observing any further caution, walked
straight towards where the tapir lay.  The Indian knew by experience
that the latter, when roused, would make directly along its accustomed
trail to the water, for to the water it always flies when alarmed by an
enemy.  When they had got within a few paces of the den, a movement was
seen among the leaves--then a crackling noise was heard, as the huge
body of the animal broke through the bushes, and took to flight.  He did
not trot according to his usual gait, but went off in a gallop, with his
head carried in a singular and awkward manner between his fore-legs!
You have, no doubt, seen a donkey sometimes gallop in a similar style.

Guapo bounded after, followed by Leon, who kept close at his heels.  Of
course the tapir was in sight only a few seconds, but the hunter knew
that he would take the beaten track, and therefore was at no loss.  They
made no unnecessary noise--lest the tapir might be frightened from its
path--but ran on in silence.

They soon got back to the pit-fall, Guapo of course leading the way.

"Hola!" cried the latter, when he came in sight of it, "hola, young
master! he's in the trap!"

Sure enough he was; and the next moment they stood upon the edge of the
pit, and beheld the great brown body struggling and tumbling about at
the bottom.

Guapo did not pause a moment, but leaped in, _machete_ in hand.  He had
no fear of the animal biting him, for he knew it would not do so; but
Guapo, in his hurry, had leaped carelessly, and his foot slipping, he
fell over the smooth body of the tapir.  The latter in its fright jumped
upward, and the next moment Guapo was _undermost_ at the bottom of the
pit!

The animal had no design of trampling the hunter; but seeing that it
could easily leap out--the pit being shallowed for it by Guapo's body
and the fallen branches--it made a spring, and came out on the edge.
Leon had got round upon the side next the river, but he chanced to be on
the wrong side just then; for the heavy tapir dashing past, knocked
against him, and sent him sprawling among the trees.  Before he could
recover himself, or Guapo climb out of the pit, a loud plunge in the
water announced that the animal had escaped to an element where it might
defy their pursuit.

Both were quite crest-fallen and disappointed, but Guapo especially so.
He had prided himself very much on his skill as a tapir-hunter, and his
pride was mortified at the result.  He seemed very much chagrined; and
as he and Leon returned toward the house, he stopped at intervals and
looked into the water.  Then shaking his machete in a threatening
manner, cried out--

"Dive away, old thick-skin!  Dive deep as you will, I'll have your hide
yet!"



CHAPTER NINETEEN.

THE POISONED ARROWS.

The result of the tapir chase determined Guapo to have himself better
armed.  There was one weapon--and a very efficient one too--which he
knew how both to make and use.  That weapon was a "gravatana," or
blow-gun, sometimes called "pocuna."  He had had an eye to this weapon
all along, and had already provided the materials necessary for making
it.  These materials were of a varied character, and had cost him some
trouble in getting them together.

First, then, for the blow-tube itself he had cut stems of a slender
palm-tree,--a species of _Iriartea_, but not that sort already
described.  It was the _Pashiuba miri_ of the Indians.  This little palm
grows to the height of from twelve to twenty feet, and is never thicker
than a man's wrist.  Its roots, like the others of its genus, rise above
the ground, but only a few inches.  The sterns which Guapo had chosen
were of different sizes.  One was about the thickness of the handle of a
garden-rake, while the other was not over the diameter of a
walking-cane.  Both were hollow in the heart, or rather they contained
pith like the alder-tree, which when forced out left a smooth bore.

Having cut these stems to a length of about ten feet, and pushed out the
pith, Guapo inserted the smaller one into the bore of the larger, which
fitted tightly all the way--for he had chosen it of the proper thickness
to this end.  The object of thus using two stems instead of one will
not, at first, be understood.  It was for the purpose of making the tube
perfectly straight, as this is a most important consideration in the
gravatana.  The outer and stronger stem corrected any bend that there
might be in the inner one, and they were carefully arranged so that the
one should straighten the other.  Had it not been perfectly straight,
Guapo would have bound it to a post and made it so; but it happened to
come quite right without further trouble.  The tube of the lesser one
was now cleaned out thoroughly, and polished by a little bunch of the
roots of a tree-fern, until it was as smooth and hard as ebony.  A
mouthpiece of wood was placed at the smaller end of the tube, and a
sight was glued on the outside.  This "sight" was the tooth of an
animal,--one of the long curving incisors of a rodent animal called the
"paca," which is found in most parts of tropical America.  To make the
instrument look neater, Guapo had procured the tough shining bark of a
creeping plant, which he wound spirally around the outside from the
mouthpiece to the muzzle; and then the gravatana was finished.

There was yet much to be done before it could be used.  Arrows were to
be made, and a quiver in which to carry them, and poison to dip their
points in--for the arrows of the blow-gun do not kill by the wound they
inflict, but by the poison with which they are charged.

The next thing, then, to which Guapo turned his attention was the
manufacture of the arrows.  These can be made of cane, reeds, and other
kinds of wood; but the best materials for the purpose are the long
spines of the patawa palm, of which I have already spoken.  These spines
grow out from the lower part of the leaf-petioles, and, in young trees
and those much sheltered, remain upon the trunk, giving it a very shaggy
appearance.  They are often three feet in length, about as thick as
large wire, rather flattish, and of a black colour.  To make the arrows,
Guapo cut them to the length of fifteen or eighteen inches, and then
pointed them sharply at one end.  About three inches from the points he
notched them all, so that they would break in the wound rather than drop
out again, in consequence of the struggles of the animal.  About two or
three inches from the thick end of the arrow Guapo wrapped lightly
around the shaft some strands of the soft silky cotton, which he had
procured from the pods of the great "ceiba," or silk-cotton tree,
already mentioned.  This he fastened on with a fibre of an aloe plant--
one of the _bromelias_; and the cotton, when thus secured, assumed a
conical or spindle shape, having its larger end toward the butt of the
arrow.  When inserted into the gravatana, the swell of the cotton filled
the tube exactly,--not so tightly as to impede the passage of the arrow,
nor so loosely as to allow of "windage" when blown upon through the
mouthpiece.

The arrows were now ready, with the exception of the poison for their
tips; and this was the most important of all, for without it both
blow-gun and arrows would have been useless weapons, indeed.  But Guapo
was just the man who knew how to make this poison, and that is more than
could be said of every Indian, for it is only the "piaches" (priests, or
"medicine-men") who understand the process.  Nay, more, there are even
some tribes where not an individual knows how the arrow-poison is made;
and these have to procure it by barter from others, paying a high price,
and sometimes going a great distance for it.

This celebrated poison is known under different names, but those of
"curare", "ticuna," and "wouraly," are the principal.

It is one of the most deadly poisons yet discovered--as much so as the
_upastiente_ of Java, or the bean of Saint Ignatius--but it is perfectly
harmless when swallowed, and, indeed, it is often taken by the Indians
as an excellent stomachic.  Should it get into the blood, however, by
means of an arrow-wound, or a sore, no remedy has yet been discovered
that will cure it.  Death is certain, and a death similar to that caused
by the bite of a venomous serpent.  So say those who have suffered from
it, but recovered on account of their having been only slightly wounded,
or lightly inoculated with it.  Let us see, then, how Guapo prepared
this deadly mixture.

He had gone out to the forest, and returned carrying a bundle of slender
rods.  They were pieces of a lliana, or creeping plant.  It was the
_bejuco de curare_, or "mavacure," as it is sometimes called.  The
leaves he had stripped off, and left behind as useless.  Had he brought
them with him, they would have been seen to be small leaves of an
oblong-oval shape, sharp at the points, and of a whitish-green colour.
Don Pablo knew the plant to be a species of _Strychnos_.

Guapo with his knife first scraped all the bark, as well as the alburnum
or white coating, from the rods, which last he flung away.  The mixture
of bark and alburnum was next placed upon a smooth stone, and mashed
into a fibre of a yellowish colour.  This done, it was gathered into a
heap, and placed within a funnel, which had already been made out of a
plantain-leaf.  The funnel was a long narrow cone, and to strengthen it,
it was set within another funnel made of the thick leaf of the "bussu"
palm, and then both were supported by a framework of palm fibres.
Underneath the apex was placed a small pan--which could afterwards be
put over the fire--and then cold water was thrown into the funnel along
with the bark.  A yellowish liquid soon commenced to filter and drip
into the pan, and this liquid was the _curare_, the arrow-poison.  It
still required, however, to be concentrated by evaporation; and for this
purpose the pan was transferred to a slow fire, where it was kept until
the liquid became thickened by the heat.

Another process was yet required before the curare was ready for the
arrows.  It was sufficiently concentrated and deadly, but still too thin
to adhere properly to their tips, and for this purpose a mixture of some
gummy juice was necessary.  This Guapo soon prepared from the large
leaves of a tree called the "kiracaguero," and poured it into the
infusion; and then the curare turned from its yellow colour to black,
and was ready for use.  The change of colour was produced by the
decomposition of a hydruret of carbon; the hydrogen was burned, and the
carbon set free.

Guapo now dipped a few of his arrows, and carefully deposited them in a
large joint of bamboo, which served as a quiver.  I say _carefully_, for
had one of these arrows dropped with its poisoned point upon his naked
foot, or wounded him elsewhere, he never would have prepared any more
curare.  But he handled them with care, and the remainder of the liquid
he poured into a small gourd (similar to that in which he carried his
coca-lime), which he closely corked up with a piece of the pith from a
palm.

Don Pablo, with Dona Isidora and the children, had watched with interest
all this process.  At first, they were afraid to go near, believing that
the fumes of the liquid might be injurious.  This was long believed to
be the case, in consequence of the absurd tales spread abroad by the old
missionaries, and even at a later period by the traveller La Condamine.
These asserted, that when the Indians wished to make the curare poison,
they selected for this purpose the old women of the tribe, whose lives
were not deemed of any value; and that several of these always fell a
sacrifice while "cooking" the curare!  This silly story is now refuted;
and Guapo not only assured his companions that there was no danger, but
even tasted the curare from time to time while in the pan, in order to
judge when it was sufficiently concentrated.  This he could tell by its
taste, as it grew more and more bitter as the evaporation proceeded.
The arrow-poisons of South America are not all made from the creeping
plant, the mavacure.  Among some Indian tribes a root is used called
"curare de raiz;" and with others the poison is produced by a mixture of
several species of juices from the plant _Ambihuasca_, tobacco, red
pepper, a bark called "barbasco," from a tree of the genus _Jacquinia_,
and a plant of the name "sarnango."  Of all these the juice of the
_Ambihuasca_ is the most powerful ingredient, but the making of this
species of poison is a most complicated process.

Guapo was not long in having an opportunity to test his gravatana, and
this was just what he desired, for the old Indian was not a little vain
of his skill, and he wished to make a show of it in the eyes of his
companions.  His vanity, however, was the more pardonable, as he was in
reality a first-rate shot, which he proved to the satisfaction of
everybody within half-an-hour.  The instrument had scarcely been
finished and laid aside, when a loud screaming and chattering was heard
in the air, and on looking up a flock of large birds was seen flying
over the heavens.  They were still high up, but all of a sudden they
darted down together and alit on a tall tree that stood nearly alone.
Here they continued their chattering, only in a lower and more
confidential tone; and they could be seen, not hopping, but climbing
about, sometimes with their backs and heads turned downwards, and, in
short, clinging to the branches in every imaginable way.  These birds
were all of one kind, each of them full eighteen inches in length, and
of a uniform colour over the body, which was a purple, or deep indigo--
their beaks only being white.  In the sun their plumage glistened with a
metallic lustre.  They were, in fact, a rare species,--the _ana_, or
_purple macaw_.

Without saying a word, Guapo seized his gravatana and arrows, and stole
off through the underwood towards the tree upon which the macaws had
perched.  In a few minutes he stood under it, screened from the view of
the birds by the broad leaves of a plantain that happened to grow
beneath.  This cover was necessary, else the macaws, which are shy
birds, might have uttered one of their wild, choral screams, and flown
off.  They did not however, and Guapo had a fair chance at them.  All
his movements could be observed by the party at the house, as he was on
that side of the plantain.

He was seen to adjust an arrow into the tube, and then raise the
gravatana to his lips.  Strange to say, he did not hold it as we do a
common gun,--that is, with the left hand advanced along the tube.  On
the contrary, both hands were held nearly together, at the lower end,
and close to his mouth.  Now, you will wonder how he could hold such a
long tube steady in this way.  It is, indeed, a very difficult thing,
and much practice alone can accomplish it.  As they watched him
narrowly, his chest was seen to expand, his cheeks rose with a strong
"puff," and some of them thought they could perceive the passage of the
little arrow out of the tube.  However this might be, they soon after
saw something sticking in the side of one of the macaws, and could see
the bird pecking at it with its great beak, and trying to pull it out.
In this it appeared to have succeeded after a short while, for something
fell from the tree.  It was the shaft with its cotton "boss" that fell
down.  The point, broken off where it had been notched, was still in the
body of the bird, and was infusing the deadly venom into its veins.  In
about two minutes' time the wounded bird seemed to grow giddy, and began
to stagger.  It then fell over, still clutching the branch with its
strong, prehensile claws; but after hanging a moment, these too relaxed,
and the body fell heavily to the ground.  It was quite dead.

Long before it came down Guapo had pushed a fresh arrow into the tube,
and given a fresh puff through it, wounding a second of the macaws.
Then another arrow was chosen, and another victim, until several had
been shot, and the creatures upon the tree could be seen in all stages
of dying.  Some, on receiving the wound, uttered a cry and flew off, but
the poison soon brought them down, and they invariably fell at no great
distance from the tree.

At length Guapo was seen to desist, and walk boldly out from his ambush.
To the surprise of all, the remaining macaws, of which there were still
six or seven upon the tree, showed no fear of him, nor did they attempt
to fly away!  This was explained, however, by their subsequent conduct;
for in a few seconds more they were seen, one by one, falling to the
ground, until not a single bird was left upon the tree.  All of them had
been killed by the arrows of the blow-gun!

Leon now ran out to assist Guapo in gathering his game.  There were no
less than eight couple of them in all, and they were all quite dead--
some of them shot in the thigh, some in the neck or wing, and others
through the body.  None of them had lived over two minutes after
receiving the wound.  Such is the quickness with which the "curare" does
its work!

As a hunting instrument for most species of game the South American
Indian prefers the gravatana to any other; and with good reason.  Had
Guapo been armed with a rifle or fowling-piece, he would have shot one
macaw, or perhaps a pair, and then the rest would have uttered a
tantalising scream, and winged their way out of his reach.  He might
have missed the whole flock too, for on a high tree, such as that on
which they had alit, it is no easy matter to kill a macaw with a
shot-gun.  Now the gravatana throws its arrow to a height of from thirty
to forty yards, and the least touch is sufficient to do the business.
Its silence, moreover, enables the hunter to repeat the shot, until
several head of game reward his skill.  The Indians use it with most
effect in a vertical or upward direction; and they are always surer to
kill a bird with it when perched on a high tree, than when seated on a
low shrub or on the ground.

As we have observed that the curare can be taken inwardly without any
danger, it will be evident to all that game killed by the poisoned
arrows may be eaten with safety.  Indeed, there are many epicures in
South America who prefer it in this way; and when a chicken is wanted
for the table, these people require that it should be killed by an arrow
dipped in curare.



CHAPTER TWENTY.

THE MILK-TREE.

Guapo kept his promise with the tapir, and on that very same day.
Shortly after the macaws had been brought in, little Leona, who had been
straying down by the water's edge, came running back to the house, and
in breathless haste cried out, "Mamma, mamma! what a big hog!"

"Where, my pet?" inquired her mother, with a degree of anxiety, for she
fancied that the child might have seen some fierce beast of prey instead
of a hog.

"In the water," replied Leona; "among the great lilies."

"It's the tapir," cried Leon.  "Carrambo! it's our tapir!"

Guapo was busy plucking his macaws, but at the word tapir he sprang to
his feet, making the feathers fly in all directions.

"Where, senorita?" he asked, addressing little Leona.

"Down below," replied the child; "near the edge of the river."

Guapo seized his gravatana, and crouched down towards the bank, with
Leon at his heels.  On nearing the water, he stopped; and, with his body
half bent, looked down stream.  There, sure enough, was the huge brown
beast standing with his body half out of the water, and pulling up the
roots of the flags with his great teeth and long moveable snout.  It was
not likely he would return to his former den after the chase he had had;
and fancying, no doubt, that all the danger lay upon the opposite shore,
he had come to this side to browse awhile.

Guapo cautioned Leon to remain where he was, while he himself, almost
crawling upon his belly, proceeded along the bank.  In a few minutes he
was out of sight, and Leon, seeing nothing more of him, kept his eyes
sharply fixed upon the tapir.

The latter remained quietly feeding for about ten minutes, when the boy
saw him give a little start.  Perhaps, thought he, he has heard Guapo
among the weeds--for the tapir has good ears--and that was what caused
him to make the motion.  The tapir stopped feeding for a moment, but
then recommenced, though evidently not with as much eagerness as before.
Presently he stopped a second time, and seemed undetermined as to
whether he should not turn and take to the clear water.  In this way he
hesitated for several minutes; then, to the astonishment of Leon, his
body began to rock from side to side, and the next moment, with a
plunge, he fell heavily backward, making the waves undulate on all sides
of him.  The arrow had done its work--he was dead!

A loud shout from Guapo echoed along the river, and the Indian was seen
plunging forward to the dead tapir, which the next moment he had seized
by the leg, and was dragging towards the bank.  He was here met by the
whole party, all of whom were anxious to see this rare and singular
creature.  Ropes were soon attached to the legs, and Guapo, assisted by
Don Pablo and Leon, drew the huge carcass out upon the shore; and
dragged it up to the house.

Guapo at once skinned it, carefully preserving the hide to made soles
for his sandals and other purposes; and that night all of them tried a
"tapir-steak" for supper.  All, however, Guapo alone excepted, preferred
the flesh of the purple macaws, which, cooked as they were with onions
and red pepper, were excellent eating, particularly for Spanish-American
palates.  Guapo had all the tapir to himself.

The bamboo palm-house was now quite finished, and several articles of
furniture too--for during the nights both Don Pablo and his trusty man
Guapo had worked at many things.  You will, no doubt, be asking where
they procured lights,--will you not?  I shall tell you.  One of the
loftiest and most beautiful of the palm-trees--_the wax-palm (Ceroxylon
Andicola_)--grew in these very parts, for the lower slopes of the Andes
are its favourite habitat.  Out of its trunk exudes wax, which has only
to be scraped off and made into candles, that burn as well as those made
of the wax of bees.  Indeed, the missionaries, in their various
religious ceremonies,--or "mummeries," as they might be better styled,--
have always made large use of these palm-candles.  Another "wax-palm,"
called "Carnauba" (_Copernicia cerifera_), is found in South America.
In this one, the wax--of a pure white colour, and without any admixture
of resin--collects upon the under-side of the leaves, and can he had in
large quantities by merely stripping it off.  But even, had neither of
these palms been found, they needed not to have gone without lights, for
the fruits of the "patawa," already described, when submitted to
pressure, yield a pure liquid oil, without any disagreeable smell, and
most excellent for burning in lamps.  So, you see, there was no lack of
light in the cheerful cottage.

But there were two things, you will say, still wanting--one of them a
necessary article, and the other almost so--and which could not possibly
be procured in such a place.  These two things were _salt_ and _milk_.
Now there was neither a salt-mine, nor a lake, nor a drop of salt water,
nor yet either cow, goat, or ass, within scores of miles of the place,
and still they had both salt and milk!

The milk they procured from a tree which grew in the woods close by, and
a tree so singular and celebrated, that you have no doubt heard of it
before now.  It was the _palo de vaca_, or "cow-tree," called sometimes
by an equally appropriate name _arbol del leche_, or "milk-tree."  It is
one of the noblest trees of the forest, rising, with its tall straight
stem, to a great height, and adorned with large oblong pointed leaves,
some of which are nearly a foot in length.  It carries fruit which is
eatable, about the size of a peach, and containing one or two stones;
and the wood itself is valuable, being hard, fine-grained, and durable.
But it is the sap which gives celebrity to the tree.  This is neither
more nor less than milk of a thick creamy kind, and most agreeable in
flavour.  Indeed, there are many persons who prefer it to the milk of
cows, and it has been proved to be equally nutritious, the people
fattening upon it in districts where it grows.  It is collected, as the
sugar-water is from the maple, simply by making a notch or incision in
the bark, and placing a vessel underneath, into which the sap runs
abundantly.  It runs most freely at the hour of sunrise; and this is
also true as regards the sap of the sugar-tree, and many other trees of
that kind.  Sometimes it is drunk pure as it flows from the tree; but
there are some people who, not relishing it in its thick gummy state,
dilute it with water, and strain it before using it.  It is excellent
for tea or coffee, quite equal to the best cream, and of a richer
colour.  When left to stand in an open vessel, a thick coagulum forms on
the top, which the natives term cheese, and which they eat in a similar
manner, and with, equal relish.  Another virtue of this extraordinary
tree is that the cream, without any preparation, makes a glue for all
purposes as good as that used by cabinet-makers, and, indeed, Don Pablo
and Guapo had already availed themselves of it in this way.

So much for the _palo de vaca_.

It still remains for me to tell you where the _salt_ came from; and
although the milk-tree was ever so welcome, yet the salt was a thing of
still greater necessity.  Indeed, the latter might be looked upon as an
indispensable article in household economy.  You, my young reader, know
not what it is to be without salt.  With whole sacks of this beautiful
mineral within your reach, almost as cheap as sand, you cannot fancy the
longing--the absolute craving--for it, which they feel who are for a
period deprived of it.  Even the wild animals will make long journeys in
search of those salt-springs--or, as they are called, "licks"--which
exist in many places in the wilderness of America.  For salt, Don Pablo
and his companions would have exchanged anything they had,--their sugar,
plantains, cocoa, coffee, or even the cassava, which was their bread.
They longed for salt, and knew not how they could get on without it.
The only substitute was the "aji," or capsicum, of which several species
grew around, and almost every dish they ate was strongly spiced with it.
But still this was not salt, and they were not contented with it.

It was now that they found a friend in Guapo.  Guapo knew that among
many of the Indian tribes the fruit of a certain species of palm was
manufactured into salt; and he knew the palm, too, if he could only get
his eyes upon it.  Seeing his master and the rest so troubled upon this
head, Guapo rose one morning early and stole off among the groves of
palm, on the other side of the river.  There, in a marshy place, with
its roots even growing in the water, stood the very tree,--a small palm
of about four inches in diameter and twenty to thirty feet high.  It was
thicker at the base than the top, and the top itself rose several feet
above the tuft of pinnate, feathery fronds, ending in a pointed spike.
It was the "jara" palm, of the genus _Leopoldinia_.

It was the fruits upon which Guapo bent his eyes with earnestness.  Each
one was as large as a peach, of an oval shape, slightly flattened, and
of a yellowish green colour.  They grew in large clusters among the
bases of the leaves; and Guapo was not long in ascending several trees--
for the jara is a smooth-skinned palm, and can be climbed--and breaking
off the spadices, and flinging them to the ground.  He had soon
collected a bag-full, with which he hurried back to the house.

All wondered what Guapo meant to do with these fruits, for they tasted
them and found them very bitter.  Guapo soon showed them his intention.
Having prepared a sort of furnace, he set the nuts on fire; and when
they were thoroughly reduced to ashes, to the great joy and astonishment
of all, these ashes, which were as white as flour, had the taste of
salt!  It is true it was not equal to "Turk's Island," nor yet to "Bay"
salt, but it proved to be good enough for cooking purposes, and
satisfied the craving which all had felt for this indispensable article.



CHAPTER TWENTY ONE.

THE CANNIBAL FISH AND THE GYMNOTUS.

About this time an incident occurred that was very near having a fatal
termination for one of the party--Leon.  The day was a very hot one, and
as the cool water looked inviting, Leon could not resist the temptation
of taking a bath.  Having undressed himself, he plunged into the river
nearly in front of where the house stood, and began splashing about
quite delighted.  The rest were not heeding him, as each was engaged
with some occupation within the house.

Leon at first kept wading about in a place that was not beyond his
depth, but, by little and little, he took short swims, as he wished to
practise, and become a good swimmer like Guapo.  His father had not only
given him permission, but had even advised him to do so.  And it may be
here remarked that all parents would do well to take the same course
with their children and allow them to acquire this healthful and useful
art.  No one can deny that thousands of lives are annually sacrificed,
because so few have taken the trouble to learn swimming.

Well; Leon was determined to be a swimmer, and at each attempt he made a
wider stretch into the deep water, swam around, and then back again to
the bank.

In one of these excursions, just as he had got farthest out, all at once
he felt a sharp pain as if from the bite of some animal, and then
another, and another, upon different parts of the body, as if several
sets of teeth were attacking him at once!

Leon screamed--who wouldn't have done so?--and his scream brought the
whole household to the edge of the water in less than a score of
seconds.  All of them believed that he was either drowning or attacked
by a crocodile.  On arriving at the bank, however, they saw that he was
still above water, and swimming boldly for the shore--no signs of a
crocodile were to be seen!

What was the matter?

Of course that question was asked him by all of them in a breath.  His
reply was that "he could not tell--_something was biting him all over_!"

The quick eye of the mother now caught sight of blood--around the
swimmer the water was tinged with it--her piercing shriek rent the air.

"O God! my child--my child!  Save him--save him!"

Both Don Pablo and Guapo dashed into the water and plunged forward to
meet him.  In the next moment he was raised in their arms, but the blood
streamed down his body and limbs, apparently from a dozen wounds.  As
they lifted him out of the water they saw what had caused these wounds.
A shoal of small fish, with ashy-green backs and bright orange bellies
and fins, was seen below.  With large open mouths they had followed
their victim to the very surface, and now that he was lifted out of
their reach, they shot forward and attacked the legs of his rescuers,
causing Don Pablo and Guapo to dance up in the water, and make with all
haste for the bank.  As soon as they had reached it, they turned round
and looked into the water.  There were these blood-thirsty pursuers that
had followed them up to the very bank, and now swam about darting from
point to point, and ready for a fresh attack on any one that might enter
the water!

"They are the `cannibal fish!'" said Guapo, in an angry tone, as he
turned to attend to Leon.  "I shall punish them yet for it.  Trust me,
young master, you shall be revenged!"

Leon was now carried up to the house, and it was found that in all he
had received nearly a dozen wounds!  Some of them were on the calves of
his legs, where the piece of flesh was actually taken out!  Had he been
farther out in the river, when first attacked, he might never have
reached the shore alive, as the fierce creatures were gathering in far
greater numbers when he was rescued, and would most undoubtedly have
torn him to pieces and eaten him up!  Such has been the fate of many
persons who have fallen among the "cannibal fish" in the midst of wide
rivers where they had no chance of escape.  These ferocious little
"caribes," or "caribitos," as they are called (for the word _carib_
signifies cannibal), lie at the bottom of rivers, and are not easily
seen; but the moment an attack is made by one of them, and a drop of
blood stains the water, the whole shoal rises to the surface, and woe to
the creature that is assailed by their sharp triangular teeth!

Of course the wounds of Leon, although painful, were not dangerous, but
the chief danger lay in the loss of blood which was pouring from so many
veins.  But Guapo found ready to his hand the best thing in the world
for stopping it.  On some mimosa-trees, not far from the house, he had
already observed--indeed, so had all of them--a very singular species of
ants' nests of a yellowish brown colour.  The ants themselves were of a
beautiful emerald green.  They were the _Formica spinicollis_.  These
nests were composed of a soft cotton-down, which the ants had collected
from a species of _Melastoma_, a handsome shrub found growing in these
regions; and this down Guapo knew to be the best for blood-stopping.
Even Don Pablo had heard of its being used by the Indians for this
purpose, and knew it by the name of "_yesca de hormigas_," or "touchwood
of ants."  He had heard, moreover, that it was far superior even to the
ants' nests of Cayenne, which form an article of commerce and are highly
prized in the hospitals of Europe.  Guapo, therefore, ran off and robbed
the green ants of their nests, and speedily returned with the full of
his hands of the soft "yesca."  This was applied to the wounds, and in a
few minutes the bleeding was effectually stopped, and Leon, although
still suffering pain, had now only to be patient and get well.

Strange to say, another incident occurred that very evening, which
taught our party a further lesson of the danger of taking to the water
without knowing more of its inhabitants.  Just as they had finished
supper, and were seated in front of their new house, the mule, that had
been let loose, stepped into the river to drink and cool its flanks.  It
was standing in the water, which came up to its belly, and, having
finished its drink, was quietly gazing around it.  All at once, it was
observed to give a violent plunge, and make with hot haste for the bank.
It snorted and looked terrified, while its red nostrils were wide open,
and its eyes appeared as if they would start from their sockets.  At
length it reached the bank, and, staggering forward, rolled over in the
sand, as if it was going to die!

What could all this mean?  Had it, too, been attacked by the "caribes?"
No; that was not likely, as the bite of these creatures upon the hard
shanks of the mule could not have produced such an effect.  They might
have frightened it, but they could not have thrown it into "fits"--for
it was evidently in some sort of a fit at that moment.

It might have been a puzzle to our party not easily solved, had Guapo
not been upon the spot.  But Guapo had witnessed such an incident
before.  Just before the mule gave the first plunge Guapo's eyes had
been wandering in that direction.  He had noticed an odd-looking form
glide near the mule and pass under the animal's belly.  This creature
was of a greenish-yellow colour, about five feet in length, and four or
five inches thick.  It resembled some kind of water-snake more than a
fish, but Guapo knew it was not a snake, but an eel.  It was the great
_electric eel_--the "temblador," or "gymnotus."

This explained the mystery.  The gymnotus, having placed itself under
the belly of the unsuspecting mule, was able to bring its body in
contact at all points, and hence the powerful shock that had created
such an effect.

The mule, however, soon recovered, but from that time forward, no
coaxing, nor leading, nor driving, nor whipping, nor pushing, would
induce that same mule to go within twenty feet of the bank of that same
piece of water.

Guapo now bethought himself of the narrow escape he himself had had
while swimming across to the palm-woods; and the appearance of the
gymnotus only rendered him more determined to keep the promise he had
made to Leon,--that is, that he would revenge him of the caribes.

None of them could understand how Guapo was to get this revenge without
catching the fish, and that would be difficult to do.  Guapo, however,
showed them how on the very next day.

During that evening he made an excursion into the wood, and returned
home carrying with him a large bundle of roots.

They were the roots of two species of plants--one of the genus
_Piscidea_, the other a _Jacquinia_.  Out of these, when properly
pounded together, Guapo intended to make the celebrated "barbasco," or
fish-poison, which is used by all the Indians of South America in
capturing fish.  Guapo knew that a sufficient quantity of the barbasco
thrown into the water would kill either "temblador," caribe, or any fish
that ever swam with fins.

And so it proved.  In the morning Guapo having prepared his barbasco,
proceeded to the upper end of the lake-like opening of the river, and
there flung his poison into the stream.  The slow current through the
valley greatly favoured him, and from the large quantity of roots he had
used, the whole pool was soon infected with it.  This was seen from the
whitish tinge which the water assumed.  The barbasco had scarcely time
to sink to the bottom when small fish were seen coming to the surface,
and turning "wrong side uppermost."  Then larger ones appeared, and in a
few minutes all the fish in that particular stretch of water, with
several gymnoti, were seen floating on the surface quite dead.  To the
great joy of Guapo and Leon, who sat by the bank watching, hundreds of
the little caribes, with their bronze gills quite open, and their yellow
bellies turned up, were seen among the rest.

But Guapo had not made this great slaughter purely out of revenge.  He
had another object.  They were not too well off for meat, and a dish of
fish would be welcome.  Guapo and Don Pablo had already provided
themselves with long-handled nets, and they soon scooped out several
basketfuls of fish.  Among others they netted numerous "caribes," for
these little monsters, fierce as they are, are not surpassed for
delicacy of flavour by any fish in the South American rivers.  The
gymnoti approached the bank, where Guapo fished them out, not to eat--
although they are often eaten.  There was not a spark of electricity in
them now.  The barbasco had cured them of that; any one might have
handled them with safety, as there was not a charge left in their whole
battery.

The lake was quite cleared of all its dangerous denizens, and Leon might
bathe with safety, as soon as he got well; and over the fish-dinner they
could now laugh at the adventures both of Leon and the electrified mule.



CHAPTER TWENTY TWO.

THE CINCHONA-TREES.

In about two weeks from their arrival in the valley, the house, with a
stable for the horse and mule, was completed, and all the necessary
furniture as well.  Had you entered the establishment about this time,
you would have observed many odd articles and implements, most of them
quite new.  You would have seen boxes woven out of palm-leaves, and bags
made of the fibrous, cloth-like spathe of the "bussu," filled with the
soft, silky cotton of the bombax, to be afterwards spun and woven for
shirts and dresses.  You would have seen baskets of various shapes and
sizes woven out of the rind of the leaf-stalks of a singular palm called
"Iu" (_Astrocaryum_), which has no stem, but only leaves of ten feet
long, growing directly out of the ground.  You would have seen chairs
made of split palms and bamboo, and a goodsized table, upon which, at
meal-time, might be noticed a table-cloth, not of diaper, but, what
served equally well, the broad smooth silken leaves of the plantain.
There were cups, too, and plates, and bowls, and dishes, and bottles, of
the light gourd-shell (_Crescentia cujete_), some of the bottles holding
useful liquids, and corked with the elastic pith of a palm.  Other
vessels of a boat-shape might be noticed.  There were large wooden
vessels pointed at the ends like little canoes.  They were nothing more
than the spathes or flower-sheaths of one of the largest of palms, the
"_Inaga_" (_Maximiliana regia_).  This noble tree rises to the height of
one hundred feet, and carries feathery fronds of more than fifty feet in
length.  The spathes are so large that they are used by the Indian women
for cradles and baskets; and their wood is so hard, that hunters often
cook meat in them, hanging them over the fire when filled with water!
Many other singular implements might have been noticed in the new home.
One, a cylinder of what appeared to be wood, covered thickly with
spinous points, hung against the wall.  That was a grater, used for the
manioc, or yucca roots; and it was a grater of nature's own making, for
it was nothing more than a piece of one of the air roots of the
"pashiuba" palm, already described.  Another curious object hung near
this last.  It was a sort of conical bag, woven out of palm-fibre, with
a loop at the bottom, through which loop a strong pole was passed, that
acted as a lever when the article was in use.  This wicker-work bag was
the "tipiti."  Its use was to compress the grated pulp of the manioc
roots, so as to separate the juice from it, and thus make "cassava."
The roots of the yucca, or manioc plant, grow in bunches like potatoes.
Some of them are oblong--the length of a man's arm--and more than twenty
pounds in weight.  When required for use, the bark is scraped off, and
they are grated down.  They are then put into the tipiti, already
mentioned; and the bag is hung up to a strong pin, while the lever is
passed through the loop at the bottom.  Its short end goes under a firm
notch, and then some one usually sits upon the long end until the pulp
is squeezed sufficiently dry.  The bag is so formed that its extension,
by the force of the lever, causes its sides to close upon the pulp, and
thus press out the juice.  The pulp is next dried in an oven, and
becomes the famous "cassava" or "farinha," which, throughout the greater
part of South America, is the only bread that is used.  The juice of
course runs through the wickerwork of the _tipiti_ into a vessel below,
and there produces a sediment, which is the well-known "tapioca."

There are two kinds of the yucca or manioc-root,--the _yucca dulce_, and
_yucca amarga_--the sweet and bitter.  One may be eaten raw without
danger.  The other, which very closely resembles it, if eaten raw, would
produce almost instant death, as its juice is one of the deadliest of
vegetable poisons.  Even while it is dripping from the _tipiti_ into the
vessel placed below, great care is always taken lest children or other
animals should drink of it.

There were no beds--such things are hardly to be found in any part of
tropical America--at least not in the low hot countries.  To sleep in a
bed in these climates is far from being pleasant.  The sleeper would be
at the mercy of a thousand crawling things,--insects and reptiles.
Hammocks, or "redes," as they are there called, take the place of
bedsteads; and five hammocks, of different dimensions, could be seen
about the new house.  Some were strung up within, others in the porch in
front, for, in building his house, Don Pablo had fashioned it so that
the roof protruded in front, and formed a shaded verandah--a pleasant
place in which to enjoy the evenings.  Guapo had made the hammocks,
having woven the cords out of the epidermis of the leaf of a noble palm,
called "tucum" (_Astrocaryum_).

Their home being now sufficiently comfortable, Don Pablo began to turn
his attention to the object for which he had settled on that spot.  He
had already examined the cinchona-trees, and saw that they were of the
finest species.  They were, in fact, the same which have since become
celebrated as producing the "Cuzconin," and known as "_Cascarilla de
Cuzco_" (Cuzco bark).

Of the Peruvian-bark trees there are many species,--between twenty and
thirty.  Most of these are true cinchona-trees, but there are also many
kinds of the genus _Exostemma_, whose bark is collected as a febrifuge,
and passes in commerce under the name of _Peruvian bark_.  All these are
of different qualities and value.  Some are utterly worthless, and, like
many other kinds of "goods," form a sad commentary on the honesty of
commerce.

The species, which grew on the sides of the adjacent hills, Don Pablo
recognised as one of the most valuable.  It was a nearly-allied species
to the tree of Loxa (_Cinchona condaminea_), which produces the best
bark.  It was a tall slender tree--when full grown, rising to the height
of eighty feet; but there were some of every age and size.  Its leaves
were five inches long and about half that breadth, of a reddish colour,
and with a glistening surface, which rendered them easily distinguished
from the foliage of the other trees.  Now it is a fortunate circumstance
that the Peruvian-bark trees differ from all others in the colour of
their leaves.  Were this not the case, "bark-hunting" would be a very
troublesome operation.  The labour of finding the trees would not be
repaid with double the price obtained for the bark.  You may be
thinking, my young friend, that a "cascarillero," or bark-hunter, has
nothing to do but find a wood of these trees; and then the trouble of
searching is over, and nothing remains but to go to work and fell them.
So it would be, did the cinchona-trees grow together in large numbers,
but they do not.  Only a few--sometimes only a single tree--will be
found in one place; and I may here remark that the same is true of most
of the trees of the great Montana of South America.  This is a curious
fact, because it is a different arrangement from that made by nature in
the forests of North America.  There a whole country will be covered
with timber of a single, or at most two or three species; whereas, in
South America, the forests are composed of an endless variety.  Hence it
has been found difficult to establish saw-mills in these forests, as no
one timber can be conveniently furnished in sufficient quantity to make
it worth while.  Some of the palms, as the great _morichi_, form an
exception to this rule.  These are found in vast _palmares_, or
palm-woods, extending over large tracts of country, and monopolising the
soil to themselves.

Don Pablo, having spent the whole of a day in examining the cinchonas,
returned home quite satisfied with them, both as regarded their quantity
and value.  He saw, from a high tree which he had climbed, "_manchas_,"
or spots of the glistening reddish leaves, nearly an acre in breadth.
This was a fortune in itself.  Could he only collect 100,000 pounds of
this bark, and convey it down stream to the mouth of the Amazon, it
would there yield him the handsome sum of 40,000 or 50,000 dollars!  How
long before he could accomplish this task he had not yet calculated; but
he resolved to set about it at once.

A large house had been already constructed for storing the bark, and in
the dry hot climate of the high Montana, where they now were, Don Pablo
knew it could be dried in the woods, where it was stripped from the
trees.



CHAPTER TWENTY THREE.

A PAIR OF SLOW GOERS.

At length, all things being ready, Don Pablo and party set out for a
day's work among the cinchonas.  As it was the first day of
bark-gathering all went along to enjoy the novelty of the thing.  A
"mancha" of the cinchona-trees was not far off, so their journey would
be a short one.  For this reason, the horse and mule remained in the
stable eating the fruits of the "murumuru" palm, (another species of
_Astrocaryum_), of which all cattle are exceedingly fond.  Even the hard
undigested stones or nuts, after passing through the bodies of horses
and cattle, are eagerly devoured by wild or tame hogs, and the zamuros,
or black vultures (_Cathartes aura_ and _atratus_), when hungered, take
to the pulpy fruit of this thorny palm-tree.

It was a very early hour when they set out, for Don Pablo and his people
were no sluggards.  Indeed, in that climate, the early morning hours are
the pleasantest, and they had made it a rule to be always up by
daybreak.  They could thus afford to take a _siesta_ in their hammocks
during the hot noontide,--a custom very common, and almost necessary, in
tropical countries.  Their road to the cinchonas led up the stream, on
the same side with the house.  After going a few hundred yards, they
entered a grove of trees that had white trunks and leaves of a light
silvery colour.  The straight, slender stems of these trees, and the
disposition of their branches,--leaning over at the tops,--gave them
somewhat the appearance of palms.  They were not palms, however, but
"ambaiba" trees (_Cecropia peltata_).  So said Don Pablo, as they passed
under their shade.

"I shouldn't wonder," added he, "if we should see that strange animal
the ai.  The leaves of these trees are its favourite food, and it lives
altogether among their branches."

"You mean the `nimble Peter,' do you not, papa?"

This inquiry was put by Leon, who had read about the animal under this
name, and had read many false stories of it, even in the works of the
great Buffon.

"Yes," replied Don Pablo; "it goes by that name sometimes, on account of
its sluggish habits and slow motions.  For the same reason the English
call it `sloth,' and it is known among naturalists as _bradypus_.  There
are two or three species, but all with very similar habits, though, as
usual, the French classifiers have separated them into distinct genera."

"Why, Buffon says," rejoined Leon, "that it is the most miserable
creature in the world; that it can scarcely get from tree to tree; that
some remain in the same tree all their lives, or, that when one has
eaten all the leaves off a tree, it drops to the ground, to save itself
the trouble of getting down by the trunk, and, that when on the ground
it cannot move a yard in an hour!  Is all this true?"

"Totally untrue.  It is true the ai does not move rapidly over the
ground, but the ground is not its proper place, no more than it is that
of the orang-outang, or other tree-monkeys.  Its conformation shows that
nature intended it for an inhabitant of the trees, where it can move
about with sufficient ease to procure its food.  On the branches it is
quite at home, or, rather, I should say, _under_ the branches, for,
unlike the squirrels and monkeys, it travels along the under sides of
the horizontal limbs, with its back downward.  This it can do with ease,
by means of its great curving claws, which are large enough to span the
thickest boughs.  In this position, with a long neck of _nine
vertebrae_,--the only animal which has that number,--it can reach the
leaves on all sides of it; and, when not feeding, this is its natural
position of repose.  Its remaining during its whole life in one tree, or
suffering itself to fall from the branches, are romances of the early
Spanish voyagers, to which Monsieur Buffon gave too much credit.  The ai
does not descend to the ground at all when it can help it, but passes
from one tree to another by means of the outspreading branches.
Sometimes, when these do not meet, it has cunning enough to wait for a
windy day, and then, taking advantage of some branch blown nearer by the
wind, it grasps it and passes to the next tree.  As it requires no
drink, and can live without any other food than the leaves of the
cecropia, of course it remains on a single tree so long as it has plenty
of leaves.  See!" exclaimed Don Pablo, pointing up; "here are several
trees stripped of their leaves!  I'll warrant that was done by the ai."

"_A-ee_!" echoed a voice in the most lugubrious tones.

"I thought so," cried Don Pablo, laughing at the surprise which the
voice had created among the rest of the party.  "That's the very fellow
himself,--this way,--here he is!"

All of them ran under the tree to which Don Pablo pointed, and looked
up.  There, sure enough, was an animal about the size of a cat, of a
dark hay colour, with a patch of dirty orange and black upon the back.
This could be easily seen, for the creature was hanging along a
horizontal branch with its back downward, and its huge curving claws,
all in a bunch, were hooked over the branch.  Its hair was thick and
rough, and no tail was visible, but its small round head and flat face
was almost as like the human face as is that of any monkey.  Indeed, the
others would have taken it for a monkey,--Guapo excepted,--had they not
been already talking about it.

"Oh, yonder's another!" cried Leon, pointing higher up in the tree; and,
sure enough, there was, for the ai is usually found in company with its
mate.  The other was a copy of the one already observed, with some
slight difference in size--no doubt it was the female one.  Both had
observed the approach of the party, and now uttered their melancholy
"Ayee--a-ee!" that sounded anything but agreeable.  In fact, so very
disagreeable is the voice of this creature, that it has been considered
its best weapon of defence.  Beside the utterance of their cry, neither
of them made any effort to escape or defend themselves.

Don Pablo and the rest were about to pass on and leave the ais to their
leaf diet, but Guapo had other notions on that subject.  Ugly as these
creatures were, Guapo intended to have one of them for his dinner.  He,
therefore, begged Don Pablo to stop a moment until he should get them
down.  How was this to be done?  Would he climb up and drag them from
the tree?  That is not so easily accomplished, for the ais, with their
crescent claws, can hold on with terrible force.  Besides, they were out
upon the slender branches, where it would have been difficult to get at
them.  But Guapo did not intend to climb.  The tree was a slender one--
he had his axe with him--and the next moment its keen blade was crashing
through the bark of the ambaia wood.  A few minutes served to bring the
tree down, and down it came, the ais screaming as it fell.  Guapo now
approached to seize them, but about this he used some caution.  Both
finding themselves without hope of escape, prepared for defence.  Buffon
asserts that they make none.  That is not true, as was seen by all the
party.  Throwing themselves on their backs, they struck out with their
fore-arms in a sort of mechanical manner.  These with the long horny
claws they kept playing in front of their bodies, striking alternately
with them, and rapidly, as a dog will do when suddenly plunged into
water.  Guapo did not put his hands near them.  He knew they would not
bite, but he also knew that he might get a scratch with the sharp claws,
and that he did not wish for.  But Guapo had a way to take them, and
that he now put in practice.  Lopping a couple of branches from the
tree, he held one out to each of the ais, and touched them with it on
the breast.  Each, as soon as it felt the branch, clutched it tightly
between its powerful fore-arms and held on as if for life and death.  It
would have taken a stronger man than Guapo to have pulled either of the
branches away again.  The thing was now done.  Giving his axe to Leon to
carry for him, Guapo lifted an ai, still clinging to the branch, in each
hand, and carried them off as if they had been a pair of water-pots.  He
did not wish to kill them until he got them home, alleging that they
were better for eating when freshly butchered.

The bark-hunters now continued their route, and shortly after entered a
little glade or opening in the forest, about an acre in size.  When they
had reached the middle of this, Guapo threw his ais upon the ground and
marched on.

"Why do you leave them?" inquired the others.

"No fear for them," replied Guapo; "they'll be there when we come back.
If I carried them into the woods, they might steal off while we were at
work, but it would take them six hours to get to the nearest tree."

All laughed at this, and went on, leaving the ais to themselves.  Before
passing out from the glade, they stopped a moment to look at the great,
conical nests of the termites, or white ants, several of which, like
soldiers' tents, stood near the edge of the glade.  It was yet early,
the air was chilly, and the ants were not abroad; so that, after gazing
for a while on these singular habitations, the bark-gatherers pursued
their way, and were soon under the shadow of the cinchona-trees.



CHAPTER TWENTY FOUR.

THE BARK-HUNTERS.

In a few minutes the work began--that work which was to occupy them,
perhaps, for several years.  The first blow of Guapo's axe was the
signal to begin the making of a fortune.  It was followed by many
others, until one of the cinchonas lay along the sward.  Then Guapo
attacked another, as near the root as was convenient for chopping.

Don Pablo's part of the work now began.  Armed with a sharp knife, he
made circular incisions round the trunk, at the distance of several feet
from each other, and a single longitudinal one intersecting all the
others.  The branches were also served in a similar way, and then the
tree was left as it lay.  In three or four days they would return to
strip off the bark both from trunk and branches, and this would be
spread out under the sun to dry.  When light and dry it would be carried
to the store-house.  So the work went merrily on.  The trees were taken
as they stood--the very young ones alone being left, as the bark of
these is useless for commerce.

The Dona Isidora sat upon a fallen trunk, and, conversing with her
husband, watched the proceedings with interest.  A new and happy future
seemed at no great distance off.  Little Leona stood beside Guapo,
watching the yellow chips as they flew, and listening to some very fine
stories with which Guapo was regaling her.  Guapo loved little Leona.
He would have risked his life for her, would Guapo, and Leona knew it.

Leon was not particularly engaged on that day.  When the bark was ready
for peeling he intended to take a hand with the rest.  He could then
employ himself in spreading it, or could lead the mule in carrying it to
the storehouse.  Leon did not intend to be idle, but there happened to
be no work for him just then; and after watching the bark-cutters for
awhile, he sauntered back along the path, in order to have a little fun
with the ais.  Leon had no very great confidence that he would find them
in the place where they had been left, and yet he believed in Guapo.
But it was hard to understand that two animals, each endowed with a full
set of legs and feet, should not be able to make their way for a
distance of twenty paces, and escape!  After the rough handling they had
had, too!  He would have a peep at them, anyhow, to see how they were
coming on.  So back he went.

On getting near the glade their voices reached him.  They were there,
after all!  He could hear them utter their pitiful "ay-ee--ay-ee!" and,
as he thought, in a louder and more distressing tone than ever.  What
could be the matter?  They had been silent for some time, he was sure,
for such cries as they now uttered could have been heard easily where
the rest were.  What could be the meaning of this fresh outburst?  Had
some new enemy attacked them?  It seemed like enough.

Leon stole forward, and peeped into the glade.  No--there was nothing
near them!  But what was the matter with the creatures?  Instead of
lying quietly, as they had done when left behind, they were now rolling
and tumbling backward and forward, and pitching about, and dancing first
on their feet and then on their heads, and cutting all sorts of strange
capers!  Could it be for their own amusement?  No; their lamentable
cries precluded that supposition; besides, their odd attitudes and
contortions bespoke terror and pain!

"Carrambo!" muttered Leon.  "What's the matter with them?"

They seemed inclined to escape towards the trees; but, after making a
few lengths, they would fall to the ground, tumble about, and then,
getting up again, head in the opposite direction!

Leon was puzzled,--no wonder.  He looked around for a solution of this
queer conduct on the part of the ais.  No explanation appeared.  At
length he bethought himself of going up to them.  Perhaps, when nearer,
he might learn what set them a-dancing.

"Ha!" he ejaculated, struck with some sudden thought.  "I know now;
there's a snake at them."

This conjecture--for it was only a conjecture--caused him to stop short.
It might be some venomous snake, thought he.  The grass was not long,
and he could have seen a very large snake; but still a small coral
snake, or the little poisonous viper, might have been there.  He fancied
he saw something moving; but to get a better view he passed slowly
around the edge of the glade, until he was nearly on the opposite side
to that where he had entered.  He still kept at a good distance from the
ais, but as yet discovered no snake.

To his great surprise, the ais now lay stretched along the grass, their
struggles appeared each moment to grow less violent, and their
melancholy cries became weaker and weaker.  Their contortions at length
came to an end.  A feeble effort to raise themselves alone could be
perceived,--then a spasmodic motion of their long crooked limbs,--their
cries became indistinct; and, after a while, both lay motionless and
silent!  Were they dead?  Surely so, thought Leon.

He stood gazing at them for some minutes.  Not a motion of their bodies
could be perceived.  Surely they no longer lived!  But, then, what could
have killed them?  There was no snake to be seen; no animal of any kind
except themselves!  Had they been taken with some sudden disease,--some
kind of convulsions that had ended fatally?  This seemed the most
probable thing, judging from the odd manner in which they had acted.
Maybe they had eaten some sort of plant that had poisoned them!

These conjectures passed rapidly through the mind of Leon.  Of course,
he resolved to satisfy himself as to the cause of their death, if dead
they actually were.  He began to draw nearer, making his advances with
stealth and caution--as he was still apprehensive about the snake.

After he had made a few paces in a forward direction, he began to
perceive something moving around the bodies of the animals.  Snakes?
No.  What then?  A few paces nearer.  See! the whole ground is in
motion.  The bodies of the ais, though dead, are covered with living,
moving objects!  Ha! _it is a "chacu" of the white ants_.

Leon now comprehended the whole affair.  The ground was literally alive
with the terrible _termites_.  They had made their foray, or "chacu," as
it is called, from the neighbouring cones; they had attacked the
helpless ais, and put them to death, with their poisonous stings!
Already they were tearing them to pieces, and bearing them off to their
dark caves!  So thick were they on the bodies of the animals, that the
latter had suddenly changed their colour, and now appeared to be nothing
more than living heaps of crawling insects!

It was a hideous sight to behold, and Leon felt his flesh creep as he
looked upon it.  Still he felt a curiosity to witness the result, and he
stood watching the busy crowd that had gathered about the ais.  He had
heard strange accounts of these white ants; how that, in a few minutes,
they will tear the carcasses of large animals to pieces, and carry them
away to their dens; and he was determined to prove the truth of this by
observation.  He did not go any nearer, for he was not without some
dread of these ugly creatures; but, happening to find himself beside a
small tree, with low horizontal branches, he climbed up, and sat down
upon one of the branches, resting his feet upon another.  He was
inclined to take the thing as easily as possible.  His perch commanded a
full view of the operations of the termites, and for a long time he sat
watching them with interest.  He could see that it was not the same set
that were always on the carcasses of the ais.  On the contrary, one host
were always leaving the spot, while another took their places, and from
the great conical houses fresh bands appeared to issue.  In fact, two
great parallel belts of them, like army columns, stretched from the
"hills" to the ais, going in opposite directions.  Those which travelled
towards the cells presented a very different appearance to the others.
These were loaded with pieces of torn flesh, or skin with tufts of hair
adhering to it; and each ant carried a piece by far larger than its own
body.  Their bodies, in fact, were quite hidden under their
disproportionate burdens.  The others--those which were coming from the
conical hills--were empty-handed, and presented the appearance of a
whitish stream flowing along the surface of the ground!

It was a most singular sight; and Leon sat watching the creatures until
his head was giddy, and he felt as though the ground itself was in
motion.



CHAPTER TWENTY FIVE.

THE PUMA AND THE GREAT ANT-BEAR.

All at once the attention of the boy was called away from the crawling
millions.  A rustling among some dead leaves was heard.  It appeared to
proceed from the edge of the glade, not far from the ant-hills.  The
branches of the underwood were seen to move, and the next moment a
slender cylindrical object, about a foot and a half in length, was
protruded out from the leaves.  Had there not been a pair of small eyes
and ears near the farther end of this cylindrical object, no one would
have taken it for the head and snout of an animal.  But Leon saw the
little sparkling black eyes, and he therefore conjectured that it was
some such creature.  The next moment the body came into view, and a
singular creature it was.  It was about the size of a very large
Newfoundland dog, though of a different shape.  It was covered all over
with long brownish hair, part of which looked so coarse as to resemble
dry grass or bristles.  On each shoulder was a wide stripe of black,
bordered with whitish bands; and the tail, which was full three feet
long, was clothed with a thick growth of coarse hair, several inches in
length, that looked like strips of whalebone.  This was carried aloft,
and curving over the back.  But the most curious feature of the animal
was its snout.  Talk of the nose of a greyhound.  It would be a "pug" in
comparison!  That of this animal was full twice as long, and not half so
thick, with a little mouth not over an inch in size, and without a
single tooth!  It was certainly the oddest snout Leon had ever seen.
The legs, too, were remarkable.  They were stout and thick, the hinder
ones appearing much shorter than the fore-legs; but this was because the
creature in its hind feet was _plantigrade_, that is, it walked with the
whole of its soles touching the surface, which only bears and a few
other sorts of quadrupeds do.  Its fore-feet, too, were oddly placed
upon the ground.  They had four long claws upon each, but these claws,
instead of being spread out, as in the dog or cat, were all folded
backward along the sole, and the creature, to avoid treading on them,
actually walked on the sides of its feet!  The claws were only used for
scraping up the ground, and then it could bring them forward in a
perpendicular position, like the blade of a hoe, or the teeth of a
garden-rake.  Of course, with feet furnished in such an out-of-the-way
fashion, the animal moved but slowly over the ground.  In fact it went
very slowly, and with a stealthy pace.

Although Leon had never seen the creature before, he had read about it,
and had also seen pictures of it.  He knew it, therefore, at a glance.
That proboscis-looking snout was not to be mistaken.  It could belong to
no other creature than the _tamanoir_, or _great ant-eater_, by the
people of South America called the _ant-bear_ (_Myrmecophaga jubata_).
It was, in fact, that very thing; but to Leon's astonishment, as soon as
it got fairly out of the bushes, he noticed a singular-looking hunch
upon its back, just over the shoulder.  At first he could not make out
what this was, as he had never heard of such a protuberance, besides,
the tail half hid it from his view.  All of a sudden the animal turned
its head backwards, touched the hunch with its snout, gave itself a
shake, and then the odd excrescence fell to the ground, and proved to be
a young ant-eater, with bushy tail and long snout, the "very image of
its mother."  The large one was thus seen to be a female that had been
carrying her infant upon her shoulders.

It was close to one of the ant-hills where the old tamanoir placed her
young upon the ground, and turning away from it, she approached the
great cone.  Erecting herself upon her hind-feet, she stood with the
fore ones resting against the hill, apparently examining it, and
considering in what part of it the shell or roof was thinnest and
weakest.  These cones, composed of agglutinated sand and earth, are
frequently so stoutly put together that it requires a pickaxe or crowbar
to break them open.  But the ant-eater knew well that her fore-feet were
armed with an implement equal to either pick or crow, and she would
certainly have made a hole there and then, had she not noticed, on
looking around to the other side, that the inhabitants of the hill were
all abroad upon one of their forays.  This seemed to bring about a
sudden change in her determination, and, dropping her fore-feet to the
ground, she once more threw up her great tail, and returned to where she
had left her young one.  Partly pushing it before her with her snout,
and partly lifting it between her strong fore-arms, she succeeded in
bringing the latter to the border of the path along which travelled the
ants.  Here she squatted down, and placed herself so that the point of
her nose just touched the selvedge of the swarming hosts, having caused
the youngster by her side to do the same.  Then throwing out a long
worm-like tongue, which glittered with a viscous coating, she drew it
back again covered with ants.  These passed into her mouth, and thence,
of course, into her capacious stomach.  The tongue, which was more than
a foot in length, and nearly as thick as a quill, was again thrown out,
and again drawn back, and this operation she continued, the tongue
making about two "hauls" to every second of time!  Now and then she
stopped eating, in order to give some instructions to the little one
that was seen closely imitating her, and with its more slender tongue
dealing death among the _termites_.

So very comic was the sight that Leon could not help laughing at it, as
he sat upon his perch.

An end, however, was put to his merriment, by the sudden appearance of
another animal--one of a different character.  It was a large cat-like
creature, of a reddish-yellow, or tawny colour, long body and tail,
round head, with whiskers, and bright gleaming eyes.  Leon had seen that
sort of animal before.  He had seen it led in strings by Indians through
the streets of Cuzco, and he at once recognised it.  It was the _Puma_--
the maneless lion of America.

The specimens which Leon had seen with the Indians had been rendered
tame and harmless.  He knew that, but he had also been told that the
animal in its wild state is a savage and dangerous beast.  This is true
of the puma in some districts, while in others the creature is cowardly,
and will flee at the sight of man.  In all cases, however, when the puma
is brought to bay, it makes a desperate fight, and both dogs and men
have been killed in the attack.

Leon had not been frightened at the tamanoir.  Even had it been a savage
creature, he knew it could not climb a tree--though there are two
smaller species of ant-bears in South America that can--and he therefore
knew he was quite safe on his perch.  But his feelings were very
different when the red body of the puma came in sight.  It could run up
the smoothest, trunk in the forest with as much ease and agility as a
cat, and there would be no chance of escaping from it if it felt
disposed to attack him.  Of this the boy was fully conscious, and no
wonder he was alarmed.

His first thought was to leap down, and make for the cinchona-trees,
where the others were; but the puma had entered the glade from that
side, and it was therefore directly in his way: he would have run right
in its teeth by going toward the cinchona-trees.  He next thought of
slipping quietly down, and getting into the woods behind him.
Unfortunately, the tree on which he was stood out in the glade quite
apart from any others, the puma would see him go off, and, of course,
could overtake him in a dozen leaps.  These thoughts passed through the
boy's mind in a few seconds of time; and in a few seconds of time he was
convinced that his best course would be to remain where he was, and keep
quiet.  Perhaps the puma would not notice him--as yet he had not.

No doubt he would have done so, had there been nothing else on the spot
to take off his attention; but just as he came into the open ground, his
eyes fell upon the ant-eaters, where they lay squatted and licking up
the termites.  He had entered the glade in a sort of skulking trot, but
the moment he saw the tamanoirs he halted, drew his body into a
crouching attitude, and remained thus for some moments, while his long
tail oscillated from side to side, as that of a cat when about to spring
upon a mouse or a sparrow.  Just at this moment the tamanoir, having
turned round to address some conversation to her young companion, espied
him, and sprang to her feet.  She recognised in the puma--as in others
of his race--a deadly enemy.  With one sweep of her fore-arm she flung
the young one behind her, until it rested against the wall of the
ant-hill, and then, following in all haste, threw herself into an erect
attitude in front of her young, covering it with her body.  She was now
standing firm upon her hind-feet--her back resting against the mud
wall--but her long snout had entirely disappeared!  That was held close
along her breast, and entirely concealed by the shaggy tail, which for
this purpose had been brought up in front.  Her defence rested in her
strong fore-arms, which, with the great claws standing at right angles,
were now held out in a threatening manner.  The young one, no doubt
aware of some danger, had drawn itself into its smallest bulk, and was
clewed up behind her.

The puma dashed forward, open-mouthed, and began the attack.  He looked
as though he would carry everything by the first assault; but a sharp
tear from the tamanoir's claws drew the blood from his cheek, and
although it rendered him more furious, it seemed to increase his
caution.  In the two or three successive attempts he kept prudently out
of reach of these terrible weapons.  His adversary held her fore-legs
wide open, as though she was desirous of getting the other to rush
between them, that she might clutch him, after the manner of the bears.
This was exactly what she wanted, and in this consists the chief mode of
defence adopted by these animals.  The puma, however, seemed to be up to
her trick.

This thrust-and-parry game continued for some minutes, and might have
lasted longer, had it not been for the young tamanoir.  This foolish
little creature, who up to that moment was not very sure what the fuss
was all about, had the imprudent curiosity to thrust out its slender
snout.  The puma espied it, and making a dart forward, seized the snout
in his great teeth, and jerked the animal from under.  It uttered a low
squall, but the next moment its head was "crunched" between the muscular
jaws of the puma.

The old one now appeared to lose all fear and caution.  Her tail fell
down.  Her long snout was unsheathed from under its protection, and she
seemed undecided what to do.  But she was not allowed much time to
reflect.  The puma, seeing the snout, the most vulnerable part,
uncovered, launched himself forward like an arrow, and caught hold of it
in his bristling fangs.  Then having dragged his victim forward, he
flung her upon her breast, and mounting rapidly on her back, proceeded
to worry her at his pleasure.

Although Leon pitied the poor tamanoir, yet he dared not interfere, and
would have permitted the puma to finish his work, but at that moment a
sharp pain, which he suddenly felt in his ankle, caused him to start
upon his seat, and utter an involuntary scream.



CHAPTER TWENTY SIX.

ATTACK OF THE WHITE ANTS.

Leon looked down to ascertain what had caused him such a sudden pain.
The sight that met his eyes made his blood run cold.  The ground below
was alive and moving.  A white stratum of ants covered it on all sides
to the distance of several yards.  _They were ascending the tree_!  Nay,
more; a string of them had already crawled up; the trunk was crowded by
others coming after; and several were upon his feet, and legs, and
thighs!  It was one of these that had stung him!

The fate of the ais--which he had just witnessed--and the sight of the
hideous host, caused him again to scream out.  At the same time he had
risen to his feet, and was pulling himself up among the upper branches.
He soon reached the highest; but he had not been a moment there, when he
reflected that it would be no security.  The creatures were crawling
upwards as fast as they could come.

His next thought was to descend again, leap from the tree, and crushing
the vermin under his feet, make for the bark-cutters.  He had made up
his mind to this course, and was already half-down, when _he remembered
the puma_!  In his alarm at the approach of the ants he had quite
forgotten this enemy, and he now remembered that it was directly in the
way of his intended escape.  He turned his eyes in that direction.  It
was not there!  The ant-bears were still upon the ground--the young one
dead, and the mother struggling in her last agonies; but no puma!

The boy began to hope that his cries had frightened him off.  His hope
was short-lived; for on glancing around the glade, he now beheld the
fierce brute crouching among the grass, and evidently coming towards
him!  What was to be done?  Would the puma attack him in the tree?
Surely he would; but what better would he be on the ground?  No better,
but worse.  At all events he had not time for much reflection, for
before two seconds the fierce puma was close to the tree.  Leon was
helpless--he gave himself up for lost.  He could only cry for help, and
he raised his voice to its highest pitch.

The puma did not spring up the tree at once, as Leon had expected.  On
the contrary, it crouched round and round with glaring eyes and wagging
tail, as if calculating the mode of attack.  Its lips were red--stained
with the blood of the ant-eaters--and this added to the hideousness of
its appearance.  But it needed not that, for it was hideous enough at
any time.

Leon kept his eyes upon it, every moment expecting it to spring up the
tree.  All at once he saw it give a sudden start, and at the same
instant he heard a hissing noise, as if something passed rapidly through
the air.  Ha! something sticking in the body of the puma!  It is an
arrow,--a poisoned arrow!  The puma utters a fierce growl--it turns upon
itself--the arrow is crushed between its teeth.  Another "hist!"--
another arrow!  Hark! a well-known voice--well-known voices--the voices
of Don Pablo and Guapo!  See! they burst into the glade--Don Pablo with
his axe, and Guapo with his unerring gravatana!

The puma turns to flee.  He has already reached the border of the wood;
he staggers--the poison is doing its work.  Hurrah! he is down; but the
poison does not kill him, for the axe of Don Pablo is crashing through
his skull.  Hurrah! the monster is dead, and Leon is triumphantly borne
off on the shoulders of the faithful Guapo!

Don Pablo dragged the puma away, in order that they might get his fine
skin.  The ant-eaters, both of which were now dead, he left behind, as
he saw that the termites were crawling thickly around them, and had
already begun their work of devastation.  Strange to say, as the party
returned that way, going to dinner, not a vestige remained either of the
ais or the ant-eaters, except a few bones and some portions of coarse
hair.  The rest of all these animals had been cleared off by the ants,
and carried into the cells of their hollow cones!

It was, no doubt, the noise of the bark-hunters that had started the
ant-eaters abroad, for these creatures usually prowl only in the night.
The same may have aroused the fierce puma from his lair, although he is
not strictly a nocturnal hunter.

A curious incident occurred as they approached the glade on their way
home.  The male tamanoir was roused from his nest among the dry leaves,
and Guapo, instead of running upon him and killing the creature, warned
them all to keep a little back, and he would show them some fun.  Guapo
now commenced shaking the leaves, so that they rattled as if rain was
falling upon them.  At this the ant-eater jerked up its broad tail, and
appeared to shelter itself as with an umbrella!  Guapo then went towards
it, and commenced driving it before him just as if it had been a sheep
or goat, and in this manner he took it all the way to the house.  Of
course Guapo took care not to irritate it; for, when that is done, the
ant-eater will either turn out of his way or stop to defend itself.

The tamanoir is not so defenceless a creature as might at first sight be
imagined by considering his small toothless mouth and slow motions.  His
mode of defence is that which has been described, and which is quite
sufficient against the tiger-cat, the ocelot, and all the smaller
species of feline animals.  No doubt the old female would have proved a
match for the puma had she not been thrown off her guard by his seizing
upon her young.  It is even asserted that the great ant-bear sometimes
hugs the jaguar to death; but this I believe to be a mistake, as the
latter is far too powerful and active to be thus conquered.  Doubtless
the resemblance of the jaguar to some of the smaller spotted cats of
these countries, leads to a great many misconceptions concerning the
prowess of the _American tiger_.

Besides the tamanoir there are two, or perhaps three, other species of
_ant-bears_ in the forests of South America.  These, however, are so
different in habits and appearance, that they might properly be classed
as a separate genus of animals.  They are _tree-climbers_, which the
tamanoir is not, spite of his great claws.  They pursue the ants that
build their nests upon the high branches, as well as the wasps and bees;
and to befit them for this life, they are furnished with _naked
prehensile tails_, like the opossums and monkeys.  These are
characteristics entirely distinct from those of the _Myrmecophaga
jubata_, or _great_ ant-eater.

One of these species is the _tamandua_, called by the Spano-Americans
_Osso hormiguero_ (ant-bear).  The tamandua is much less than the
tamanoir, being only three and a half feet in length, while the latter
is over seven.  The former is of a stouter build, with neither so long a
snout in proportion, nor such claws.  The claws, moreover, are made for
tree-climbing, and are not so much in the way when the animal walks on
the ground.  It is, therefore, a more active creature, and stands better
upon its limbs.  Its fur is short and silky, but the tail is nearly
naked, and, as already stated, highly prehensile, although it does not
sleep hanging by the tail as some other animals do.

The tamandua is usually of a dull straw-colour, although it varies in
this respect, so that several species have been supposed to exist.  It
spends most of its time upon the trees; and in addition to its ant-diet,
it feeds upon wild honey, and bees too, whenever it can catch them.  The
female, like the tamanoir, produces only one young at a birth, and like
the other species, carries it upon her back until it is able to provide
for itself.  The tamandua has sometimes been called _tridactyla_, or the
"three-toed ant-eater," because it has only three claws upon each of its
fore-feet, whereas the tamanoir is provided with four.

Another species of "ant-bear," differing from both in size and in many
of its habits, is the "little ant-eater" (_Myrmecophaga didactyla_).
This one has only two claws on each fore-foot, hence its specific name.
It is a very small creature--not larger than the _common grey_
squirrel--with a prehensile tail like the tamandua.  The tail, however,
is not entirely naked--only on the under side near the point.  It is not
so good a walker as the three-toed kind, though more active on its feet
than the tamanoir.  Standing upon its hind-feet, and supporting itself
also by the tail--which it has already thrown around some branch--the
little ant-eater uses its fore-feet as hands to carry food to its mouth.
It lives among the trees, and feeds upon wasps, bees, and especially
the larvae of both; but it does not use the tongue to any great extent.
It is, on this account, an essentially different sort of animal.

The little ant-eater is usually of a bright yellow colour, brownish on
the back; but there are many varieties in this respect, and some are of
a snowy whiteness.  Its fur is soft and silky, sometimes slightly curled
or matted at the points, and the tail fur is annulated, or ringed, with
the prevailing colours of the body.

So much for the ant-bears of America.



CHAPTER TWENTY SEVEN.

THE ANT-LION.

Ants are disagreeable insects in any country, but especially so in warm
tropical climates.  Their ugly appearance, their destructive habits,
but, above all, the pain of their sting, or rather bite--for ants do not
sting as wasps, but bite with the jaws, and then infuse poison into the
wound--all these render them very unpopular creatures.  A superficial
thinker would suppose that such troublesome insects could be of no use,
and would question the propriety of Nature in having created them.  But
when we give the subject a little attention, we find that they were not
created in vain.  Were it not for these busy creatures, what would
become of the vast quantities of decomposing substances found in some
countries?  What would be done with the decaying vegetation and the dead
animal matter?  Why, in many places, were it not consumed by these
insects, and reorganised into new forms of life, it would produce
pestilence and death; and surely these are far more disagreeable things
than ants.

Of ants there are many different kinds; but the greatest number of
species belong to warm countries, where, indeed, they are most useful.
Some of these species are so curious in their habits, that whole volumes
have been written about them, and naturalists have spent a lifetime in
their study and observation.  Their social and domestic economy is of
the most singular character, more so than that of the bees; and I am
afraid here to give a single trait of their lives, lest I should be led
on to talk too much about them.  I need only mention the wonderful nests
or hills which some species build--those great cones of twenty feet in
height, and so strong that wild bulls run up their sides and stand upon
their tops without doing them the least injury!  Others make their
houses of cylindrical form, rising several feet from the surface.
Others, again, prefer nesting in the trees, where they construct large
cellular masses of many shapes, suspending them from the highest
branches; while many species make their waxen dwellings in hollow
trunks, or beneath the surface of the earth.  There is not a species,
however, whose habits, fully-observed and described, would not strike
you with astonishment.  Indeed, it is difficult to believe all that is
related about these insects by naturalists who have made them their
study.  One can hardly understand how such little creatures can be
gifted with so much intelligence, or _instinct_, as some choose to call
it.

Man is not the only enemy of the ants.  If he were so, it is to be
feared that these small insignificant creatures would soon make the
earth too hot for him.  So prolific are they, that if left to themselves
our whole planet would, in a short period, become a gigantic ants' nest?

Nature has wisely provided against the over increase of the ant family.
No living thing has a greater variety of enemies than they.  In all the
divisions of animated nature there are ant-destroyers--_ant-eaters_!  To
begin with the mammalia, man himself feeds upon them--for there are
tribes of Indians in South America, the principal part of whose food
consists of dried termites, which they bake into a kind of "paste!"
There are quadrupeds that live exclusively on them, as the ant-bear
already described, and the _pangolins_, or scaly ant-eaters of the
Eastern continent.  There are birds, too, of many sorts that devour the
ants; and there are even some who make them exclusively their food, as
the genus _Myothera_, or "ant-catchers."  Many kinds of reptiles, both
snakes and lizards, are ant-eaters; and, what is strangest of all, there
are _insects_ that prey upon them!

No wonder, then, with such a variety of enemies that the ants are kept
within proper limits, and are not allowed to overrun the earth.

The observations just made are very similar to those that were addressed
by Dona Isidora to the little Leona, one day when they were left alone.
The others had gone about their usual occupation of bark-cutting, and
these, of course, remained at home to take care of the house and cook
the dinner.  That was already hanging over a fire outside the house; for
in these hot countries it is often more convenient to do the cooking
out-of-doors.

Dona Isidora, busy with some sewing, was seated under the shadow of the
banana-trees, and the pretty little Leona was playing near her.  Leona
had been abusing the ants, partly on account of their having so
frightened Leon, and partly because one of the red species had bitten
herself the day before; and it was for this reason that her mother had
entered into such explanations regarding these creatures, with a view of
exculpating them from the bitter accusations urged against them by
Leona.  Talking about ants very naturally led them to cast their eyes to
the ground to see if any of the creatures were near; and sure enough
there were several of the red ones wandering about.  Just then the eyes
of Dona Isidora rested upon a very different insect, and she drew the
attention of her daughter to it.  It was an insect of considerable size,
being full an inch in length, with an elongated oval body, and a small
flat head.  From the head protruded two great horny jaws, that bore some
resemblance to a pair of calliper compasses.  Its legs were short and
very unfitted for motion.  Indeed they were not of much use for that
purpose, as it could make very little way on them, but crawled only
sidewards, or backwards, with great apparent difficulty.  The creature
was of a greyish or sand colour; and in the sand, where it was seated,
it might not have been observed at all had not the lady's eyes been
directed upon the very spot.  But Dona Isidora, who was a very good
entomologist, recognised it; and, knowing that it was a very curious
insect, on this account called the attention of her daughter to it.

"What is it, mamma?" inquired the little Leona, bending forward to
examine it.

"The _ant-lion_."

"The ant-lion!  Why, mamma, it is an insect!  How then can it be called
lion?"

"It is a name given it," replied the lady, "on account of its fierce
habits, which, in that respect, assimilate it to its powerful
namesake,--the king of the beasts; and, indeed, this little creature has
more strength and ferocity in proportion to its size than even the lion
himself."

"But why the _ant-lion_, mamma?"

"Because it preys principally on ants.  I have said there are insect
ant-eaters.  This is one of them."

"But how can such a slow creature as that get hold of them?  Why the
ants could crawl out of its way in a moment!"

"That is true.  Nevertheless it manages to capture as many as it
requires.  Remember `the ace is not always to the swift.'  It is by
stratagem it succeeds in taking its prey--a very singular stratagem too.
If you will sit back and not frighten it, I have no doubt it will soon
give you an opportunity of seeing how it manages the matter."

Leona took a seat by the side of her mother.  They were both at just
such a distance from the ant-lion that they could observe every movement
it made; but for a considerable time it remained quiet; no doubt,
because they had alarmed it.  In the interval Dona Isidora imparted to
her daughter some further information about its natural history.

"The ant-lion (_Myrmeleori_)," said she, "is not an insect in its
perfect state, but only the _larva_ of one.  The perfect insect is a
very different creature, having wings and longer legs.  It is one of the
_neuropterous_ tribe, or those with nerved wings.  The wings of this
species rest against each other, forming a covering over its body, like
the roof upon a house.  They are most beautifully reticulated like the
finest lace-work, and variegated with dark spots, that give the insect a
very elegant appearance.  Its habits are quite different to those which
it follows when a larva, or in that state when it is the ant-lion.  It
flies but little during the day, and is usually found quietly sitting
amongst the leaves of plants, and seems to be one of the most pacific
and harmless of insects.  How very different with the larva--the very
reverse--See!"

Dona Isidora pointed to the ant-lion that was just then beginning to
bestir itself, and both sat silent regarding it attentively.

First, then, the little creature going backwards, and working with its
callipers, traced a circle on the surface of the sand.  This circle was
between two and three inches in diameter.  Having completed it, it now
commenced to clear out all the sand within the circle.  To accomplish
this, it was seen to scrape up the sand with one of its fore-feet, and
shovel a quantity of it upon its flat head; then, giving a sudden jerk
of the neck, it pitched the sand several inches outside the traced
circumference.  This operation it repeated so often, and so adroitly,
that in a very short time a round pit began to show itself in the
surface of the ground.  Wherever it encountered a stone, this was raised
between its callipers and pitched out beyond the ring.  Sometimes stones
occurred that were too large to be thrown out in this way.  These it
managed to get upon its back, and, then crawling cautiously up the sides
of the pit, it tumbled them upon the edge and rolled them away.  Had it
met with a stone so large as to render this impossible, it would have
left the place, and chosen another spot of ground.  Fortunately this was
not the case, and they had an opportunity of watching the labour to its
conclusion.

For nearly an hour they sat watching it--of course not neglecting their
other affairs--and, at the end of that time, the ant-lion had jerked out
so much sand, that a little funnel-shaped pit was formed nearly as deep
as it was wide.  This was its trap, and it was now finished and ready
for action.

Having made all its arrangements, it had nothing more to do than remain
at the bottom of the pit and wait patiently until some unfortunate ant
should chance to come that way and fall in; and where these insects were
constantly wandering over the ground, such an accident would, sooner or
later, be certain to take place.

Lest the ant should peep into the pit, discover its hideous form below,
and then retreat, this ant-lion had actually the cunning to bury its
body in the sand, leaving only a small portion of its head to be seen.

Both Dona Isidora and the little Leona remained watching with increased
interest.  They were very anxious to witness the result.  They were not
kept long in suspense.  I have already stated that many ants were
crawling about.  There were dozens of them "quartering" the ground in
every direction in search of their own prey; and they left not an inch
of it unsearched.  At last one was seen to approach the trap of the
ant-lion.  Curiosity brings it to the very edge of that terrible
pit-fall.  It protrudes its head and part of its body over the brink--it
is not such a terrible gulf to look into--if it should slip down, it
could easily crawl out again.  Ha! it little knows the enemy that is
ambushed there.  It perceives something singular--an odd something--
perhaps it might be something good to eat.  It is half-resolved to slide
down and make a closer examination of this something.  It is balancing
on the brink, and would, no doubt, have gone down voluntarily, but that
is no longer left to its own choice.  The mysterious object at the
bottom of the funnel suddenly springs up and shows itself--it is the
ant-lion in all its hideous proportions; and before the little ant can
draw itself away, the other has flung around it a shower of sand that
brings it rolling down the side of the pit.  Then the sharp callipers
are closed upon the victim--all the moisture in his body is sucked out--
and his remains, now a dry and shapeless mass, are rested for a moment
upon the head of the destroyer, and then jerked far outside the pit!

The ant-lion now dresses his trap, and, again burying himself in the
sand, awaits another victim.



CHAPTER TWENTY EIGHT.

THE TATOU-POYOU AND THE DEER CARCASS.

Dona Isidora and Leona had watched all the manoeuvres of the ant-lion
with great interest, and Leona, after the bite she had had, was not in
any mood to sympathise with the ants.  Indeed, she felt rather grateful
to the ant-lion, ugly as he was, for killing them.

Presently Leon returned from the woods, and was shown the trap in full
operation; but Leon, upon this day, was full of adventures that had
occurred upon the hills to himself, Guapo, and Don Pablo.  In fact, he
had hastened home before the others to tell his mamma of the odd
incidents to which he had been a witness.

That morning they had discovered a new _mancha_ of cinchona-trees.  When
proceeding towards them they came upon the dead carcass of a deer.  It
was a large species, the _Cervus antisensis_, but, as it had evidently
been dead several days, it was swollen out to twice its original size,
as is always the case with carcasses of animals left exposed in a warm
climate.  It was odd that some preying animals had not eaten it up.  A
clump of tall trees that shaded it, had, no doubt, concealed it from the
sharp sight of the vultures, and these birds, contrary to what has so
often been alleged, can find no dead body by the smell.  Neither ants
nor animals that prey upon carrion had chanced to come that way, and
there lay the deer intact.

So thought Don Pablo and Leon.  Guapo, however, was of a different
opinion, and, going up to the body, he struck it a blow with his axe.
To the surprise of the others, instead of the dead sound which they
expected to hear, a dry crash followed the blow, and a dark hole
appeared where a piece of thin shell-like substance had fallen off.
Another blow from Guapo's axe, and the whole side went in.  Not a bit of
carcass was there; there were bones--clean bones--and dry hard skin, but
no flesh, not an atom of flesh!

"Tatou-poyou!" quietly remarked Guapo.

"What!" said Don Pablo, "an armadillo, you think?" recognising, in
Guapo's words, the Indian name for one of the large species of
armadillos.

"Yes," replied Guapo.  "All eaten by the tatou-poyou.  See! there's his
hole."

Don Pablo and Leon bent over the sham carcass, and, sure enough, under
where its body had been they could see a large hole in the ground.
Outside the carcass, also, at the distance of several feet was another.

"That is where he entered," said Guapo, pointing to the second.  "He's
not about hero now," continued he, "no, no,--ate all the meat, and gone
long ago."

This was evident, as the hollow skeleton was quite dry, and had
evidently been empty for a good while.

Don Pablo was pleased at this incident, as it gave him an opportunity of
verifying a curious habit of the armadillos.  These creatures are among
the finest burrowers in the world, and can bury themselves in the earth
in a few seconds' time; but, being badly toothed,--some of them
altogether without teeth,--they can only feed upon very soft substances.
Putrid flesh is with them a favourite "dish," and in order to get at
the softest side of a carcass, they burrow under, and enter it from
below, rarely leaving their horrid cave until they have thoroughly
cleared it out.

The bark-hunters now passed on, Don Pablo making many inquiries about
the armadillos, and Guapo giving replies, while Leon listened with
interest.  Guapo knew a good deal about these curious creatures, for he
had eaten many a dozen of them in his time, and as many different kinds
of them too.  Their feeding upon carrion had no effect on Guapo's
stomach, and, indeed, white people in South America relish them as much
as Indians.  The white people, however, make a distinction in the
species, as they suppose some kinds to be more disposed to a vegetable
diet than others.  There are some in the neighbourhood of the
settlements, that _occasionally pay a visit to the graveyards or
cemeteries_, and these kinds do not go down well.  All of them will
devour almost any sort of trash that is soft and pulpy, and they are
more destructive to the ant than even the ant-eaters themselves.  How
so?  Because, instead of making a nice little hole in the side of the
ant-hill, as the tamanoirs do, and through this hole eating the ants
themselves, the armadillos break down a large part of the structure and
devour the _larva_.  Now the ants love these _larva_ more than their own
lives, and when these are destroyed, they yield themselves up to
despair, refuse to patch up the building, the rain gets in, and the
colony is ruined and breaks up.

It does not follow, however, that the flesh of the armadillo should be
"queer" because the animal itself eats queer substances.  Among
carnivorous creatures the very opposite is sometimes the truth; and some
animals--as the tapir, for instance--that feed exclusively on sweet and
succulent vegetables, produce a most bitter flesh for themselves.  About
this there is no standing law either way.

The flesh of the armadillo is excellent eating, not unlike young pork,
and, when "roasted in the shell" (the Indian mode of cooking it), it is
quite equal, if not superior, to a baked "pig," a dish very much eaten
in our own country.

Guapo did not call them armadillos--he had several Indian names for
different kinds of them.  "Armadillo" is the Spanish name, and signifies
the "little armed one," the diminutive of "armado" or "armed."  This
name is peculiarly appropriate to these animals, as the hard bony casing
which covers the whole upper parts of their bodies, bears an exceeding
resemblance to the suits of plate armour worn in the days of Cortez and
chivalry.

On the head there is the helmet, the back is shielded by a corslet, and
even the limbs are covered with greaves.  Of course, this armour is
arranged differently in the different species, and there is more or less
hair upon all, between the joinings of the plates.

These points were not touched upon by Guapo, but others of equal
interest were.  He went on to say that he knew many different kinds of
them;--some not bigger than a rat, and some as large as a full-grown
sheep; some that were slow in their paces, and others that could outrun
a man; some that were flat, and could squat so close as hardly to be
seen against the ground,--(these were _tatou-poyous_, the sort that had
hollowed out the deer); and some again that were high-backed and nearly
globe-shaped.  Such was Guapo's account of these curious animals which
are found only in the warmer regions of North and South America.



CHAPTER TWENTY NINE.

AN ARMADILLO HUNT.

Conversing in this way, the bark-hunters, at length, reached the
cinchona-trees, and then all talk about armadillos was at an end.  They
went lustily to their work--which was of more importance--and, under
Guapo's axe, several of the cinchonas soon "bit the dust."

There was a spot of open ground just a little to one side of where these
trees stood.  They had noticed, on coming up, a flock of zamuros, or
black vultures, out upon this ground, clustered around some object.  It
was the carcass of another deer.  The first blow of the axe startled the
birds, and they flapped a short way off.  They soon returned, however,
not being shy birds, but the contrary.

There was nothing in all this to create surprise, except, perhaps, the
dead deer.  What had been killing these animals?  Not a beast of prey,
for that would have devoured them, unless, indeed, it might be the puma,
that often kills more than he can eat.

The thought had occurred to Don Pablo that they might have died from the
poisoned arrows of an Indian.  This thought somewhat disquieted him, for
he knew not what kind of Indians they might be,--they might be friendly
or hostile;--if the latter, not only would all his plans be frustrated,
but the lives of himself and party would be in danger.  Guapo could not
assure him on this head; he had been so long absent from the Great
Montana that he was ignorant of the places where the tribes of these
parts might now be located.  These tribes often change their homes.  He
knew that the Chunchos sometimes roamed so far up, and they were the
most dangerous of all the Indians of the Montana,--haters of the whites,
fierce and revengeful.  It was they who several times destroyed the
settlements and mission stations.  If Chunchos were in the woods they
might look out for trouble.  Guapo did not think there were any Indians
near.  He would have seen some traces of them before now, and he had
observed none since their arrival.  This assurance of the knowing Indian
quite restored Don Pablo's confidence, and they talked no longer on the
subject.  After a while, their attention was again called to the
vultures.  These filthy creatures had returned to the deer, and were
busily gorging themselves, when, all at once, they were seen to rise up
as if affrighted.  They did not fly far,--only a few feet,--and stood
with outstretched necks looking towards the carrion, as if whatever had
frightened them was there.

The bark-hunters could perceive nothing.  It was the body of a small
deer, already half eaten, and no object bigger than a man's hand could
have been concealed behind it.  The zamuros, however, _had_ seen
something strange--else they would hardly have acted as they did--and,
with this conviction, the bark-hunters stopped their work to observe
them.

After a while the birds seemed to take fresh courage, hopped back to the
carrion, and recommenced tearing at it.  In another moment they again
started and flew back, but, this time, not so far as before, and then
they all returned again, and, after feeding another short while, started
back a third time.

This was all very mysterious, but Guapo, guessing what was the matter,
solved the mystery by crying out--

"_Tatou-poyou_!"

"Where?" inquired Don Pablo.

"Yonder, master,--yonder in the body of the beast."

Don Pablo looked, and, sure enough, he could see something moving; it
was the head and shoulders of an armadillo.  It had burrowed and come up
through the body of the deer, thus meeting the vultures half-way!  No
doubt, it was the mysterious mode by which it had entered on the stage
that had frightened them.

They soon, however, got over their affright, and returned to their
repast.

The armadillo--a very large one--had, by this time, crept out into the
open air, and went on eating.

For a while the zamuros took no heed of him, deeming, perhaps, that,
although he had come in by the back-door, he might have as good a right
upon the premises as themselves.  Their pacific attitude, however, was
but of short duration; something occurred to ruffle their temper--some
silent affront, no doubt,--for the bark-hunters heard nothing.  Perhaps
the _tatou_ had run against the legs of one, and scraped it with the
sharp edge of his corslet.  Whether this was the cause or no, a scuffle
commenced, and the beast in armour was attacked by all the vultures at
once.

Of course he did not attack in turn, he had no means; he acted
altogether on the defensive; and this he was enabled to do by simply
drawing in his legs and flattening himself upon the ground.  He was then
proof, not only against the beaks and weak talons of a vulture, but he
might have defied the royal eagle himself.

After flapping him with their wings, and pecking him with their filthy
beaks, and clawing him with their talons, the zamuros saw it was all to
no purpose, and desisted.  If they could not damage him, however, they
could prevent him from eating any more of the deer; for the moment he
stretched out his neck, several vultures sprang at him afresh, and would
have wounded him in the tender parts of his throat had he not quickly
drawn in his head again.  Seeing that his feast was at an end--at least
above ground,--he suddenly raised his hind-quarters, and in a brace of
seconds buried himself in the earth.  The vultures pecked him behind as
he disappeared, but the odd manner of his exit, like that of his
_entree_, seemed to mystify them, and several of them stood for some
moments in neck-stretched wonder.

This scene had scarcely ended when a pair of fresh armadillos were
espied, coming from the farther edge of the opening, and, in fact, from
the edge of a precipice, for the river flowed close by, and its channel
was at that point shut in by cliffs.  These two were large fellows, and
were making speedily towards the carrion, in order to get up before it
was all gone.  Guapo could stand it no longer Guapo had tasted roast
armadillo, and longed for more.  In an instant, therefore, axe in hand,
he was off to intercept the new comers.  Don Pablo and Leon followed to
see the sport and assist in the capture.

The armadillos, although not afraid of the vultures, seeing the hunters
approach, turned tail and made for the precipice.  Guapo took after one,
while Don Pablo and Leon pursued the other.  Guapo soon overhauled his
one, but, before he could lay his hands upon it, it had already half
buried itself in the dry ground.  Guapo, however, seized the tail and
held on; and, although not able to drag it out, he was resolved it
should get no deeper.

The one pursued by Don Pablo had got close to the edge of the precipice,
before either he or Leon could come up with it.  There it stood for a
moment, as if in doubt what plan to pursue.  Don Pablo and Leon were
congratulating themselves that they had fairly "cornered" it, for the
cliff was a clear fall of fifty feet, and, of course, it could get no
farther in that direction, while they approached it from two sides so as
to cut off its retreat.  They approached it with caution, as they were
now near the edge, and it would not do to move too rashly.  Both were
bent forward with their arms outstretched to clutch their prey; they
felt confident it was already in their grasp.  Judge their astonishment,
then, at seeing the creature suddenly clew itself into a round ball, and
roll over the cliff!

They looked below.  They saw it upon the ground; they saw it open out
again, apparently unharmed, for, the next moment, it scuttled off and
hid itself among the rocks by the edge of the water!

They turned toward Guapo, who was still holding his one by the tail, and
calling for help.  Although it was but half buried, all three of them
could not have dragged it forth by the tail.  That member would have
pulled out before the animal could have been dislodged; and such is not
an unfrequent occurrence to the hunters of the armadillo.  Don Pablo,
however, took hold of the tail and held fast until Guapo loosened the
earth with his axe, and then the creature was more easily "extracted."
A blow on its head from Guapo made all right, and it was afterwards
carried safely to the house, and "roasted in the shell."

That was a great day among the "armadillos."



CHAPTER THIRTY.

THE OCELOT.

During the whole summer, Don Pablo, Guapo, and Leon, continued
bark-gathering.  Every day they went out into the woods, excepting
Sunday of course.  That was kept as a day of rest; for, although far
from civilised society, there was not the less necessity for their being
Christians.  God dwells in the wilderness as well as in the walled city,
and worship to Him is as pleasing under the shadow of the forest leaves,
as with sounding organ beneath the vaulted dome of the grand cathedral.

During week-days, while the others were abroad, Dona Isidora and the
little Leona were not idle at home; yet their whole time was not taken
up by the mere concerns of the _cuisine_.  They had an industry of their
own, and, in fact, one that promised to be almost as profitable in its
results as the bark-gathering.  This was neither more nor less than
preparing _vanilla_.

Some days after arriving in the valley, while exploring a wood that lay
at the back of the cultivated ground, Don Pablo discovered that every
tree carried a creeper or parasite of a peculiar kind.  It was a small
creeper not unlike ivy, and was covered with flowers of a
greenish-yellow colour, mixed with white.  Don Pablo at once recognised
in this parasitical plant one of the many species of llianas that
produce the delicious and perfumed vanilla.  It was, in fact, the finest
of the kind--that which, among the French, is called _leq_ vanilla; and,
from the fact that every tree had a number of these parasites, and no
other climbing vines, Don Pablo came to the conclusion that they had
been planted by the missionaries.  It is thus that vanilla is usually
cultivated, by being set in slips at the root of some tree which may
afterwards sustain it.

In the course of the summer, these vanilla vines exhibited a different
appearance.  Instead of flowers, long bean-like capsules made their
appearance.  These capsules or pods were nearly a foot in length, though
not much thicker than a swan's quill.  They were a little flattish,
wrinkled, and of a yellow colour, and contained inside, instead of
beans, a pulpy substance, surrounding a vast quantity of small seeds,
like grains of sand.  These seeds are the perfumed vanilla so much
prized, and which often yield the enormous price of fifty dollars a
pound!  To preserve these, therefore, was the work of Dona Isidora and
Leona; and they understood perfectly how to do it.

First, they gathered the pods before they were quite ripe.  These they
strung upon a thread, taking cane to pass the thread through that end
nearest the foot-stalk.  The whole were next plunged for an instant into
boiling water, which gave them a blanched appearance.  The thread was
then stretched from tree to tree, and the pods, hanging like a string of
candles, were then exposed to the sun for several hours.  Next day, they
were lightly smeared with an oiled feather, and then wrapped in oiled
cotton of the _Bombax ceiba_, to prevent the valves from opening.  When
they had remained in this state for a few days, the string was taken
out, and passed through the other ends, so that they should hang in an
inverted position.  This was to permit the discharge of a viscid liquid
from the foot-stalk end; and in order to assist this discharge, the pods
were several times lightly pressed between the fingers.  They now became
dry and wrinkled.  They had also shrunk to less than half their original
size, and changed their colour to a reddish-brown.  Another delicate
touch of the oil-feather, and the vanilla was ready for the market.
Nothing remained but to pack them in small cases, which had already been
prepared from the leaf of a species of palm-tree.

In such a way did the lady Isidora and her daughter pass their time; and
before the summer was out they had added largely to the stock of wealth
of our exiles.

Although these two always remained by the house, they were not without
_their_ adventures as well, one of which I shall describe.  It occurred
while they were getting in their crop of vanilla.  Leona was in the
porch in front, busy among the vanilla-beans.  She had a large needle
and a thread of palm-leaf fibre, with which she was stringing the long
pods, while her mother was inside the house packing some that had been
already dried.

Leona rested for a moment, and was looking over the water, when, all at
once, she exclaimed, "Maman--Maman! come out and see! oh! what a
beautiful cat!"

The exclamation caused Dona Isidora to start, and with a feeling of
uneasiness.  The cause of her uneasiness was the word "cat."  She feared
that what the innocent child had taken for a "beautiful cat" might prove
to be the dreaded jaguar.  She ran at once out of the door, and looked
in the direction pointed out by Leona.  There, sure enough, on the other
side of the water, was a spotted creature, looking in the distance, very
much like a cat; but Dona Isidora saw at a glance that it was a far
larger animal.  Was it the jaguar?  It was like one, in its colour and
markings.  It was of a yellowish colour, and covered all over with black
spots, which gave it the semblance of the jaguar.  Still Dona Isidora
thought that it was not so large as these animals usually are; and this,
to some extent, restored her confidence.  When first seen, it was close
down to the water's edge, as if it had come there to drink; and Dona
Isidora was in hopes that, after satisfying its thirst, it would go away
again.  What was her consternation to see it make a forward spring, and,
plunging into the water, swim directly for the house!

Terrified, she seized Leona by the hand, and retreated inside.  She shut
the door, and bolted it.  If it were a jaguar, what protection would
that be?  Such a creature could dash itself through the frail bamboo
wall, or tear the door to pieces with his great claws in a moment.  "If
it be a jaguar," thought she, "we are lost!"

Dona Isidora was a woman of courage.  She was determined to defend the
lives of herself and daughter to the last.  She looked around the house
for a weapon.  The pistols of Don Pablo were hanging against the wall.
She knew they were loaded.  She took them down, and looked to the flints
and priming, and then stationed herself at a place where she could see
out through the interstices of the bamboos.  The little Leona kept by
her side, though she knew, that in a struggle with a ferocious jaguar,
she could give no help.

By this time the animal had crossed the river, and she could see it
spring out on the bank, and come on towards the house.  In a few seconds
it was close to the porch, where it halted to reconnoitre.  Dona Isidora
saw it very plainly, and would now have had a very good chance to fire
at it; but she did not wish to begin the combat.  Perhaps it might go
away again, without attempting to enter the house.  In order not to draw
its attention, she stood perfectly quiet, having cautioned Leona to do
the same.

It was not a large animal, though its aspect was fierce enough to
terrify any one.  Its tiger-like eyes, and white teeth, which it showed
at intervals, were anything but pleasant to look upon.  Its size,
however, was not so formidable; and Dona Isidora had understood the
jaguar to be a large animal; but there is also a smaller species of
jaguar.  This might be the one.

After halting a moment, the creature turned to one side, and then
proceeded at a skulking trot around the house.  Now and then it stopped
and looked toward the building, as if searching for some aperture by
which it might get in.  Dona Isidora followed it round on the inside.
The walls were so open that she could mark all its movements; and, with
a pistol in each hand, she was ready for the attack, determined to fire
the moment it might threaten to spring against the bamboos.

On one side of the house, at a few paces distance, stood the mule.  The
horse had been taken to the woods, and the mule was left alone.  This
animal was tied to a tree, which shaded her from the sun.  As soon as
the fierce creature got well round the house, it came in full view of
the mule, which now claimed its attention.  The latter, on seeing it,
had started, and sprung round upon her halter, as if badly terrified by
the apparition.

Whether the beast of prey had ever before seen a mule was a question.
Most likely it had not; for, half-innocently, and half as if with the
intention of making an attack, it went skulking up until it was close to
the heels of the latter.  It could not have placed itself in a better
position to be well kicked; and well kicked it was, for, just at that
moment, the mule let fling with both her heels, and struck it upon the
ribs.  A loud "thump" was heard by those within the house, and Dona
Isidora, still watching through the canes, had the satisfaction to see
the spotted creature take to its heels, and gallop off as if a kettle
had been tied to its tail!  It made no stop, not even to look back; but
having reached the edge of the water, plunged in, and swam over to the
opposite shore.  They could see it climb out on the other side, and
then, with a cowed and conquered look, it trotted off, and disappeared
among the palm-trees.

Dona Isidora knew that it was gone for good; and having now no further
fear, went on with her work as before.  She first, however, carried out
a large measure of the _murumuru_ nuts, and gave them to the mule,
patting the creature upon the nose, and thanking her for the important
service she had rendered.

When Don Pablo and the rest returned, the adventure was, of course,
related; but from the description given of the animal, neither Don Pablo
nor Guapo believed it could have been the jaguar.  It was too small for
that.  Besides, a jaguar would not have been cowed and driven off by a
mule.  He would more likely have killed the mule, and dragged its body
off with him across the river, or perhaps have broken into the house,
and done worse.

The animal was, no doubt, the "ocelot," which is also spotted, or rather
marked with the eye-like rosettes which distinguish the skin of the
jaguar.  Indeed, there are quite a number of animals of the cat genus in
the forests of the Montana; some spotted like the leopard, others
striped as the tiger, and still others of uniform colour all over the
body.  They are, of course, all preying animals, but none of them will
attack man, except the jaguar and the puma.  Some of the others, when
brought to bay, will fight desperately, as would the common wild cat
under like circumstances; but the largest of them will leave man alone,
if unmolested themselves.  Not so with the jaguar, who will attack
either man or beast, and put them to death, unless he be himself
overpowered.

The jaguar, or, as he is sometimes called, "ounce" (_Felis onca_), and
by most Spanish-Americans "tiger," is the largest and most ferocious of
all the American _Felidae_.  He stands third in rank as to these
qualities--the lion and tiger of the Eastern continent taking precedence
of him.  Specimens of the jaguar have been seen equal in size to the
Asiatic tiger; but the average size of the American animal is much less.
He is strong enough, however, to drag a dead horse or ox to his den--
often to a distance of a quarter of a mile--and this feat has been
repeatedly observed.

The jaguar is found throughout all the tropical countries of Spanish
America, and is oftener called tiger (_tigre_) than jaguar.  This is a
misapplied name; for although he bears a considerable likeness to the
tiger, both in shape and habits, yet the markings of his skin are quite
different.  The tiger is striated or striped, while the black on the
jaguar is in beautiful eye-like rosettes.  The leopard is more like the
jaguar than any other creature; and the panther and cheetah of the
Eastern continent also resemble him.  The markings of the jaguar, when
closely examined, differ from all of these.  The spots on the animals of
the old world are simple spots or black rings, while those of the
American species are rings with a single spot in the middle, forming
_ocellae_, or eyes.  Each, in fact, resembles a rosette.

Jaguars are not always of the same colour.  Some have skins of an orange
yellow, and these are the most beautiful.  Others are lighter-coloured;
and individuals have been killed that were nearly white.  But there is a
"black jaguar," which is thought to be of a different species.  It is
larger and fiercer than the other, and is found in the very hottest
parts of the Great Montana.  Its skin is not quite jet-black, but of a
deep maroon brown; and upon close inspection, the spots upon it can be
seen of a pure black.  This species is more dreaded by the inhabitants
of those countries than the other; and it is said always to attack man
wherever it may encounter him.

In the forests of South America, the jaguar reigns with undisputed sway.
All the other beasts fear, and fly from him.  His roar produces terror
and confusion among the animated creation, and causes them to fly in
every direction.  It is never heard by the Indian without some feeling
of fear,--and no wonder; for a year does not pass without a number of
these people falling victims to the savage ferocity of this animal.

There are those, however, among them who can deal single-handed with the
jaguar,--regular "jaguar-hunters" by profession,--who do not fear to
attack the fierce brute in his own haunts.  They do not trust to
fire-arms, but to a sharp spear.  Upon this they receive his attack,
transfixing the animal with unerring aim as he advances.  Should they
fail in their first thrust, their situation is one of peril; yet all
hope is not lost.  On their left arm they carry a sort of sheepskin
shield.  This is held forward, and usually seized by the jaguar; and
while he is busy with it, the hunter gains time for a second effort,
which rarely fails to accomplish his purpose.

The jaguars are killed for many reasons.  Their beautiful skins sell for
several dollars; besides, in many places a price is set upon their
heads, on account of their destructive habits.  Thousands are destroyed
every year.  For all this, they do not seem to diminish in numbers.  The
introduction of the large mammalia into America has provided them with
increased resources; and in many places, where there are herds of
half-wild cattle, the number of the jaguars is said to be greater than
formerly.  It is difficult for one, living in a country where such
fierce animals are unknown, to believe that they may have an influence
over man to such an extent as to prevent his settling in a particular
place; yet such is the fact.  In many parts of South America, not only
plantations, but whole villages, have been abandoned solely from fear of
the jaguars!



CHAPTER THIRTY ONE.

A FAMILY OF JAGUARS.

As yet none of the exiles had seen any tracks or indications of the
terrible jaguar, and Don Pablo began to believe that there were none in
that district of country.  He was not allowed to remain much longer in
this belief, for an incident occurred shortly after proving that at
least one pair of these fierce animals was not far off.

It was near the end of the summer, and the cinchona-trees on the side of
the river on which stood the house had been all cut down and "barked."
It became necessary, therefore, to cross the stream in search of others.
Indeed, numerous "manchas" had been seen on the other side, and to
these the "cascarilleros" now turned their attention.  They, of course,
reached them by crossing the tree-bridge, and then keeping up the stream
on the farther side.

For several days they had been at work in this new direction, and were
getting bark in by the hundredweight.

One day Guapo and Leon had gone by themselves--Guapo to fell the trees
as usual, and Leon, who was now an expert bark-peeler, to use the
scalping-knife.  Don Pablo had remained at home, busy with work in the
great magazine, for there was much to do there in the packing and
storing.

An hour or two after, Guapo was seen to return alone.  He had broken the
handle of his axe, and, having several spare ones at the house, he had
returned to get one.  Leon had remained in the woods.

Now Leon had finished his operations on such trees as Guapo had already
cut down, and not finding a good seat near, had walked towards the
precipice which was farther up the hill, and sat down upon one of the
loose rocks at its base.  Here he amused himself by watching the parrots
and toucans that were fluttering through the trees over his head.

He noticed that just by his side there was a large hole or cave in the
cliff.  He could see to the farther end of it from where he sat, but
curiosity prompted him to step up to its mouth, and give it a closer
examination.  On doing so, he heard a noise, not unlike the mew of a
cat.  It evidently came from the cave, and only increased his curiosity
to look inside.  He put his head to the entrance, and there, in a sort
of nest, upon the bottom of the cave, he perceived two creatures,
exactly like two spotted kittens, only larger.  They were about half as
big as full-grown cats.

"_Two_ beauties!" said Leon to himself; "they are the kittens of some
wild cat--that's plain.  Now we want a cat very much at home.  If these
were brought up in the house, why shouldn't they do?  I'll warrant
they'd be tame enough.  I know mamma wants a cat.  I've heard her say
so.  I'll give her an agreeable surprise by taking this pair home.--The
beauties!"

Without another word Leon climbed up, and taking hold of the two spotted
animals, returned with them out of the cave.  They were evidently very
young creatures, yet for all that they growled, and spat, and attempted
to scratch his hands; but Leon was not a boy to be frightened at
trifles, and after getting one under each arm, he set off in triumph,
intending to carry them direct to the house.

Guapo was in front of the house busy in new-hafting his axe.  Don Pablo
was at his work in the store-room.  Dona Isidora and the little Leona
were occupied with some affair in the porch.  All were engaged one way
or other.  Just then a voice sounded upon their ears, causing them all
to stop their work, and look abroad.  It even brought Don Pablo out of
the store-house.  It was the voice of Leon, who shouted from the other
side of the lake, where they all saw him standing, with a strange object
under each arm.

"Hola!" cried he.  "Look, mamma!  See what I've got!  I've brought you a
couple of cats--beauties, ain't they?"  And as he said this, he held the
two yellow bodies out before him.

Don Pablo turned pale, and even the coppery cheek of Guapo blanched at
the sight.  Though at some distance, both knew at a glance what they
were.  Cats, indeed!  _They were the cubs of the jaguar_!

"My God!" cried Don Pablo, hoarse with affright.  "My God! the boy will
be lost!" and as he spoke he swept the upper edge of the lake with an
anxious glance.

"Run, little master!" shouted Guapo.  "Run for your life; make for the
bridge--for the bridge!"

Leon seemed astonished.  He knew by the words of Guapo, and the earnest
gestures of the rest, that there was some danger:--but of what?  Why was
he to run?  He could not comprehend it.  He hesitated, and might have
stayed longer on the spot, had not his father, seeing his indecision,
shouted out to him in a loud voice--

"Run, boy! run!  The jaguars are after you!"

This speech enabled Leon to comprehend his situation for the first time,
and he immediately started off towards the bridge, running as fast as he
was able.

Don Pablo had not seen the jaguars when he spoke, but his words were
prophetic, and that prophecy was speedily verified.  They had hardly
been uttered when two yellow bodies, dashing out of the brushwood,
appeared near the upper end of the lake.  There was no mistaking what
they were.  Their orange flanks and ocellated sides were sufficiently
characteristic.  _They were jaguars_!

A few springs brought them to the edge of the water, and they were seen
to take the track over which Leon had just passed.  They were following
by the scent--sometimes pausing--sometimes one passing the other--and
their waving tails and quick energetic movements showed that they were
furious and excited to the highest degree.  Now they disappeared behind
the palm-trunks, and the next moment their shining bodies shot out again
like flashes of light.

Dona Isidora and the little Leona screamed with affright.  Don Pablo
shouted words of encouragement in a hoarse voice.  Guapo seized his
axe--which fortunately he had finished hafting--and ran towards the
bridge, along the water's edge.  Don Pablo followed with his pistols,
which he had hastily got his hands upon.

For a short moment there was silence on both sides of the river.  Guapo
was opposite Leon, both running.  The stream narrowed as it approached
the ravine, and Leon and Guapo could see each other, and hear every word
distinctly.  Guapo now cried out--

"Drop one! young master--_only one_!"

Leon heard, and, being a sharp boy, understood what was meant.  Up to
this moment he had not thought of parting with his "cats"--in fact, it
was because he had _not_ thought of it.  Now, however, at the voice of
Guapo, he flung one of them to the ground, without stopping to see where
it fell, he ran on, and in a few seconds again heard Guapo cry
out--"_Now the other_!"

Leon let the second slip from his grasp, and kept on for the bridge.

It was well he had dropped the cubs, else he would never have reached
that bridge.  When the first one fell the jaguars were not twenty paces
behind him.  They were almost in sight, but by good fortune the weeds
and underwood hid the pursued from the pursuers.

On reaching their young, the first that had been dropped, both stopped,
and appeared to lick and caress it.  They remained by it but a moment.
One parted sooner than the other--the female it was, no doubt, in search
of her second offspring.  Shortly after the other started also, and both
were again seen springing along the trail in pursuit.  A few stretches
brought them to where the second cub lay, and here they again halted,
caressing this one as they had done the other.

Don Pablo and Dona Isidora, who saw all this from the other side, were
in hopes that having recovered their young, the jaguars might give over
the chase, and carry them off.  But they were mistaken in this.  The
American tiger is of a very different nature.  Once enraged, he will
seek revenge with relentless pertinacity.  It so proved.  After delaying
a moment with the second cub, both left it, and sprang forward upon the
trail, which they knew had been taken by whoever had robbed them.

By this time Leon had gained the bridge--had crossed it--and was lifted
from its nearer end by Guapo.  The latter scarce spoke a word--only
telling Leon to hurry toward the house.  For himself he had other work
to do than run.  The bridge he knew would be no protection.  The jaguars
would cross over it like squirrels, and then--

Guapo reflected no further, but bending over the thick branch, attacked
it with his axe.  His design was apparent at once.  He was going to cut
it from the cliff!

He plied the axe with all his might.  Every muscle in his body was at
play.  Blow succeeded blow.  The branch was already creaking, when, to
his horror, the foremost of the jaguars appeared in sight on the
opposite side!  He was not discouraged.  Again fell the axe--again and
again; the jaguar is upon the bank; it has sprung upon the root of the
tree!  It pauses a moment--another blow of the axe--the jaguar bounds
upon the trunk--its claws rattle along the bark--it is midway over the
chasm!  Another blow--the branch crackles--there is a crash--it parts
from the cliff--it is gone!  Both tree and jaguar gone--down--down to
the sharp rocks of the foaming torrent!

A loud yell from the Indian announced his triumph.  But it was not yet
complete.  It was the female jaguar--the smaller one that had fallen.
The male still remained--where was he?  Already upon the opposite brink
of the chasm!

He had dashed forward, just in time to see his mate disappearing into
the gulf below.  He saw and seemed to comprehend, all that had passed.
His eyes glared with redoubled fury.  There was vengeance in his look,
and determination in his attitude.

For a moment he surveyed the wide gulf that separated him from his
enemies.  He seemed to measure the distance at a glance.  His heart was
bold with rage and despair.  He had lost his companion--his faithful
partner--his wife.  Life was nothing now--he resolved upon revenge or
death!

He was seen to run a few paces back from the edge of the chasm, and then
turning suddenly, set his body for the spring.

It would have been beautiful to have beheld the play of his glistening
flanks at that moment had one been out of danger; but Guapo was not, and
he had no pleasure in the sight.  Guapo stood upon the opposite brink,
axe in hand, ready to receive him.

The Indian had not long to wait.  With one desperate bound the jaguar
launched his body into the air, and, like lightning, passed to the
opposite bank.  His fore-feet only reached it, and his claws firmly
grasped the rock.  The rest of his body hung over, clutching the cliff!

In a moment he would have sprung up, and then woe to his antagonist! but
he was not allowed that moment, for he had scarcely touched the rock
when the Indian leaped forward and struck at his head with the axe.  The
blow was not well aimed, and although it stunned the jaguar, he still
clung to the cliff.  In setting himself for a second blow, Guapo came
too near, and the next moment the great claws of the tiger were buried
in his foot!

It is difficult to tell what might have been the result.  It would, no
doubt, have been different.  Guapo would have been dragged over, and
that was certain death; but at this moment a hand was protruded between
Guapo's legs--the muzzle of a pistol was seen close to the head of the
jaguar--a loud crack rang through the ravine, and when the smoke cleared
away the jaguar was seen no more!

Guapo, with his foot badly lacerated, was drawn back from the cliff into
the arms of Don Pablo.



CHAPTER THIRTY TWO.

THE RAFT.

This was the most exciting day that had been passed since their arrival
in the Montana; and considering the result it was well that the
occurrence had taken place.  It had rid them of a pair of bad
neighbours--there would soon have been four--that some time or other
would have endangered the lives of some of the party.  It was the
opinion of Guapo that they need not, at least for a while, have any fear
of jaguars.  It was not likely there was another pair in that district;
although, from the roaming disposition of this animal, fresh ones might
soon make their appearance; and it was deemed best always to act as
though some were already in the neighbourhood.

The cubs were disposed of.  It was not deemed advisable to bring them up
as "cats."  After what had occurred that was voted, even by Leon, a
dangerous experiment--too dangerous to be attempted.  They were still on
the other side of the river, and the bridge was now gone.  If left to
themselves, no doubt they would have perished, as they were very young
things.  Perhaps some carnivorous creature--wolf, coati, eagle, or
vulture--would have devoured them, or they might have been eaten up by
the ants.  But this was not to be their fate.  Guapo swam across, and
strangled them.  Then tying them together, he suspended the pair over
his shoulders, and brought them with him to be exhibited as a curiosity.
Moreover Guapo had a design upon their skins.

It was not long after that a pleasanter pet than either of them was
found, and this was a beautiful little saimiri monkey, about the size of
a squirrel, which Guapo and Leon captured one day in the woods.  They
heard a noise as they were passing along, and going up to the spot, saw
on the branch of a low tree nearly a dozen little monkeys all rolled up
together in a heap, with their tails warped round each other as if to
keep themselves warm!  Nearly another dozen were running about, whining
and apparently trying to get in among the rest.  Guapo and Leon made a
sudden rush upon them, and were able to capture three or four before the
creatures could free themselves; but only one lived, and that became a
great pet and favourite.  It was a beautiful little creature--a true
saimiri, or squirrel monkey, called the "titi."  Its silky fur was of a
rich olive-green colour; and its fine large eyes expressed fear or joy--
now filling with tears, and now brightening again--just like those of a
child.

During the summer our bark-gatherers continued their labour without
interruption, and on account of the great plenty of the cinchona-trees,
and their proximity to the house, they were enabled to accumulate a very
large store.  They worked like bees.

Although this forest life was not without its pleasures and excitements,
yet it began to _grow_ very irksome both to Don Pablo and Dona Isidora.
Life in the wilderness, with its rude cares and rude enjoyments, may be
very pleasant for a while to those who seek it as amateurs, or to that
class who as colonists intend to make it a permanent thing.  But neither
Don Pablo nor his wife had ever thought of colonisation.  With them
their present industry was the result of accident and necessity.  Their
tastes and longings were very different.  They longed to return to
civilised life; and though the very misfortune which had driven them
forth into the wilderness had also guided them to an opportunity of
making a fortune, it is probable they would have passed it by, had they
not known that, penniless as they were, they would have fared still
worse in any city to which they might have gone.  But before the first
year was out, they yearned very much to return to civilisation, and this
desire was very natural.  But there were other reasons that influenced
them besides the mere _ennui_ of the wilderness.  The lives of
themselves and their children were constantly in danger from jaguars,
pumas, and poisonous reptiles.  Even man himself might at any moment
appear as their destroyer.  As yet no Indian--not even a trace of one--
had been seen.  But this was not strange.  In the tangled and
impenetrable forests of the Great Montana two tribes of Indians may
reside for years within less than a league's distance of each other,
without either being aware of the other's existence!  Scarcely any
intercourse is carried on, or excursions made, except by the rivers--for
they are the only roads--and where two of these run parallel, although
they may be only at a short distance from each other, people residing on
one may never think of crossing to the other.

Notwithstanding that no Indians had yet appeared to disturb them, there
was no certainty that these might not arrive any day, and treat them as
enemies.  On this account, Don Pablo and Dona Isidora were never without
a feeling of uneasiness.

After mutual deliberation, therefore, they resolved not to prolong their
stay beyond the early part of spring, when they would carry out their
original design of building a _balza_ raft, and commit themselves to the
great river, which, according to all appearance, and to Guapo's
confident belief, flowed directly to the Amazon.  Guapo had never either
descended or ascended it himself, and on their first arrival was not so
sure about its course; but after having gone down to its banks, and
examined its waters, his recollections revived, and he remembered many
accounts which he had heard of it from Indians of his own tribe.  He had
no doubt but it was the same which, under the name of the "Purus," falls
into the Amazon between the mouths of the Madeira and the Coary.

Upon this stream, therefore, in a few months they would embark.  But
these intervening months were not spent in idleness.  Although the
season for bark-gathering was past, another source of industry presented
itself.  The bottom lands of the great river were found to be covered
with a network of underwood, and among this underwood the principal
plant was a well-known briar, _Smilax officinalis_.  This is the
creeping plant that yields the celebrated "sarsaparilla;" and Don Pablo,
having made an analysis of some roots, discovered it to be the most
valuable species--for it is to be remembered, that, like the cinchona, a
whole genus, or rather several genera, furnish the article of commerce.
The briar which produces the sarsaparilla is a tall creeping plant,
which throws out a large number of long wrinkled roots of a uniform
thickness, and about the size of a goose-quill.  Nothing is required
further than digging and dragging these roots out of the ground, drying
them a while, and then binding them in bundles with a small "sipo," or
tough forest creeper.  These bundles are made up, so as to render the
roots convenient for packing and transport.

During several months this branch of industry occupied Don Pablo, Guapo,
and Leon; so that when the time drew nigh for their departure, what with
the cinchona-bark, the sarsaparilla, and the vanilla-beans, there was
not an empty inch in the large store-house.

Guapo had not been all the time with them.  For several days Guapo was
not to be seen at the house, nor anywhere around it.  Where had Guapo
been all this time?  I will tell you; Guapo _had been to the mountains_!

Yes, Don Pablo had sent him on an important mission, which he had
performed with secrecy and despatch.  Don Pablo, before braving the
dangers of the vast journey he had projected, had still a lingering hope
that something might have happened--some change in the government of
Peru--perhaps a new Viceroy--that might enable him to return with safety
to his native land.  To ascertain if such had taken place, Guapo had
made his journey to the mountains.

He went no farther than the Puna--no farther than the hut of his friend
the vaquero--who, by a previous understanding with Guapo, had kept
himself informed about political matters.

There was no hope; the same Council, the same Viceroy, the same price
upon the head of Don Pablo--who, however, was believed to have escaped
in an American ship, and to have taken refuge in the great republic of
the North.

With this news Guapo returned, and now the preparations for the river
voyage were set about in earnest.  A balza raft was built out of large
trunks of the _Bombax ceiba_, which, being light wood, was the best for
the purpose.  Of course these trunks had been cut long ago with a view
to using them in this way.  A commodious cabin, or "toldo," was
constructed on the raft, built of palm and bamboos, and thatched with
the broad leaves of the bussu.  A light canoe was also hollowed out, as
a sort of tender to the raft, and a couple of very large canoes for the
purpose of giving buoyancy to it, were lashed one upon each side.  The
"merchandise" was carefully "stowed" and covered with "tarpaulins" of
palm-leaves, and the stores laid in with every providential care and
calculation.

You will be wondering what was done with the horse and mule,--those
creatures that had served the exiles so faithfully and so well?  Were
they left behind to become a prey to the jaguars and the large
blood-sucking bats, that kill so many animals in these parts?  No--they
were not to be left to such a fate.  One of them--the mule--had been
already disposed of.  It was a valuable beast, and partly on that
account, and partly from gratitude felt towards it for the well-timed
kick it had given the ocelot, it was to be spared.  Guapo had taken both
the mule and the horse on his mountain journey, and presented the former
to his friend the vaquero.

But the horse was still on hand.  What was to be done with him?  Leave
him behind?  That would be certain death, for no horse, that was not
cared for, could exist in the Montana ten days without being eaten up by
the fierce creatures that inhabit it.  The bats would surely have
destroyed him.  Well, what was done?  He could not be carried on the
raft.  But he was, though,--_in a way_.  Guapo was resolved that the
bats should not have him, nor the jaguars neither.  He was in fine
condition--fat as a pig.  The fruit of the murumuru had agreed with him.
He was just in the condition in which an Indian thinks a horse "good
for killing," and _Guapo killed him_!  Yes, Guapo killed him!  It is
true it was a sort of a Virginius tragedy, and Guapo had great
difficulty in nerving himself for the task.  But the blow-gun was at
length levelled, and the _curare_ did its work.  Then Guapo skinned him,
and cut him into strips, and dried him into "charqui," and carried him
on board the raft.  That was the closing scene.

All left the house together, carrying with them the remains of their
hastily-created _penates_.  On reaching the end of the valley, they
turned and threw back a last glance at a home that had to them been a
happy one; and then, continuing their journey, they were soon upon the
balza.  The only living creature that accompanied them from their
valley-home was the pretty saimiri, carried on the shoulder of the
little Leona.

The cable of piassaba-palm was carefully taken in and coiled, the raft
was pushed out, and the next moment floated lightly upon the broad bosom
of the river.



CHAPTER THIRTY THREE.

THE GUARDIAN BROTHER.

The current of the river flowed at the rate of about four miles an hour,
and at this speed they travelled.  They had nothing to do but guide the
raft in the middle part of the stream.  This was effected by means of a
large stern-oar fixed upon a pivot, and which served the purpose of a
rudder.  One was required to look after this oar, and Don Pablo and
Guapo took turns at it.  It was not a very troublesome task, except
where some bend had to be got round, or some eddy was to be cleared,
when both had to work at it together.  At other times the balza floated
straight on, without requiring the least effort on the part of the crew;
and then they would all sit down and chat pleasantly, and view the
changing scenery of the forest-covered shores.  Sometimes tall palms
lined the banks, and sometimes great forest trees netted together by
thick parasites that crept from one to the other, and twined around the
trunks like monster serpents.  Sometimes the shores were one unbroken
thicket of underwood, where it would have been almost impossible to make
a landing had they wished it.  At other places there were sand-bars, and
even little islets with scarce any vegetation upon them; and they also
passed many other islets and large islands thickly wooded.  The country
generally appeared to be flat, though at one or two places they saw
hills that ran in to the banks of the river.

Of course the change of scenery, and the many fresh vistas continually
opening before them, rendered their voyage both cheerful and
interesting.  The many beautiful birds too, and new kinds of trees and
animals which they saw, were a constant source of varied enjoyment, and
furnished them with themes of conversation.

During the first day they made a journey of full forty miles.  Having
brought their balza close to the shore, and secured it to a tree, they
encamped for the night.  There was no opening of any extent, but for
some distance the ground was clear of underwood, and the trunks of great
old trees rose like columns losing themselves amidst the thick foliage
overhead.  A dark forest only could be seen, and, as night drew on, the
horrid cries of the alouattes, or howling monkeys, mingling with the
voices of other nocturnal animals, filled the woods.  They had no fear
of monkeys, but now and then they thought they could distinguish the cry
of the jaguar, and of him they had fear enough.  Indeed the jaguar
possesses the power of imitating the cry of the other animals of the
forest, and often uses it to draw them within reach of him.

In addition to the fire upon which they had cooked their supper, as soon
as night had fairly set in, they kindled others, forming a sort of
semicircle, the chord of which was the bank of the river itself.  Within
this semicircle the hammocks were stretched from tree to tree; and, as
all were fatigued with the day's exertions, they climbed into them at an
early hour, and were soon asleep.  One alone sat up to keep watch.  As
they thought they had heard the jaguar, this was deemed best; for they
knew that fire will not always frighten off that fierce animal.  As the
neighbourhood looked suspicious, and also as it was their first
encampment, they, like all travellers at setting out, of course were
more timid and cautious.

To Leon was assigned the first watch; for Leon was a courageous boy, and
it was not the first time he had taken his turn in this way.  He was to
sit up for about two hours, and then wake Guapo, who would keep the
midnight-watch; after which Don Pablo's turn would come, and that would
terminate in the morning at daybreak.  Leon was instructed to rouse the
others in case any danger might threaten the camp.

Leon from choice had seated himself by the head of the hammock in which
slept the little Leona; in order, no doubt, to be nearer her, as she was
the most helpless of the party, and therefore required more immediate
protection.  He had both the pistols by him--ready to his hand and
loaded--and in case of danger he knew very well how to use them.

He had been seated for about half-an-hour, now casting his eyes up to
the red and wrinkled trunks of the trees, and then gazing into the dark
vistas of the surrounding forest, or at other times looking out upon the
glistening surface of the river.  Many a strange sound fell upon his
ear.  Sometimes the whole forest appeared to be alive with voices--the
voices of beasts and birds, reptiles, and insects--for the tree-frogs
and ciendas were as noisy as the larger creatures.  At other times a
perfect stillness reigned, so that he could distinctly hear the tiny hum
of the mosquito; and then, all at once, would fall upon his ear the
melancholy wailing of the night-hawk--the "_alma perdida_," or "lost
soul"--for such is the poetical and fanciful name given by the Spanish
Americans to this nocturnal bird.

While thus engaged Leon began to feel very drowsy.  The heavy day's
work, in which he had borne part, had fatigued him as well as the
others; and, in spite of the odd voices that from time to time fell upon
his ear, he could have lain down upon the bare ground and slept without
a feeling of fear.  Snakes or scorpions, or biting lizards or spiders,
would not have kept him from going to sleep at that moment.  It is
astonishing how the desire of sleep makes one indifferent to all these
things, which at other times we so much dread.  Leon did not fear them a
bit, but kept himself awake from a feeling of pride and honour.  He
reflected that it would never do to be unfaithful to the important trust
confided to him.  No that would never do.  He rubbed his eyes, and rose
up, and approached the bank, and dipped his hands in the water, and came
back to his former place, and sat down again.  Spite of all his efforts,
however, he felt very heavy.  Oh! when would the two hours pass that he
might rouse Guapo?

"Car-r-ambo!  I nev-er was so s-s-sleepy.  _Vamos_!  Leon! you mustn't
give in!"

And striking himself a lively slap on the chest, he straightened his
back, and sat upright for a while.

He was just beginning to get bowed about the shoulders again, and to nod
a little, when he was startled by a short sharp exclamation uttered by
the little Leona.  He looked up to her hammock.  He could perceive it
had moved slightly, but it was at rest again, and its occupant was
evidently asleep.

"Poor little sis! she is dreaming," he muttered half aloud.  "Perhaps
some horrid dream of jaguars or serpents.  I have half a mind to awake
her.  But, no, she sleeps too soundly; I might disturb them all;" and
with these reflections Leon remained upon his seat.

Once more his head was beginning to bob, when the voice of Leona again
startled him, and he looked up as before.  The hammock moved slightly,
but there was no appearance of anything wrong.  From where he sat he
could not see well into it, but he outlines of the child's body were
easily discernible through the elastic netting; and at the farther end
he could just perceive one of her little feet, where it had escaped from
the covering, and rested partly over the edge.

As he continued to gaze upon the delicate member, thinking whether he
had not better cover it against the mosquitoes, all at once his eye was
attracted by something red--a crooked red line that traversed from the
toe downward along the side of the foot.  It was red and glittering--it
was _a stream of blood_!

His first feeling was one of horror.  His next was a resolve to spring
to his feet and rouse the camp, but this impulse was checked by one of
greater prudence.  Whatever enemy had done it, thought he, must still be
about the hammock; to make a noise would, perhaps, only irritate it, and
cause it to inflict some still more terrible wound.  He would remain
quiet, until he had got his eyes upon the creature, when he could spring
upon it, or fire his pistol before it could do further harm.

With these ideas, quickly conceived, he rose silently to his feet, and
standing, or rather crouching forward, bent his eyes over the hammock.



CHAPTER THIRTY FOUR.

THE VAMPIRE.

Leon's head was close to that of the sleeper, whose sweet breath he
felt, and whose little bosom rose and fell in gentle undulation.  He
scanned the inside of the hammock from head to foot.  He gazed anxiously
into every fold of the cover.  Not an object could he see that should
not have been there--no terrible creature--no serpent--for it was this
last that was in his mind.  But something must have been there.  What
could have caused the stream of blood, that now being closer he could
more plainly see trickling over the soft blue veins?  Some creature must
have done it!

"Oh! if it be the small viper," thought he, "or the coral snake, or the
deadly macaurel!  If these--"

His thoughts at this moment were interrupted.  A light flapping of wings
sounded in his ear--so light, that it appeared to be made by the soft
pinions of the owl, or some nocturnal bird.  It was not by the wings of
a bird that that sound was produced, but by the wings of a hideous
creature.  Leon was conscious, from the continued flapping, that
something was playing through the air, and that it occasionally
approached close to his head.  He gazed upward and around him, and at
length he could distinguish a dark form passing between him and the
light; but it glided into the darkness again, and he could see it no
more.  Was it a bird?  It looked like one--it might have been an owl--it
was full as large as one; but yet, from the glance he had had of it, it
appeared to be black or very dark, and he had never heard of owls of
that colour.  Moreover, it had not the look nor flight of an owl.  Was
it a bird at all? or whatever it was, was it the cause of the blood?
This did not appear likely to Leon, who still had his thoughts bent upon
the snakes.

While he was revolving these questions in his mind, he again turned and
looked toward the foot of the hammock.  The sight caused him a thrill of
horror.  There was the hideous creature, which he had just seen, right
over the bleeding foot.  It was not perched, but suspended in the air on
its moving wings, with its long snout protruded forward and pressed
against the toe of the sleeper!  Its sharp white teeth were visible in
both jaws, and its small vicious eyes glistened under the light of the
fires.  The red hair covering its body and large membranous wings added
to the hideousness of its aspect, and a more hideous creature could not
have been conceived.  _It was the vampire_,--the blood-sucking
_phyllostoma_!

A short cry escaped from the lips of Leon.  It was not a cry of pain,
but the contrary.  The sight of the great bat, hideous as the creature
was, relieved him.  He had all along been under the painful impression
that some venomous serpent had caused the blood to flow, and now he had
no farther fear on that score.  He knew that there was no poison in the
wound inflicted by the phyllostoma--only the loss of a little blood; and
this quieted his anxieties at once.  He resolved, however, to punish the
intruder; and not caring to rouse the camp by firing, he stole a little
closer, and aimed a blow with the butt of his pistol.  The blow was well
aimed, and brought the bat to the ground, but its shrill screeching
awoke everybody, and in a few moments the camp was in complete
confusion.  The sight of the blood on the foot of the little Leona quite
terrified Dona Isidora and the rest; but when the cause was explained,
all felt reassured and thankful that the thing was no worse.  The little
foot was bound up in a rag; and although, for two or three days after,
it was not without pain, yet no bad effects came of it.

The "blood-sucking" bats do not cause death either to man, or any other
animal, by a single attack.  All the blood they can draw out amounts to
only a few ounces, although after their departure, the blood continues
to run from the open wound.  It is by repeating their attacks night
after night that the strength of an animal becomes exhausted, and it
dies from sheer loss of blood and consequent faintness.  With animals
this is far from being a rare occurrence.  Hundreds of horses and cattle
are killed every year in the South American pastures.  These creatures
suffer, perhaps, without knowing from what cause, for the phyllostoma
performs its cupping operation without causing the least pain--at all
events the sleeper is very rarely awakened by it.  It is easy to
understand how it sucks the blood of its victim, for its snout and the
leafy appendage around its mouth--from whence it derives the name
"phyllostoma"--are admirably adapted to that end.  But how does it make
the puncture to "let" the blood?  That is as yet a mystery among
naturalists, as it also is among the people who are habitually its
victims.  Even Guapo could not explain the process.  The large teeth--of
which it has got quite a mouthful--seem altogether unfitted to make a
hole such as is found where the phyllostoma has been at work.  Their
bite, moreover, would awake the soundest sleeper.  Besides these, it has
neither fangs, nor sting, nor proboscis, that would serve the purpose.
How then does it reach the blood?  Many theories have been offered; some
assert that it rubs the skin with its snout until it brings it to
bleeding: others say that it sets the sharp point of one of its large
tusks against the part, and then by plying its wings wheels round and
round, as upon a pivot, until the point has penetrated--that during this
operation the motion of the wings fans and cools the sleeping victim, so
that no pain is felt.  It may be a long while before this curious
question is solved, on account of the difficulty of observing a creature
whose habits are nocturnal, and most of whose deeds are "done in the
dark."

People have denied the existence of such a creature as the blood-sucking
bat--even naturalists have gone so far.  They can allege no better
grounds for their incredulity than that the thing has an air of the
fabulous and horrible about it.  But this is not philosophy.
Incredulity is the characteristic of the half-educated.  It may be
carried too far, and the fables of the vulgar have often a stratum of
truth at the bottom.  There is one thing that is almost intolerable, and
that is the conceit of the "closet-naturalist," who sneers at everything
as untrue that seems to show the least _design_ on the part of the brute
creation--who denies everything that appears at all singular or
fanciful, and simply because it appears so.  With the truthful
observations that have been made upon the curious domestic economy of
such little creatures as bees, and wasps, and ants, we ought to be
cautious how we reject statements about the habits of other animals,
however strange they may appear.

Who doubts that a mosquito will perch itself upon the skin of a human
being, pierce it with his proboscis, and suck away until it is gorged
with blood?  Why does it appear strange that a bat should do the same?

Now your closet-naturalist will believe that the bat _does_ suck the
blood of cattle and horses, but denies that it will attack man!  This is
sheer nonsense.  What difference to the vampire, whether its victim be a
biped or quadruped?  Is it fear of the former that would prevent it from
attacking him?  Perhaps it may never have seen a human being before:
besides, it attacks its victim while asleep, and is rarely ever caught
or punished in the act.  Where these creatures are much hunted or
persecuted by man, they may learn to fear him, and their original habits
may become changed, but that is quite another thing.  As nature has
formed them, the blood-sucking bats will make their attack
indifferently, either upon man or large quadrupeds.  There are a
thousand proofs to be had in all the tropical regions of America.  Every
year animals are killed by the _phyllostoma hastatum_, not in hundreds,
but in thousands.  It is recorded that on one extensive cattle-farm
several hundred head were killed in the short period of six months by
the bats; and the vaqueros, who received a bounty upon every bat they
should capture, in one year succeeded in destroying the enormous number
of _seven thousand_!  Indeed, "bat-hunting" is followed by some as a
profession, so eager are the owners of the cattle-farms to get rid of
these pests.

Many tribes of Indians and travellers suffer great annoyance from the
vampire-bats.  Some persons never go to sleep without covering
themselves with blankets, although the heat be ever so oppressive.  Any
part left naked will be attacked by the phyllostoma, but they seem to
have a preference for the tip of the great toe--perhaps because they
have found that part more habitually exposed.  Sometimes one sleeper is
"cupped" by them, while another will not be molested; and this, I may
observe, is true also of the mosquitoes.  There may be some difference
as to the state of the blood of two individuals, that leads to this
fastidious preference.  Some are far more subject to their attack than
others--so much so that they require to adopt every precaution to save
themselves from being bled to death.  Cayenne pepper rubbed over the
skin is used to keep them off, and also to cure the wound they have
made; but even this sometimes proves ineffective.

Of course there are many species of bats in South America besides the
vampire; in fact, there is no class of mammalia more numerous in genera
and species, and no part of the world where greater numbers are found
than in the tropical regions of America.  Some are insect-eaters, while
others live entirely on vegetable substances; but all have the same
unsightly and repulsive appearance.  The odour of some kinds is
extremely fetid and disagreeable.  Notwithstanding this, they are eaten
by many tribes of Indians, and even the French Creoles of Guiana have
their "bat-soup," which they relish highly.  The proverb "_De gustibus
non disputandum est_" seems to be true for all time.  The Spanish
Americans have it in the phrase "_Cada uno a su gusto;" "Chacun a son
gout_," say the French; and on hearing these tales about "ant-paste,"
and "roast monkey," and "armadillo done in the shell," and "bat-soup,"
you, boy reader, will not fail to exclaim "Every one to his liking."

The vampire appeared to be to Guapo's liking.  It was now his turn to
keep watch, and as the rest of them got into their hammocks, and lay
awake for a while, they saw him take up the bat, spit it upon a forked
stick, and commence broiling it over the fire.  Of course _he ate it_!

When morning came, and they had got up, what was their astonishment to
see no less than fourteen bats lying side by side!  They were dead, of
course: Guapo had killed them all during his watch.  They had appeared
at one period of the night in alarming numbers, and Guapo had done
battle manfully without awaking anybody.

Another curious tableau came under their notice shortly after.  Just as
they were about to embark, a singular-looking tree was observed growing
near the bank of the river.  At first they thought the tree was covered
with birds'-nests, or pieces of some kind of moss.  Indeed, it looked
more like a tree hung over with rags than anything else.  Curiosity led
them to approach it.  What was their astonishment to find that the
nests, moss, or rags, were neither more nor less than a vast assemblage
of bats suspended, and asleep!  They were hanging in all possible
positions; some with their heads down, some by the claws upon either
wing, and some by both, while a great many had merely hooked over the
branch the little horny curvature of their tails.  Some hung down along
the trunk, suspended by a crack in the bark, while others were far out
upon the branches.

It was certainly the oddest "roost" that any of the party (Guapo,
perhaps, excepted) had ever witnessed; and, after gazing at it for some
time, they turned away without disturbing the sleepers, and getting on
board once more, floated adown the stream swiftly and silently.



CHAPTER THIRTY FIVE.

THE MARIMONDAS.

That day they made good progress, having dropped down the river a
distance of fifty miles at least.  They might even have gone farther,
but a good camping-place offered, and they did not like to pass it, as
they might not find another so convenient.  It was a muddy bank, or
rather a promontory that ran out into the river, and was entirely
without trees, or any other vegetation, as it was annually overflowed,
and formed, in fact, part of the bed of the river.  At this time the mud
was quite dry and smooth, and appeared as if it had been paddled and
beaten down by the feet of animals and birds.  This was, in fact, the
case, for the point was a favourite resting-place for the "chiguires,"
or "capivaras," on their passage to and from the water.  There were
tracks of tapirs, too, and peccaries, and many sorts of wading birds,
that had been there while the mud was still soft.

There were no trees to which to hang their hammocks, but the ground was
smooth and dry, and they could sleep well enough upon it.  They would
not be troubled with the bats, as these creatures keep mostly in the
dark shadowy places of the forest; and snakes would not likely be found
out on the bare ground.  They thought they would there be safer from
jaguars, too.  In fact, it was from these considerations that they had
chosen the place for their camp.  They could go to the woods for an
armful or two of sticks to cook supper with, and that would suffice.

The balza was brought close in on the upper side of the promontory, so
as to be out of the current; and then all landed and made their
preparations for passing the night.  Guapo marched off with his axe to
get some firewood, and Leon accompanied him to assist in carrying it.
They had not far to go--only a hundred yards or so, for up at the end of
the promontory the forest began, and there were both large trees and
underwood.

As they walked forward one species of trees caught their attention.
They were palm-trees, but of a sort they had not yet met with.  They
were very tall, with a thick, globe-shaped head of pinnate, plume-like
leaves.  But what rendered these trees peculiar was the stem.  It was
slender in proportion to the height of the tree, and was thickly covered
with long needle-shaped spines, not growing irregularly, but set in
bands, or rings, around the tree.  This new palm was the "pupunha," or
"peach-palm," as it is called, from the resemblance which its fruits
bear to peaches.  It is also named "pirijao" in other parts of South
America, and it belongs to the genus "_Gullielma_."

At the tops of these trees, under the great globe of leaves, Guapo and
Leon perceived the nuts.  They were hanging in clusters, as grapes grow;
but the fruits were as large as apricots, of an oval, triangular shape,
and of a beautiful reddish yellow colour.  That they were delicious
eating, either roasted or boiled, Guapo well knew; and he was determined
that some of them should be served at supper.  But how were they to be
reached?  No man could climb such a tree as they grew upon!  The needles
would have torn the flesh from any one who should have attempted it.

Guapo knew this.  He knew, moreover, that the Indians, who are very fond
of the fruit of this tree,--so much so that they plant large _palmares_
of it around their villages--have a way of climbing it to get at the
ripe clusters.  They tie cross pieces of wood from one tree to the
other, and thus make a sort of step-ladder, by which they ascend to the
fruit.  It is true, they might easily cut down the trees, as the trunks
are not very thick; but that would be killing the goose that gave the
golden eggs.  Guapo, however, had no farther interest in this wild
orchard than to make it serve his turn for that one night; so, laying
his axe to one of the "pupunhas," he soon levelled its majestic stem to
the ground.  Nothing more remained than to lop off the clusters, any one
of which was as much as Leon could lift from the ground.  Guapo found
the wood hard enough even in its green state, but when old it becomes
black, and is then so hard that it will turn the edge of an axe.  There
is, perhaps, no wood in all South America harder than that of the
pirijao palm.

It is with the needle-like spines of this species that many tribes of
Indians puncture their skins in tattooing themselves, and other uses are
made by them of different parts of this noble tree.  The macaws,
parrots, and other fruit-eating birds, are fonder of the nuts of the
pupunha than perhaps any other species; and so, too, would be the
fruit-eating quadrupeds if they could get at them.  But the thorny trunk
renders them quite inaccessible to all creatures without wings,
excepting man himself.  No; there is one other exception, and that is a
creature closely allied to man, I mean the _monkey_.  Notwithstanding
the thorny stem, which even man cannot scale without a contrivance;
notwithstanding the apparently inaccessible clusters--inaccessible from
their great height--there is a species of monkey that manages now and
then to get a meal of them.  How do these monkeys manage it?  Not by
climbing the stem, for the thorns are too sharp even for them.  How
then?  Do the nuts fall to the ground and allow the monkeys to gather
them?  No.  This is not the case.  How then?  We shall see!

Guapo and Leon had returned to the camp, taking with them the pupunha
fruit and the firewood.  A fire was kindled, the cooking-pot hung over
it on a tripod, and they all sat around to wait for its boiling.

While thus seated, an unusual noise reached their ears coming from the
woods.  There were parrots and macaws among the palms making noise
enough, and fluttering about, but it was not these.  The noise that had
arrested the attention of our travellers was a mixture of screaming, and
chattering, and howling, and barking, as if there were fifty sorts of
creatures at the making of it.  The bushes, too, were heard "switching
about," and now and then a dead branch would crack, as if snapped
suddenly.  To a stranger in these woods such a blending of sounds would
have appeared very mysterious and inexplicable.  Not so to our party.
They knew it was only a troop of monkeys passing along upon one of their
journeys.  From their peculiar cries, Guapo knew what kind of monkeys
they were.

"_Marimondas_," he said.

The marimondas are not true "howlers," although they are of the same
tribe as the "howling monkeys" (_Stentor_).  They belong to the genus
_Ateles_, so called because they want the thumb, and are therefore
_imperfect_ or _unfinished_ as regards the hands.  But what the ateles
want in hands is supplied by another member--the tail, and this they
have to all perfection.  It is to them a fifth hand, and apparently more
useful than the other four.  It assists them very materially in
travelling through the tree-tops.  They use it to bring objects nearer
them.  They use it to suspend themselves in a state of repose, and thus
suspended, they sleep--nay more, thus suspended, they often die!  Of all
the monkey tribe the ateles are those that have most prehensile power in
their tails.

There are several species of them known--the coaita, the white-faced,
the black cayou, the beelzebub, the chamek, the black-handed, and the
marimonda.  The habits of all are very similar, though the species
differ in size and colour.

The marimonda is one of the largest of South American monkeys, being
about three feet standing upon its hind-legs, with a tail of immense
length, thick and strong near the root, and tapering to a point.  On its
under side, for the last foot or so from the end, there is no hair, but
a callous skin, and this is the part used for holding on to the
branches.  The marimonda is far from being a handsome monkey.  Its long,
thin arms and thumb-less hands give it an attenuated appearance, which
is not relieved by the immense disproportioned tail.  It is reddish, or
of a parched coffee colour, on the upper part of the body, which becomes
blanched on the throat, belly, and insides of the thighs.  Its colour,
in fact, is somewhat of the hue of the half-blood Indian and Negro,--
hence the marimonda is known in some parts of Spanish America by the
name of "mono zambo," or "zambo" monkey--a "zambo" being the descendant
of Indian and Negro parents.

The noise made by the marimondas which had been heard by our party
seemed to proceed from the bank of the river, some distance above the
promontory; but it was evidently growing louder every minute, and they
judged that the monkeys were approaching.

In a few minutes they appeared in sight, passing along the upper part of
a grove of trees that stood close to the water.  Our travellers had now
an excellent view of them, and they sat watching them with interest.
Their mode of progression was extremely curious.  They never came to the
ground, but where the branches interlocked they ran from one to the
other with the lightning speed of squirrels, or, indeed, like birds upon
the wing.  Sometimes, however, the boughs stood far apart.  Then the
marimonda, running out as far as the branch would bear him, would warp a
few inches of his tail around it and spring off into the air.  In the
spring he would give himself such an impetus as would cause the branch
to revolve, and his body following this circular motion, with the long
thin arms thrown out in front, he would grasp the first branch that he
could reach.  This, of course, would land him on a new tree, and over
that he would soon spring to the next.

Among the troop several females were perceived with their young.  The
latter were carried on the backs of the mothers, where they held on by
means of their own little tails, feeling perfectly secure.  Sometimes
the mothers would dismount them, and cause them to swing themselves from
branch to branch, going before to show them the way.  This was witnessed
repeatedly.  In other places, where the intervening space was too wide
for the females with their young to pass over, the males could be seen
bending down a branch of the opposite tree, so as to bring it nearer,
and assist them in crossing.  All these movements were performed amidst
a constant gabble of conversation, and shouting, and chattering, and the
noise of branches springing back to their places.

The grove through which the troop was passing ended just by the edge of
the promontory.  The palm-trees succeeded, with some trees of large size
that grew over them.

The marimondas at length reached the margin of the grove, and then they
were all seen to stop, most of them throwing themselves, heads down, and
hanging only by their tails.  This is the position in which they find
themselves best prepared for any immediate action; and it is into this
attitude they throw themselves when suddenly alarmed.  They remained so
for some minutes; and from the chattering carried on among them, it was
evident that they were engaged in deliberation.  A loud and general
scream proclaimed the result; and all of them, at one and the same
instant, dropped down to the ground, and were seen crossing over among
the palm-trees.

They had to pass over a piece of open ground with only some weeds upon
it; but their helplessness on the ground was at once apparent.  They
could not place their palms on the surface, but doubled them up and
walked, as it were, on the backs of their hands in the most awkward
manner.  Every now and again, they flung out their great tails, in hopes
of grasping something that would help them along; and even a large weed
was a welcome support to them.  On the ground they were evidently "out
of their element."  In fact, the _ateles_ rarely descend from the trees,
which are their natural _habitat_.

At length they reached the palms; and, seated in various attitudes,
looked up at the tempting fruit, all the while chattering away.  How
were they to reach it?  Not a tree that was not covered with long
needles--not a bunch of the luscious fruit that was not far above the
height of the tallest marimonda!  How were they to get at it?--that was
the question.  It might have been a puzzling question to so many boys--
to the monkeys it was not; for in less than a score of seconds they had
settled it in their minds how the pupunhas were to be plucked.

Rising high over the palms grew a large tree, with long out-reaching
branches.  It was the "zamang" tree--a species of _mimosa_, and one of
the most beautiful trees of South America.  Its trunk rose full seventy
feet without a branch; and then it spread out in every direction in
numerous horizontal limbs, that forked and forked again until they
became slender boughs.  Those branches were clad with the delicate
pinnate leaves that characterise the family of the mimosas.

Many of the pupunha palms grew under the shadow of this zamang, but not
the tallest ones.  These were farther out.  There were some, however,
whose tufted crowns reached within a few yards of the lower limbs of the
mimosa.

The monkeys, after a short consultation, were seen scampering up the
zamang.  Only some of the old and strong ones went--the rest remained
watching below.

From the earnestness of their looks it was evident they felt a lively
interest in the result.  So, too, did the party of travellers; for these
watched so closely, that the pot was in danger of boiling over.

The marimondas, having climbed the trunk, ran out upon the lowermost
limbs, until they were directly above the palms.  Then one or two were
seen to drop off, and hang down by their tails.  But, although, with
their fore-arms at full stretch, they hung nearly five feet from the
branch, they could not even touch the highest fronds of the palms, much
less the fruit-clusters that were ten or twelve feet farther down.  They
made repeated attempts; suspending themselves over the very tallest
palms, but all to no purpose.

One would have supposed they would have given it up as a bad job.  So
thought Dona Isidora, Leon, and the little Leona.  Don Pablo knew better
by his reading, and Guapo by his experience.  Whey they saw that no one
of them could reach the nuts, several were seen to get together on one
of the branches.  After a moment one dropped down head-foremost as
before, and hung at his full length.  Another ran down the body of this
one, and taking a turn of his tail round his neck and fore-arm, skipped
off and also hung head downwards.  A third joined himself on to the
second in a similar manner, and then a fourth.  The fore-arms of the
fourth rested upon the fruit-cluster of the pupunha!

The chain was now long enough for the purpose.  In a few minutes the
last monkey on the chain, with his teeth and hands, had separated the
foot-stalk of the spathes, and the great clusters--two of them there
were--fell heavily to the bottom of the tree.  The marimondas on the
ground ran forward; and, in the midst of loud rejoicings, began to pull
off the "peaches" and devour them.  But the monkeys above did not cease
their labours.  There were many mouths to feed, and they wanted more
nuts.  Without changing their position, they, by means of their arms and
legs, threw themselves into a vibrating motion, and by this means the
last on the string soon seized upon another pupunha, and also detached
its fruit.  In this way they continued, until they had stripped every
tree within their reach; when, judging they had got enough, the
lowermost monkey _climbed back upon himself_, then up his companions to
the branch, and in the same style was followed by the other three in
succession.  As soon as they were clear of one another, the whole party
tame down by the trunk to the ground, and joined their comrades below in
the luxurious repast.



CHAPTER THIRTY SIX.

THE MONKEY MOTHER.

Now you will, perhaps, imagine that Guapo, having sat so quiet during
all this scene, had no desire for a bit of roast-monkey to supper.  In
that fancy, then, you would be quite astray from the truth.  Guapo had a
_strong_ desire to eat roast marimonda that very night; and, had he not
been held back by Don Pablo, he would never have allowed the monkeys to
get quietly out of the zamang--for it being an isolated tree, it would
have afforded him a capital opportunity of "treeing" them.  His blow-gun
had been causing his fingers to itch all the time; and as soon as Don
Pablo and the rest were satisfied with observing the monkeys, Guapo set
out, blow-gun in hand, followed by Leon.

There was no cover by which he might approach the group; and, therefore,
no course was left for him but to run up as quickly forward as possible
and take his chance of getting a shot as they made off.

This course he pursued; but, before he was within anything like fair
range, the monkeys, uttering their shrill screams, scampered over the
open ground, much faster than before, and took to the grove, from which
they had approached the spot.

Guapo followed at a slashing pace, and was soon under the trees, Leon at
his heels.  Here they were met by a shower of sticks, pieces of bark,
half-eaten "peaches," and something that was far less pleasant to their
olfactory nerves!  All these came from the tops of the trees--the very
tallest ones--to which the monkeys had retreated, and where they were
now hidden among the llianas and leaves.

You may fancy that it is easy to pursue a troop of monkeys in a forest.
But it is not easy--in most cases it is not _possible_.  The tangled
underwood below puts a stop to the chase at once, as the monkeys can
make their way through the branches above much quicker than the hunter
can through the creeping plants below.

The pursuit would have been all up with Guapo, for the marimondas had
soon got some way beyond the edge of the grove; but just as he was
turning to sulk back, his keen Indian eye caught sight of one that was
far behind the rest--so far, indeed, that it seemed determined to seek
its safety rather by hiding than by flight.  It had got under cover of a
bunch of leaves, and there it lay quiet, uttering neither sound nor
syllable.  Guapo could just see a little bit of its side, and at this in
an instant the gravatana was pointed.  Guapo's chest and cheeks were
seen to swell out to their fullest extent, and off went the arrow.  A
shriek followed--the monkey was hit--beyond a doubt.  Guapo coolly
waited the result.

A movement was visible among the leaves; the marimonda was seen to turn
and double about, and pluck something from its side; and then the broken
arrow came glancing among the twigs, and fell to the ground.  The monkey
was now perceived to be twisting and writhing upon the branches, and its
wild death-scream was answered by the voices of the others farther off.

At length its body was seen more distinctly; it no longer thought of
concealment; but lay out along the limb; and the next moment it dropped
off.  It did not fall to the ground, though.  It had no design of
gratifying its cruel destroyer to that extent.  No; it merely dropped to
the end of its tail, which, lapped over the branch, held it suspended.
A few convulsive vibrations followed, and it hung down dead!

Guapo was thinking in what way he might get it down, for he knew that,
unless he could reach it by some means, it would hang there until the
weather rotted it off, or until some preying bird or the tree-ants had
eaten it.  He thought of his axe--the tree was not a very thick one, and
it was a soft-wood tree.  It would be worth the labour of cutting it
down.

He was about turning away to get the axe, when his eye was attracted by
the motion of some object near the monkey.

"Another!" he muttered, and, sure enough, another,--a little tiny
creature,--ran out from among the leaves, and climbing down the tail and
body of the one already shot, threw its arms around her neck and whined
piteously.  It was the young one--Guapo had shot the mother!

The sight filled Leon with pity and grief; but Guapo knew nothing of
these sentiments.  He had already inserted another arrow into his
gravatana, and was raising the tube to bend it, when, all at once, there
was a loud rustling among the leaves above--a large marimonda that had
returned from the band was seen springing out upon the branch--he was
the husband and father!

He did not pause a moment.  Instinct or quick perception taught him that
the female was dead: his object was to save the young one.

He threw his long tail down, and grasping the little creature in its
firm hold, jerked it upward; and then, mounting it on his back, bore it
off among the branches!

All this passed so quickly, that Guapo had not time to deliver his
second arrow.  Guapo saw them no more.

The Indian, however, was not to be cheated out of his supper of
roast-monkey.  He walked quietly back for his axe; and bringing it up,
soon felled the tree, and took the marimonda mother with him to the
camp.

His next affair was to skin it, which he did by stripping the pelt from
the head, arms, legs, and all; so that, after being skinned, the
creature bore a most hideous resemblance to a child!

The process of cooking came next, and this Guapo made more tedious than
it might have been, as he was resolved to dress the marimonda after the
manner practised by the Indians, and which by them is esteemed the best.
He first built a little stage out of split laths of the pupunha palm.
For this a hard wood that will resist fire a long time is necessary, and
the pupunha was just the thing.  Under this stage Guapo kindled a fire
of dry wood, and upon the laths he placed his monkey in a sitting
posture, with its arms crossed in front, and its head resting upon them.
The fire was then blown upon, until it became a bright blaze, which
completely enveloped the half upright form of the monkey.  There was
plenty of smoke; but this is nothing in the eyes of a South American
Indian, many of whom prefer the "smoky flavour" in a roast monkey.

Guapo had now no more to do, but wait patiently until the body should be
reduced to a black and charred mass, for this is the condition in which
it is eaten by these strange people.  When thus cooked, the flesh
becomes so dry that it will keep for months without spoiling.

The white people who live in the _monkey countries_ eat roast monkey as
well as the Indians.  Many of them, in fact, grow very fond of it.  They
usually dress it, however, in a different manner.  They take off the
head and hands before bringing it to the table; so that the "child-like"
appearance is less perceptible.

Some species of monkeys are more delicate food than others, and there
are some kinds that _white_ monkey-eaters will not touch.

As for the Indians, it seems with them to be "all fish," etcetera; and
they devour all kinds indifferently, whether they be "howlers," or
"ateles," or "capuchins," or "ouistitis," or "sajous," or "sakis," or
whatever sort.  In fact, among many Indian tribes, monkey stands in the
same place that mutton does in England; and they consider it their
staple article of flesh-meat.  Indeed, in these parts, no other animal
is so common as the monkey; and, with the exception of birds and fish,
they have little chance of getting any other species of animal food.
The best "Southdown" would, perhaps, be as distasteful to them as monkey
meat would be to you; so here again we are met by that same eternal
proverb,--"_Chacun a son gout_."



CHAPTER THIRTY SEVEN.

AN UNEXPECTED GUEST.

Guapo sat by the fire patiently awaiting the "doing" of the marimonda.
The rest had eaten their supper, and were seated some distance apart.
They were looking out upon the broad river, and watching the movements
of the various birds.  They could see tall scarlet flamingoes on the
farther shore, and smaller birds of the ibis kind.  They could see the
"tiger crane," so called from its colour and spots resembling the
markings of the jaguar.  Among some tall canes on the banks the
"ciganos," or gipsy birds, fluttered about with their great crest,
looking like so many pheasants, but far inferior to these creatures in
their flesh.  In fact, the flesh of the "cigano" is so bitter and
disagreeable that even _Indians will not eat it_.  Sitting upon a naked
branch that projected over the water they noticed the solitary sky-blue
king-fisher (_Alcedon_).  Over the water swept the great harpy eagle--
also a fisher like his whiteheaded cousin of the North; and now and then
flocks of muscovy ducks made the air resound with their strong broad
wings.

They saw also the "boat-bill," or "crab-eater" (_Cancroma_), a curious
wading bird of the heron kind, with a large bill shaped like two boats
laid with their concave sides against each other.  This, like the
kingfisher, sat solitarily upon a projecting stump, now and then dashing
into the shallow water, and scooping up the small fishes, frogs, and
Crustacea with its huge mandibles.

Another curious bird was observed, which had something of the appearance
of the water-hen--to which kind it is also assimilated in its habits.
It was the "faithful jacana," or "chuza," as it is called in some
places.  There are several species of "jacana" in South America, and
also some species in the tropical countries of the East.  That known as
the "faithful jacana" has a body about the size of a common fowl; but
its legs and neck are longer, so that when standing it is a foot and a
half in height.  The body is of a brownish colour; and there is a crest
of twelve black feathers on the nape of the neck, three inches in
length.  At the bend of the wings there are horny spurs, half an inch
long, with which the bird can defend itself when attacked.  It is,
however, a pacific bird, and only uses them in defence.  The most
singular character of the jacana is its long toes and claws.  There are
four upon each foot: three in front, and one directed backwards, and
when standing these cover a base nearly as large as the body of the
bird; and, indeed, upon ordinary ground they interfere with the freedom
of its walking.  But these spreading feet were not designed for ordinary
ground.  They were given it to enable it to pass lightly _over_ the
leaves of water-lilies, and other yielding surfaces, through which a
narrow-footed bird would at once sink.  Of course as nature designed
them for this purpose, they answer admirably, and the jacana skims along
the surface of lily-covered ponds or streams without sinking.  From the
leaves it picks up such insects and larvae as lodge there, and which
form its principal food.

The jacana utters a singular cry when alarmed.  It remains silent during
the whole day, and also at night, unless disturbed by the approach of
some danger, when it utters its "alarm cry."  So quick is its ear, that
it can detect the least noise or rustling caused by any one approaching.
For this reason some tribes of Indians have tamed the jacana, and use
it as a sentinel or "watch-dog," to apprise them of the approach of
their enemies during the darkness of the night.  Another use is also
made of it by the Spanish-Americans.  It is tamed and allowed to go
about along with the domestic poultry.  When these are attacked by hawks
or other birds of prey, the jacana defends them with its sharp
wing-spurs, and generally succeeds in beating off the enemy.  It never
deserts the flock, but accompanies it in all its movements, and will
defend its charge with great fury and courage.

Besides the water-birds which were noticed by our travellers, many kinds
were seen by them upon the shore and fluttering among the trees.  There
were parrots in flocks, and macaws in pairs--for these birds usually go
in twos--there were trogons, and great billed toucans, and their kindred
the aracaris; and there, too, were "umbrella-chatterers," of which there
is a species quite white; and upon a fruit-covered tree, not far off,
they saw a flock of the snow-white "bell-birds" (_Casmarhynchos_).
These are about as large as blackbirds, with broad bills, from the base
of which grows a fleshy tubercle that hangs down to the length of nearly
three inches, like that of the turkey-cock.  The name of "bell-birds" is
given to them on account of the clear, bell-like ring of their note,
which they utter about the middle of the day, when most other creatures
of the tropical world are in silence or asleep.

Of course Don Pablo as a naturalist was interested in all those birds,
and observed their habits and movements with attention.  There was none
of them about which he had not some strange story to tell, and in this
way he was beguiling the after-supper hour.  It was too early for them
to go to rest--indeed it was not quite sunset; and Guapo for one had not
yet had his supper, although that meal was now very near at hand.  The
marimonda was becoming charred and black, and would soon be ready for
mastication.

Guapo sat by the fire, now and again raking up the cinders with a long
pole which he held in his hand, while his eyes from time to time rested
on the marimonda that was directly in front of him, _vis-a-vis_.

At length the monkey appeared to him to be "done to a turn," and with
his _machete_ in one hand, and a forked stick in the other, he was just
bending forward to lift it off the fire, when, to his horror, the ground
was felt to move beneath him, causing him to stagger, and almost
throwing him from his feet!  Before he could recover himself, the
surface again heaved up, and a loud report was heard, like the explosion
of some terrible engine.  Then another upheaval--another report--the
ground opened into a long fissure--the staging of palms, and the
half-burned cinders, and the charred monkey, were flung in all
directions, and Guapo himself went sprawling upon his back!

Was it an earthquake?  So thought the others, who were now on their feet
running about in great consternation--the females screaming loudly.  So,
too, thought Guapo for the moment.

Their belief in its being an earthquake, however, was of short duration.
The shocks continued; the dried mud flew about in large pieces, and the
burnt wood and splinters were showered in the air.  The smoke of these
covered the spot, and prevented a clear view; but through the smoke the
terrified spectators could perceive that some large body was in motion--
apparently struggling for life!  In another moment it broke through the
bending stratum of mud, causing a long rift, and there was displayed
before their eyes the hideous form of a gigantic crocodile!

Though not quite so terrible as an earthquake, it was a fearful monster
to behold.  It was one of the largest, being nearly twenty feet in
length, with a body thicker than that of a man.  Its immense jaws were
of themselves several feet long, and its huge tusks, plainly seen, gave
it a most frightful appearance.  Its mouth was thrown open, as though it
gasped for air, and a loud bellowing proceeded from its throat that
sounded like a cross between the grunting of a hog and the lowing of a
bull.  The air was filled with a strong musky odour, which emanated from
the body of the animal; and, what with the noise made by the crocodile
itself, the screams and shouts of the party, the yelling of the various
birds--for they, too, had taken up the cue--there was for some moments
an utter impossibility of any voice being heard above the rest.  It was,
indeed, a scene of confusion.  Don Pablo and his companions were running
to and fro--Guapo was tumbling about where he had fallen--and the great
lizard was writhing and flapping his tail, so that pots, pans,
half-burnt faggots, and even Guapo's monkey, were being knocked about in
every direction.

Of course such a violent scene could not be of long duration.  It must
end one way or the other.  Guapo, who soon came to himself, now that he
saw what it was that had pitched him over, had already conceived a plan
for terminating it.  He ran for his axe, which fortunately lay out of
the range of the crocodile's tail, and having laid his hands upon it, he
approached in a stealthy manner with the intention of striking a blow.
He directed himself towards the root of the reptile's tail, for he knew
that that was the only place where a blow of the axe would cripple it;
but, just as he was getting within reach, the crocodile suddenly shifted
himself round, making his tail fly like a piece of sprung whalebone.
Guapo leaped hastily back,--as hastily, I will make bold to say, as any
Indian of his years could have done, but not quick enough to clear
himself quite.  He wanted about eight inches; but in this case inches
were as good as miles for the crocodile's purpose, for about eight
inches of the tip of his tail came "smack" across Guapo's naked shins,
and sent the old Indian head over heels.

It was just an accident that Guapo's shanks were not broken like sticks
of sealing-wax; and had the blow been directed with the crocodile's full
force, such would have been the unhappy result.  As it was they were
only "scratched," and Guapo, leaping to his feet, ran to recover his
axe, for that weapon had flown several yards out of his hands at the
blow.

By the time he laid hold of it, however, the _saurian_ was no longer on
dry ground.  His newly-opened eyes--opened, perhaps, for the first time
for months--caught sight of the water close by, and crawling forward a
step or two, he launched his ugly, mud-bedaubed carcass into the welcome
element.  The next moment he had dived, and was out of sight.



CHAPTER THIRTY EIGHT.

THE CROCODILE AND CAPIVARAS.

Guapo was in no humour for enjoying the conversation of that evening.
The crocodile had "choused" him out of his favourite supper.  The monkey
was literally knocked to "smithereens," and the pieces that still
adhered together were daubed all over with mud.  It wasn't fit meat--
even for an Indian--and Guapo had to content himself with a dried
plantain and a stew of jerked horse-flesh.

Of course Don Pablo and the rest examined with curiosity the great hole
in the mud that had contained the crocodile.  There it had lain during
months of the dry season in a state of torpidity, and would, no doubt,
have remained still longer, but that it was aroused by the big fire that
Guapo had built over it.  The irritation produced by this had been the
cause of its sudden resurrection, for the crocodiles that thus bury
themselves usually come out after the beginning of the heavy rains.

It was a true long-snouted crocodile, as Don Pablo had observed in the
short opportunity he had had; and not an alligator--for it must be here
remarked, that the true crocodile is found in many parts of Spanish
America, and also in many of the West India Islands.  For a long time it
was believed that only alligators existed in America, and that the
crocodiles were confined to the Eastern Continent.  It is now known that
at least one species of crocodile is an American animal, and several
distinct species of alligators are inhabitants of the New World.  There
is the alligator of the Mississippi--which is the "caiman" or "cayman"
of the Spanish Americans; there is the spectacled alligator (_Alligator
sclerops_), a southern species, so called from a pair of rings around
its eyes having a resemblance to spectacles; and there is a still
smaller species called the "bava," which is found in Lake Valencia, and
in many South American rivers.  The last kind is much hunted by the
Indians, who, although they eat parts of all these creatures, are fonder
of the flesh of the bava than of any of the others.

They had not intended to keep watch this night, as the naked promontory
seemed to be a safe place to sleep upon; but now, after their adventure
with the crocodile, they changed their minds, and they resolved to mount
guard as before.  The monster might easily crawl out of the water again,
and, judging from the size of his mouth, it is not improbable to suppose
that he might have swallowed one of the smaller individuals of the party
at a single effort.  Lest he might return to use either his teeth or his
tail, the watch was set as on other nights--Leon taking the first turn,
Guapo the second, and Don Pablo sitting it out till daybreak.  The night
passed through, however, without any unusual disturbance; and although
an occasional plunge was heard in the water close by, no more was seen
of the crocodile until morning.

I have said _until_ morning--for he was seen then.  Yes! indeed.  That
beauty was not going to let them off without giving them another peep at
him--not he.

They were awake and up before day; and as the fire had been kept burning
all night, they had now nothing more to do than rake up the embers, and
hang on the coffee-kettle.  It was not yet bright day when breakfast was
already cooked, and they sat down to eat it.

While engaged in this operation, they noticed a string of flamingoes on
the muddy promontory, at the end where it joined the land.  They were
ranged in line, like soldiers, some of them balanced on one long thin
leg, as these birds do.  They appeared in the grey light to be unusually
tall; but when it became a little clearer, our travellers could perceive
that they were not upon the ground, but standing upon an old log.  This,
of course, made them look taller.  They were just in the _very_ track by
which Guapo and Leon had passed to get the wood the evening before.
Now, neither Guapo nor Leon remembered any log.  They were certain there
was none there, else they would have cut it up for fire-wood, that was a
sure thing; and it was very mysterious who could have rolled a log there
during the night!

While discussing this point it became clearer; and, to the astonishment
of all, what they had taken to be an old log turned out to be nothing
else than their old friend the crocodile!  I have said to the
astonishment of all--that is not strictly correct.  Guapo saw nothing to
astonish him in that sight.  He had witnessed a similar one many a time,
and so does every one who travels either on the Amazon or the Orinoco.

These flamingoes were perfectly safe, so far as the crocodile was
concerned, and they knew it.  As long as they kept out of the reach of
his jaws and tail, he could not hurt them.  Although he could bend
himself to either side, so as to "kiss" the tip of his own tail, he
could not reach any part of his back, exert himself as he might.  This
the flamingoes and other birds well know, and these creatures being fond
of a place to perch upon, often avail themselves of the long serrated
back of the crocodile, or the caiman.

As the day became brighter the flamingoes sat still--not appearing to be
alarmed by the movements at the camp, which was about an hundred yards
distant from their perch.  It was likely they had never been frightened
by the hunter, for these birds in districts where they are hunted are
exceedingly shy.  All at once, however, as if by a given signal, the
whole flock rose together, and flew off with loud screams.  The
crocodile, too, was seen to move, but it was not this which had scared
them off.  It was after they had gone that he had stirred himself; and,
even had it not been so, they would not have regarded his movements, as
these birds are often seen perched upon a _crawling_ crocodile!

No.  Something else had affrighted them, and that was a noise in the
bushes beyond, which was now distinctly heard at the camp.  There was a
rustling of leaves and a crackling of branches, as if more than one
creature made the noise.  So it appeared, for the next moment nearly a
score of animals dashed out of the bushes, and ran on towards the water.

These creatures were odd enough to fix the attention of the party at the
camp.  They were about the size of small hogs--very much of the same
build--and covered with a thin sandy bristly hair, just like some hogs
are.  They were not "pigheaded," however.  Their heads were exactly like
those of the grey rabbit, and instead of hoofs they were toed and
clawed.  This gave them altogether a lighter appearance than hogs, and
yet they did not run as fast, although when first noticed they appeared
to be doing their best.

Our travellers knew them at once, for they _were_ animals that are
common upon the rivers in all the warm parts of South America.  They
were "_capivaras_," or "chiguires," as they are also called.  These
creatures are peculiar to the American continent.  They are, in fact,
"guinea-pigs" on a large scale, and bear the greatest resemblance to
those well-known animals, except in size and colour; for the capivaras
are of a uniform sandy brown.  They are of the same genus as the
guinea-pigs, though the systematisers have put them into a separate one,
and have also made a third genus to suit another animal of very similar
shape and habits.  This is the "moco," which is between the guinea-pig
and capivara in size, and of a greyish olive colour.  All three are
natives of South America, and in their wild state are found only there,
though from the absurd name "guinea-pig," you may be led to think that
this little creature came originally from Africa.

The three are all "rodent" animals, and the capivara is the largest
"rodent" that is known.  It, moreover, is amphibious, quite as much so
as the tapir, and it is found only near the banks of rivers.  It is more
at home in the water than on dry land, or perhaps it has more numerous
enemies on land; though, poor, persecuted creature! it is not without
some in either element, as will be seen by what follows.

The drove of capivaras counted nearly a score, and they were making for
the water as fast as their legs could carry them.  The crocodile lay
directly across their path, but their black eyes, large and prominent,
seemed to be occupied with something behind; and they had run up almost
against the body of the reptile before they saw it.  Uttering a sort of
squeak they made a half-pause.  Some sprang up and leaped over--others
attempted to go round.  All succeeded except one; but the crocodile, on
seeing their approach--no doubt it was for this he had been in wait all
the morning--had thrown himself into the form of a half-moon; and as
they passed he let fly at them.  His powerful tail came "flap" against
the nearest, and it was pitched several yards, where, after a kick or
two, it lay upon its side as dead as a herring, a door-nail, or even
Julius Caesar--take your choice.



CHAPTER THIRTY NINE.

FIGHT OF THE JAGUAR AND CROCODILE.

The chiguires that escaped past the crocodile, the next instant plunged
into the river, and disappeared under the water.  They would come to the
surface for breath in ten or twelve minutes, but at such a distance off
that they needed no longer fear pursuit from the same enemy.

Our travellers took no notice of them from the moment they were fairly
out of the bushes.  They saw that the crocodile had knocked one of them
over; but the eyes of Guapo and Don Pablo were directed upon a different
place--the point at which the chiguires had sallied out of the
underwood.  These knew that the animals had not issued forth in their
natural way, as if they were going to the stream to drink, or in search
of food.  No--quite different.  Their bristles were erect--they were
excited--they were terrified--beyond a doubt they were pursued!

Who or what was their pursuer?  It might be an ocelot, or the
yaguarundi, or some one of the smaller cats; for many of these prey on
the defenceless capivara.  It _might_ be one of these, thought Don Pablo
and Guapo; but what if it was not?  What else could it be?  What else?
_The jaguar_!

It _was_ the jaguar!  As they stood gazing with looks full of
apprehension, the leaves of the underwood were seen to move, and then a
beautiful but terrible object, the spotted head of a jaguar, was thrust
forth.  It remained a moment as if reconnoitring, and then the whole
body, bright and glistening, glided clear of the leaves, and stood
boldly out in front of the underwood.  Here it halted another moment--
only a moment.  The crocodile had turned itself, and was about closing
its jaws upon the body of the chiguire, when the jaguar seeing this,
uttered a loud scream, and making one bound forward, seized the dead
animal almost at the same instant.

They were now face to face,--the great lizard and the great cat; and
their common prey was between them.  Each had a firm hold with his
powerful jaws, and each appeared determined to keep what he had got.
The yellow eyes of the jaguar seemed to flash fire, and the black sunken
orbs of the saurian glared with a lurid and deadly light.  It was a
terrible picture to look upon.

For some seconds both remained apparently gazing into each other's eyes,
and firmly holding the prey between them.  The tail of the jaguar
vibrated in sudden angry jerks, while that of the crocodile lay bent
into a semicircle, as if ready to be sprung at a moment's notice.

This inaction did not last long.  The fury of the jaguar was evidently
on the increase.  He was indignant that he, the king of the American
forest, should thus meet with opposition to his will; and, indeed, the
crocodile was about the only creature in all the wide Montana that dare
oppose him in open fight.  But he was determined to conquer even this
enemy, and for that purpose he prepared himself.

Still holding on to the capivara, and watching his opportunity, he
sprang suddenly forward, throwing one of his great paws far in advance.
His object was to _claw the eye_ of his adversary; for he well knew that
the latter was vulnerable neither upon its long snout, nor its gaunt
jaws, nor even upon the tough scaly skin of its throat.  Its eyes alone
could be injured, and these were the objects of the jaguar's attack.

The thrust was a failure.  The crocodile had anticipated such a
manoeuvre, and suddenly raising himself on his fore-legs, threw up one
of his great scaly hands and warded off the blow.  The jaguar fearing to
be clutched between the strong fore-arms of the saurian, drew back to
his former position.

This manoeuvre, and its counter-manoeuvre, were repeated several times,
and although each time the struggle lasted a little longer than before,
and there was a good deal of lashing of tails and tearing of teeth, and
scratching of claws, still neither of the combatants seemed to gain any
great advantage.  Both were now at the height of their fury, and a third
enemy approaching the spot would not have been heeded by either.

From the first the head of the crocodile had been turned to the water,
from which he was not distant over ten feet.  He had, in fact, been
carrying his prey towards it when he was interrupted by the attack of
the jaguar; and now at every fresh opportunity he was pushing on, bit by
bit, in that direction.  He knew that in his own proper element he would
be more than a match for his spotted assailant, and no doubt he might
have escaped from the contest by surrendering his prey.  Had he been a
smaller crocodile he would have been only too glad to have done so; but
trusting to his size and strength, and perhaps not a little to the
justice of his cause, he was determined not to go without taking the
capivara along with him.

The jaguar, on the other hand, was just as determined he should not.  He
too, had some rights.  The capivara would not have been killed so
easily, had he not frightened it from behind; besides, the crocodile was
out of his element.  He was poaching on the domain of the forest
monarch.

Bit by bit, the crocodile was gaining ground--at each fresh pause in the
struggle he was forging forward, pushing the chiguire before him, and of
course causing his antagonist to make ground backwards.

The jaguar at length felt his hind-feet in the water; and this seemed to
act upon him like a shock of electricity.  All at once he let go his
hold of the capivara, ran a few feet forward, and then flattening his
body along the ground, prepared himself for a mighty spring.  Before a
second had passed, he launched his body high into the air, and descended
upon the back of the crocodile just over his fore-shoulders!  He did not
settle there, but ran nimbly down the back of the saurian towards its
hinder part, and his claws could be heard rattling against its scaly
skin.  In a moment more he was seen close-squatted along the crocodile's
body, and with his teeth tearing fiercely at the root of its tail.  He
knew that after the eyes this was the most vulnerable part of his
antagonist, and if he had been allowed but a few minutes' time, he would
soon have disabled the crocodile; for to have seriously wounded the root
of his tail, would have been to have destroyed his essential weapon of
offence.

The jaguar would have succeeded had the encounter occurred only a dozen
yards farther from the water.  But the crocodile was close to the
river's edge, and perceiving the advantage against him, and that there
was no hope of dismounting his adversary, he dropped the capivara, and
crawling forward, plunged into the water.  When fairly launched, he shot
out from the shore like an arrow, carrying the jaguar along, and the
next moment he had dived to the depth of the stream.  The water was
lashed into foam by the blows of his feet and tail; but in the midst of
the froth, the yellow body of the jaguar was seen rising to the surface,
and after turning once or twice, as if searching for his hated enemy,
the creature headed for the bank and climbed out.  He stood for a moment
looking back into the stream.  He appeared less cowed than angry and
disappointed.  He seemed to vow a future revenge; and then seizing the
half-torn carcass of the capivara, he threw it lightly over his shoulder
and trotted off into the thicket.

Our travellers had not watched this scene either closely or
continuously.  They had been too busy all the time.  From its
commencement they had been doing all in their power to get away from the
spot; for they dreaded lest the jaguar might either first overpower the
crocodile and then attack them, or being beaten off by the latter, might
take it into his head to revenge himself by killing whatever he could.
With these apprehensions, therefore, they had hastily carried everything
aboard, and drawing in their cable, pushed the balza from the shore.
When the fight came to an end, they had got fairly into the current, and
just as the jaguar disappeared, the raft was gliding swiftly down the
broad and rippling stream.



CHAPTER FORTY.

ADVENTURE WITH AN ANACONDA.

For several days they voyaged down-stream, without any occurrence of
particular interest.  Once or twice they saw Indians upon the shore; but
these, instead of putting off in their canoes, seemed frightened at so
large a craft, and remained by their "maloccas," or great
village-houses, in each of which several families live together.  Not
caring to have any dealings with them, our travellers were only too glad
to get past without molestation; and, therefore, when they passed any
place where they thought they observed the signs of Indians on the bank,
they kept on for hours after, without stopping.

A curious incident occurred one evening as they were bringing the balza
to her moorings, which compelled them to drop a little farther
down-stream, and, in fact, almost obliged them to float all night, which
would have been a dangerous matter, as the current at the place happened
to be sharp and rapid.

They had been on the look-out for some time for a good camping-place, as
it was their usual hour to stop.  No opening, however, appeared for
several miles.  The banks on both sides were thickly-wooded to the
river's edge, and the branches of the trees even drooped into the water.
At length they came in sight of a natural raft that had been formed by
drift-wood in a bend of the stream; and as the logs lay thickly
together, and even piled upon each other, it appeared an excellent place
to encamp on.  It was, at all events, better than to attempt to
penetrate the thick jungles which met them everywhere else; and so the
balza was directed towards the raft, and soon floated alongside it.

They had already got ashore on the raft, which was dry and firm, and
would have served their purpose well enough; when, all at once, Guapo
was heard uttering one of those exclamations, which showed that all was
not right.  The rest looked towards him for an explanation.  He was
standing by the edge of the floating timber, just where the balza
touched it, with his arms stretched out in an attitude that betokened
trouble.  They all ran up.  They saw what was the matter at a glance.
Thousands of red ants were climbing from the raft to the balza!
Thousands,--nay, it would be nearer the truth to say millions!

At one glance Don Pablo saw that it would be a terrible calamity, should
these creatures gain a lodgment on the balza.  Not only were they the
dreaded stinging ants, but in a short time nothing on board would be
left.  In a few hours they would have eaten all his stores,--his bark,
his vanilla, and his roots.  Already quite a number had got upon the
canoe, and were crossing it toward the body of the balza.

Without saying another word, he ordered all to get on board as quickly
as possible, each taking some utensil that had already been carried on
shore.  He and Guapo flew to the poles; and, having hastily unfastened
and drawn in the cable, they pushed the balza out into the stream.  Then
while Guapo managed the great oar, Don Pablo, assisted by Leon and by
Dona Isidora, went to work with scoops and pails, dashing water upon the
ants; until every one of them had disappeared, drowned in the canoe or
washed off into the river.  Fortunate for them, they had observed this
strange enemy in time.  Had they not done so--in other words, had they
gone to sleep, leaving the balza where it was during the night--they
would have awakened in the morning to find their stores completely
destroyed, their labour of a year brought to nothing in the space of a
single night.  This is no uncommon occurrence to the merchant or the
colonist of tropical America.

They had made a narrow escape, but a fortunate one.  They were not
without their troubles, however.  No open ground could be found for
miles below; and, as it was growing dark, they approached the
thickly-wooded bank; and, after a good deal of scratching among the
branches, at length succeeded in making the cable fast to a tree.  The
balza then swung round, and floated at the end of the cable, half of it
being buried under the long hanging branches.

They spent their night on board, for it was no use attempting to get on
shore through the underwood; and even if they had, they could not have
encamped very comfortably in a thicket.  On the other hand, the balza
did not afford the best accommodation for sleeping.  The little "toldo,"
or cabin, was not large enough to swing a hammock in.  It would only
contain a few persons seated close together; and it had been built more
for the purpose of keeping the sun off during the hot hours of the day
than for sleeping in.  The rest of the balza was occupied with the
freight; and this was so arranged with sloping sides, thatched with the
bussu-leaves, that there was no level place where one could repose upon
it.  The night, therefore, was passed without very much sleep having
been obtained by any one of the party.  Of course, the moment the first
streaks of day began to appear along the Eastern sky, they were all
awake and ready to leave their disagreeable anchorage.

As they were making preparations to untie the cable, they noticed that
just below where the balza lay, a horizontal limb stretched far out over
the river.  It was the lowermost limb of a large zamang-tree, that stood
on the bank close to the edge of the water.  It was not near the
surface, but a good many feet above.  Still it was not certain that it
was high enough for the roof of the toldo to clear it.  That was an
important question; for although the current was not very rapid just
there, it was sufficiently so to carry the balza under this branch
before they could push it out into the stream.  Once the cable was let
go, they must inevitably pass under the limb of the zamang; and if that
caught the toldo, it would sweep off the frail roof like so much
spider's-web.  This would be a serious damage; and one to be avoided, if
possible.

Don Pablo and Guapo went to the end of the balza nearest the branch, and
stood for some time surveying it.  It was about eight or ten yards
distant; but in the grey dawn they could not judge correctly of its
height, and they waited till it grew a little clearer.  At length they
came to the conclusion that the branch was high enough.  The long
pendulous leaves--characteristic of this great _mimosa_--and the
drooping branchlets hung down much below the main shaft; but these, even
if they touched the roof, would do no injury.  It was, therefore,
determined to let go the cable.

It was now clear day, for they had been delayed a good while; but at
length all was ready, and Guapo untied the cable, and drew the end on
board.  The balza began to move; slowly at first, for the current under
the bushes was very slight.

All at once the attention of the voyagers was called to the strange
conduct of the pet monkey.  That little creature was running to and fro,
first upon the roof of the toldo, then down again, all the while
uttering the most piercing shrieks as if something was biting off its
tail!  It was observed to look forward and upward toward the branch of
the zamang, as if the object it dreaded was in that quarter.  The eyes
of all were suddenly bent in the same direction.  What was their horror
on beholding, stretched along the branch, the hideous body of an
enormous serpent!  Only part of it could be seen; the hinder half and
the tail were hidden among the bromelias and vines that in huge masses
clustered around the trunk of the zamang, and the head was among the
leaflets of the mimosa; but what they saw was enough to convince them
that it was a snake of the largest size--the great "_water-boa_"--the
_anaconda_!

That part of the body in sight was full as thick as a man's thigh, and
covered with black spots or blotches upon a ground of dingy yellow.  It
was seen to glisten as the animal moved, for the latter was in motion,
crawling along the branch _outward_!  The next moment its head appeared
under the pendulous leaves; and its long forking tongue, protruding
several inches from its mouth, seemed to feel the air in front of it.
This tongue kept playing backwards and forwards, and its viscid covering
glittered under the sunbeam, adding to the hideous appearance of the
monster.

To escape from passing within its reach would be impossible.  The balza
was gliding directly under it!  It could launch itself aboard at will.
It could seize upon any one of the party without coming from the branch.
It could coil its body around them, and crush them with the
constricting power of its muscles.  It could do all this; for it had
crushed before now the tapir, the roebuck, perhaps even the jaguar
himself.

All on board the boat knew its dangerous power too well; and, of course,
terror was visible in every countenance.

Don Pablo seized the axe, and Guapo laid hold of his _machete_.  Dona
Isidora, Leon, and the little Leona, were standing--fortunately they
were--by the door of the toldo; and, in obedience to the cries and
hurried gestures of Don Pablo and the Indian, they rushed in and flung
themselves down.  They had scarcely disappeared inside, when the forward
part of the balza upon which stood Don Pablo and Guapo, came close to
the branch, and the head of the serpent was on a level with their own.
Both aimed their blows almost at the same instant; but their footing was
unsteady, the boa drew back at the moment, and both missed their aim.
The next moment the current had carried them out of reach, and they had
no opportunity of striking a second blow.

The moment they had passed the hideous head again dropped down, and hung
directly over, as if waiting.  It was a moment of intense anxiety to Don
Pablo.  His wife and children!  Would it select one as its victim, and
leave the others? or--

He had but little time for reflection.  Already the head of the snake
was within three feet of the toldo door.  Its eyes were glaring--it was
about to dart down.

"Oh, God, have mercy!" exclaimed Don Pablo, falling upon his knees.
"Oh, God!"

At that moment a loud scream was heard.  It came from the toldo; and, at
the same instant, the saimiri was seen leaping out from the door.  Along
with the rest, it had taken shelter within; but just as the head of the
snake came in sight, a fresh panic seemed to seize upon it; and, as if
under the influence of fascination, it leaped screaming in the direction
of the terrible object.  It was met halfway.  The wide jaws closed upon
it, its shrieks were stifled, and the next moment its silken body, along
with the head of the anaconda, disappeared among the leaves of the
mimosa.  Another moment passed, and the balza swept clear of the branch,
and floated triumphantly into the open water.

Don Pablo sprang to his feet, ran into the toldo, and, after embracing
his wife and children, knelt down and offered thanks to God for their
almost miraculous deliverance.



CHAPTER FORTY ONE.

A BATCH OF CURIOUS TREES.

Of course the escape from danger so imminent, after the first moments
were over, produced a sort of reaction in the feelings of all, and they
were now rather joyous than otherwise.  But with all there was a mixture
of regret when they thought of the fate of little "titi."  It had been
their only pet, and had grown to be such a favourite that its loss was
now mourned by every one, and its absence caused them to feel as though
one of the company had been left behind.  Several times during that day
poor "titi" was the subject of conversation; indeed, they could hardly
talk about anything else.  Little Leona was quite inconsolable; for the
pretty creature had loved Leona, and used to perch on her shoulder by
the hour, and draw her silken ringlets through its tiny hand, and place
its dainty little nose against the rich velvet of her cheek, and play
off all sorts of antics with her ears.  Many an hour did "titi" and
Leona spend together.  No wonder that the creature was missed.

During the whole of that day they travelled through a country covered
with dense forest.  The river was a full half-mile wide, but sometimes
there were islands, and then the current became narrowed on each side,
so that in passing, the balza almost touched the trees on one side or
the other.  They saw many kinds of trees growing together, and rarely a
large tract covered with any one species of timber, for this, as already
remarked, is a peculiarity of the Amazon forests.  Many new and curious
trees were noticed, of which Don Pablo gave short botanical descriptions
to the others, partly to instruct them, and partly to while away the
hours.  Guapo, at the rudder, listened to these learned lectures, and
sometimes added some information of his own about the properties of the
trees, and the uses to which they were put by the Indians.  This is what
is termed the popular part of the science of botany, and, perhaps, it is
more important than the mere classification of genera and species, which
is usually all the information that you get from the learned and
systematic botanists.

Among the trees passed to-day was one called the "volador"
(_gyrocarpus_).  This is a large forest tree, with lobed leaves, of a
heart-shape.  But it is the seeds which are curious, and which give to
the tree the odd name of "volador," or "flier."  These seeds have each a
pair of membranaceous and striated wings, which, when the seeds fall,
are turned to meet the air at an angle of 45 degrees; and thus a
rotatory motion is produced, and the falling seeds turn round and round
like little fly-wheels.  It is altogether a curious sight when a large
volador is shaken in calm weather, to see the hundreds of seeds whirling
and wheeling towards the ground, which they take a considerable time in
reaching.  The volador is not confined to South America, I have seen it
in Mexico, and other parts of North America.

Another singular tree noticed was a tree of the barberry family
(_berberis_), known among the Spanish-Americans as _barba de tigre_, or
"tiger's beard."  This name it derives from the fact of its trunk--which
is very large and high--being thickly set all over with sharp, branching
thorns, that are fancied to resemble the whiskers of the jaguar, or
South American "tiger."

A third remarkable tree (or bush) observed was the _Bixa orellana_,
which yields the well-known _arnatto_ dye.  This bush is ten or twelve
feet in height, and its seeds grow in a burr-like pericarp.  These seeds
are covered with a reddish pulp, which produces the dye.  The mode of
making it is simple.  The Indian women throw the seeds into a vessel of
hot water, and stir them violently for about an hour, until they have
taken off the pulp.  The water is then poured off, and the deposit,
separated from the seeds, is mixed with oil of turtle-eggs, or crocodile
fat, and kneaded into cakes of three or four ounces weight.  It is then
"anoto," sometimes written "arnatto," sometimes "arnotto," sometimes
"onoto," and sometimes "anato."  The first is the proper spelling.  In
Brazil it is called "urucu," whence the French name "rocou;" and the
Peruvians have still another designation for it, "achote."  Of course
each tribe of Indians calls it by a separate name.  The botanic name,
_Bixa_, is the ancient name by which it was known to the Indians of
Hayti, for it is found in most parts of tropical America growing wild,
although it is also cultivated.  It is an article in great demand among
all the Indians of South America, who use it for painting their bodies,
and dyeing the cotton cloth of which they make their garments.

But these people are very skilful in drawing pigments from plants and
trees of many kinds; in fact, their practical chemistry, so far as it
relates to dyes and poisons, is quite surprising, and from time to time
Guapo pointed out trees that were used by them for such purposes.

One was a climbing plant, whose tendrils reached to the tops of the
highest trees.  It had beautiful violet-coloured flowers, an inch long,
and Don Pablo saw that it was a species of _bignonia_.  Guapo called it
"chica."  When in fruit it carries a pod two feet in length, full of
winged seeds.  But Guapo said it was not from the seeds that the dye was
obtained, but from the leaves, which turn red when macerated in water.
The colouring matter comes out of the leaves in the form of a light
powder, and is then shaped into cakes, which sell among the Indians for
the value of a dollar each.  This colour has a tinge of lake in it, and
is prized even more highly than the anoto.  Indeed, red dyes among all
savage nations seem to hold a higher value than those of any other
colour.

Another dye-tree was the "huitoc."  This one is a slender tree, about
twenty feet high, with broad leaves shooting out from the stem, and nuts
growing at their bases, after the manner of the bread-fruit.  These nuts
resemble black walnuts, and are of a russet colour outside; but the pulp
inside, which produces the huitoc, is of a dark blue, or purple tint.

The "wild indigo tree," was also seen growing in the woods, with a leaf
narrow at the base, and broad at the extremity.  With these and many
other dyes the Indians of the Montana paint their bodies in fantastic
modes.  So much are they addicted to these customs, that, among the
Indians who labour at the missions, some have been known to work nearly
a month to procure paint enough to give their body a single coat, and
the missionaries have made a merchandise of this gigantic folly.  But
the paint is not always to be looked upon in the light of a mere folly,
or vanity.  Sometimes it is used to keep off the "zancudos," or
mosquitoes, so numerous and annoying in these regions.

Another singular tree was observed, which Guapo called the "marima," or
"shirt-tree."  The use of this he explained.  The tree stands fifty or
sixty feet high, with a diameter of from two to three.  When they find
them of this size, the Indians cut them down, and then separate the
trunk into pieces of about three feet long.  From these pieces they
strip the bark, but without making any longitudinal incision, so that
the piece of bark when taken off is a hollow cylinder.  It is thin and
fibrous, of a red colour, and looks like a piece of coarsely-woven
sack-cloth.  With this the shirt is made, simply by cutting two holes in
the sides to admit the arms, and the body being passed into it, it is
worn in time of rain.  Hence the saying of the old missionaries, that in
the "forests of America garments were found ready-made on the trees."

Many other trees were noticed valuable for their fruits, or leaves, or
bark, or roots, or their wood.  There was the well-known "seringa," or
India-rubber tree; the great courbaril, the "dragon's-blood" tree, not
that celebrated tree of the East (_Draccena_), but one of a different
genus (_Crotori_), from whose white bark flows a red blood-like juice.

They saw, also, a species of cinnamon-tree (_Laurus cinnamonoides_),
though not the cinnamon of commerce; the large tree that bears the
Brazilian nutmeg (the Puxiri); and that one, also, a large forest tree,
that bears the nuts known as "Tonka beans," and which are used in the
flavouring of snuff.

But of all the trees which our travellers saw on that day, none made
such an impression upon them as the "juvia," or Brazil-nut tree
(_Bertholletia excelsa_).  This tree is not one with a thick trunk; in
fact, the largest ones are not three feet in diameter, but it rises to a
height of 120 feet.  Its trunk is branchless for more than half that
height, and the branches then spread out and droop, like the fronds of
the palm.  They are naked near their bases, but loaded towards the top
with tufts of silvery green leaves, each two feet in length.  The tree
does not blossom until its fifteenth year, and then it bears
violet-coloured flowers; although there is another species, the
"sapucaya," which has yellow ones.  But it is neither the trunk, nor the
branches, nor the leaves, nor yet the flowers of this tree, that render
it such an object of curiosity.  It is the great woody and spherical
pericarps that contain the nuts or fruits that are wonderful.  These are
often as large as the head of a child, and as hard as the shell of the
cocoa-nut!  Inside is found a large number--twenty or more--of those
triangular-shaped nuts which you may buy at any Italian warehouse under
the name of "Brazil-nuts."



CHAPTER FORTY TWO.

THE FOREST FESTIVAL.

In consequence of their having rested but poorly on the preceding night,
it was determined that they should land at an early hour; and this they
did, choosing an open place on the shore.  It was a very pretty spot,
and they could see that the woods in the background were comparatively
open, as though there were some meadows or prairies between.  These
openings, however, had been caused by fire.  There had been a growth of
cane.  It had been burned off and as yet was not grown up again, though
the young reeds were making their appearance like a field of green
wheat.  Some places, and especially near the river, the ground was still
bare.  This change in the landscape was quite agreeable to our
travellers; so much so, that they resolved to exercise their limbs by
taking a short stroll; and, having finished their late dinner they set
out.  They all went together, leaving the balza and camp to take care of
themselves.

After walking a few hundred yards their ears were assailed by a confused
noise, as if all the animals in the forest had met and were holding a
_conversazione_.  Some low bushes prevented them from seeing what it
meant, but on pushing their way through, they saw whence and from what
sort of creatures the noise proceeded.

Standing out in the open ground was a large and tall juvia-tree.  Its
spreading branches were loaded with great globes as big as human heads--
each one, of course, full of delicious nuts.  These were now ripe, and
some of them had already fallen to the ground.

Upon the ground an odd scene presented itself to the eyes of our
travellers.  Between birds and animals assembled there, there were not
less than a dozen kinds, all as busy as they could be.

First, then, there were animals of the rodent kind.  These were pacas
(_Coelogenus paca_), agoutis (_Chloromys_), and capivaras.  The pacas
were creatures a little larger than hares, and not unlike them, except
that their ears were shorter.  They were whitish on the under parts, but
above were of a dark brown colour, with rows of white spots along each
side.  They had whiskers like the cat, consisting of long white
bristles; and their tails, like those of hares, were scarcely visible.
The agoutis bore a considerable resemblance to the pacas.  Like these,
they are also rodent animals, but less in size; and instead of being
spotted, they are of a nearly uniform dark colour mixed with reddish
brown.  Both pacas and agoutis are found in most parts of tropical
America.  There are several species of each, and with the chinchillas
and viscachas already described, they occupy the place in those regions
that the hares and rabbits do in northern climates.  Indeed, European
settlers usually know them by the names of hare or rabbit, and hunt them
in the same way.  The flesh of most species is very good eating, and
they are therefore much sought after both by the natives and colonists.
Along with these, near the juvia-tree, were several capivaras, already
noticed.  But still more singular creatures on the ground were the
monkeys.  Of these there were different kinds; but that which first drew
the attention of our party was the great Capuchin monkey (_Brachyurus
chiropotes_).  This creature is not less than three feet in height and
of a reddish maroon colour.  Its body is entirely different from the
"ateles" monkeys, being stouter and covered with a fuller coat of hair;
and its tail is large and bushy, without any prehensile power.  It is,
in fact, less of a tree monkey than the _ateles_, although it also lives
among the branches.  The most striking peculiarities of the Capuchin are
its head and face.  In these it bears a stronger resemblance to the
human being than any other monkey in America.  The top of its head is
covered with a crop of coarse hair, that lies somewhat after the fashion
of human hair; but, what most contributes to the human expression is a
large full beard and whiskers reaching down to the breast, and arranged
exactly after the fashion of the huge beards worn by Orientals and some
Frenchmen.  There were only two of these Capuchins on the ground--a male
and female, for this species does not associate in bands.  The female
one was easily distinguished by her smaller size, and her beard was
considerably less than that of the male.  The beards seemed to be
objects of special attention with both--especially the male, as every
now and then he was observed to stroke it down with his hand, just as a
dandy may be seen doing with his moustache or his well-brushed whiskers.

Another peculiar habit of the Capuchins was noticed.  There was a little
pool of water close by.  Every now and then they ran to this pool and
took a drink from it.  But in drinking they did not apply their lips to
the pool or lap like a dog.  No; they lifted the water in the hollow of
their hands--hence their specific name of _chiropotes_, or
"hand-drinking monkeys."  They raised the water to their lips with great
care, taking pains not to let a drop of it fall on their precious
beards.  From this habit of going so often to quench their thirst, the
Capuchin monkeys have in some parts got the name of "hard-drinking
monkeys."

Apart from these was a troop of monkeys of a very different species.
They were nearly of the same size, but more of the shape of the
"ateles;" and their long tails, naked underneath and curling downward
near the points, showed that, like them too, they possessed prehensile
power in that member.  Such was the fact, for they were "howling
monkeys;" and some species of these can use the tail almost as adroitly
as the "ateles" themselves.  Those that our travellers saw were the
"guaribas," nearly black in colour, but with their hands covered with
yellow hair, whence their name among the naturalists of "yellow-handed
howler" (_Stentor flavimanus_).  They were seated in a ring when first
observed, and one--apparently the chief of the band--was haranguing the
rest; but so rapid were his articulations, and so changeable the tones
of his voice, that any one would have thought the whole party were
chattering together.  This, in effect, did occur at intervals, and then
you might have heard them to the distance of more than a mile.  These
creatures are enabled to produce this vast volume of voice in
consequence of a hollow bony structure at the root of the tongue, which
acts as a drum, and which gives them the appearance of a swelling, or
goitre, in the throat.  This is common to all the howling monkeys as
well as the guaribas.

Besides the howlers there were other species--there were tamarins, and
ouistitis, and the black coaitas of the genus "ateles," all assembled
around the juvia-tree.  There were parrots, and macaws, and other
nut-eating birds.  High above in the air soared the great eagle watching
his opportunity to swoop down on the pacas or agoutis, his natural prey.
It was altogether a singular assemblage of wild animals--a zoological
garden of the wilderness.

Our party, concealed by bushes, looked on for some time.  They noticed
that not one of all the living things was _under_ the tree.  On the
contrary, they formed--monkeys, cavies, parrots, and all--a sort of ring
around it, but at such a distance that none of the brandies were above
them!  Why was this?  Guapo knew the reason well, and before leaving
their place of observation the others had an explanation of it.

While they stood gazing one of the great globes was seen to fall from
the tree above.  The loud report as it struck the earth could have been
heard a long way off.  It caused the whole assemblage of living
creatures to start.  The macaws flapped their wings, the monkeys ran
outward and then stopped, and a simultaneous cry from the voices of both
birds and beasts echoed on all sides; and then there was a general
chattering and screaming, as though the fall of the great pericarp had
given pleasure to all parties.

It was very evident from this circumstance why both beasts and birds
kept so far out from the tree.  One of these fruits coming down like a
nine-pound shot would have crushed any of them to atoms.  Indeed, so
heavy are they, that one of them falling from a height of fifty or sixty
feet will dash out the brains of a man; and the Indians who gather them
go under the trees with great wooden helmets that cover both the head
and shoulders!  It would be no boy's play to "go a nutting" in a wood of
juvia-trees.

But how did the monkeys and birds get at the nuts?  Neither of these
could break open the outer shell.  This is full half an inch thick, and
so hard that it can scarcely be cut with a saw.  How could either
monkeys or birds open it?--that was the question put to Guapo.

"Watch them," said Guapo.

All kept their eyes bent attentively on what was going on; and to their
astonishment they observed that neither the monkeys nor the birds had
anything to do with the opening of the shells.  That was entirely the
work of the rodent animals, the pacas, cavies, and agoutis.  These with
their fine cutting teeth laid open the thick pericarps, and whenever one
was seen to have succeeded, and the triangular nuts were scattered upon
the ground, then there was a general rush, and macaws, parrots, and
monkeys scrambled for a share.  The monkeys, however, did their part of
the work.  Whenever a fruit fell from the tree, one or two of them,
deputed by the others, were seen to run in and roll it out, all the
while exhibiting symptoms of great terror.  They would then lift it in
their hands, several of them together, and dash it repeatedly upon a
stone.  Sometimes, when the shell was not a strong one, they succeeded
in breaking it in this way; but oftener they were not able, and then it
was left to the rodent animals, who were watched at their operations,
and usually robbed of the fruits of their labour.  Such were the
singular incidents witnessed at this festival of juvia-nuts.

But the scene was brought to a sudden termination.  A cry was heard that
rose far above all the other noises--a cry more terrible than the
screams of the parrots, or the shrieks of the howling monkeys--it was
the cry of the jaguar!  It came from a piece of woods close to the
juvia-tree, and the branches were heard to crackle as the dreaded
utterer advanced.

In a moment the ground was cleared of every creature.  Even the winged
birds had flew up from the spot, and perched upon the branches; the
cavies took to the water; the pacas and agouties to their burrows; and
the monkeys to the tops of the adjacent trees; and nothing remained on
the ground but the empty shells of the juvias.

Our party did not stay to notice the change.  They, too, had been warned
by the roar of the tiger, and hastily leaving the spot, returned to
their place of encampment.  On reaching it, they kindled a large circle
of fire to keep them in safety during the night.  They saw no more of
the jaguar, although at intervals through the midnight hours, they were
awakened by his loud and savage cry, resounding through the openings of
the forest.



CHAPTER FORTY THREE.

ACRES OF EGGS.

The next evening our travellers encamped on a sand-bar, or rather a
great bank of sand, that ran for miles along one side of the river.  Of
course they had nothing to hang their hammocks to, but that was a matter
of no importance, for the sand was dry and soft, and of itself would
make a comfortable bed, as pleasant to sleep on as a hair-mattress.
They only wanted wood enough to cook with, and to keep up their fire
during the night--so as to frighten off the wild beasts.

This night they kept watch as usual, Leon taking the first turn.  In
fact, they found that they must do so every night--as in each of the
camps where they had slept some danger had threatened; and they thought
it would be imprudent for all to go to sleep at the same time.  The
heaviest part of the sentinel's duty fell to Guapo's share; but Guapo
had long accustomed himself to go without sleep, and did not mind it;
moreover Don Pablo took longer spells at the stern-oar during the day,
and allowed Guapo many a "cat-nap."

Leon seated himself upon a pile of sand that he had gathered up, and did
his best to keep awake, but in about an hour after the rest were asleep
he felt very drowsy--in fact, quite as much so as on the night of the
adventure with the vampire.  He used pretty much the same means to keep
himself awake, but not with so good success, for on this occasion he
fell into a nap that lasted nearly half-an-hour, and might have
continued still longer, had he not slid down the sand-hill and tumbled
over on his side.  This awoke him; and feeling vexed with himself, he
rubbed his eyes as if he was going to push them deeper into their
sockets.

When this operation was finished, he looked about to see if any creature
had ventured near.  He first looked towards the woods--for of course
that was the direction from which the tigers would come, and these were
the only creatures he feared; but he had scarcely turned himself when he
perceived a pair of eyes glancing at him from the other side of the
fire.  Close to them another pair, then another and another, until
having looked on every side, he saw himself surrounded by a complete
circle of glancing eyes!  It is true they were small ones, and some of
the heads which he could see by the blaze, were small--they were not
jaguars, but they had an ugly look--they looked like the heads of
serpents!  Was it possible that an hundred serpents could have
surrounded the camp?  Brought suddenly to his feet, Leon stood for some
moments uncertain how to act.  He fully believed they were snakes--
anacondas, or water-snakes no doubt--that had just crept out of the
river; and he felt that a movement on his part would bring on their
united and simultaneous attack upon the sleeping party.  Partly
influenced by this fear, and again exhibiting that coolness and prudence
which we have already noticed as a trait of his character, he remained
for some moments silent and motionless.  Having already risen to his
feet, his eyes were now above the level of the blaze, and, as they got
the sleep well scared out of them, he could see things more distinctly.
He now saw that the snake-like heads were attached to large oval-shaped
bodies, and that, besides the half hundred or so that had gathered
around the fires, there were whole droves of the same upon the sandy
beach beyond.  The white surface was literally covered as far as he
could see on all sides of him with black moving masses; and where the
rays of the moon fell upon the beach, there was a broad belt that
glistened and sparkled as though she shone upon pieces of glass kept
constantly in motion!

A singular sight it was; and to Leon, who had never heard of such
before, a most fearful one.  For the life of him he could not make out
what it all meant, or by what sort of odd creatures they were
surrounded.  He had but an indistinct view of them, but he could see
that their bodies were not larger than those of a small sheep, and from
the way in which they glistened under the moon he was sure they were
water-animals, and had come out of the river!

He did not stay to speculate any longer upon them.  He resolved to wake
Guapo; but in doing so the whole party were aroused, and started to
their feet in some alarm and confusion.  The noise and movement had its
effect on the nocturnal visitors; for before Leon could explain himself,
those immediately around the fires and for some distance beyond rushed
to the edge, and were heard plunging by hundreds into the water.

Guapo's ear caught the sounds, and his eye now ranging along the sandy
shore, took in at a glance the whole thing.

"Carapas," he said laconically.

"Carapas?" inquired Leon.

"Oh!" said Don Pablo, who understood him.  "Turtles is it?"

"Yes, master," replied Guapo.  "This is, I suppose, one of their great
hatching-places.  They are going to lay their eggs somewhere in the sand
above.  They do so every year."

There was no danger from the turtles, as Guapo assured everybody, but
the fright had chased away sleep, and they all lay awake for some time
listening to Guapo's account of these singular creatures, which we shall
translate into our own phraseology.

These large turtles, which in other parts of South America are called
"arraus," or simply "tortugas," assemble every year in large armies,
from all parts of the river.  Each one of these armies chooses for
itself a place to breed--some sandy island, or great sand-bank.  This
they approach very cautiously--lying near it for some days, and
reconnoitring it with only their heads above the water.  They then crawl
ashore at night in vast multitudes--just as the party saw them--and each
turtle, with the strong crooked claws of her hind feet, digs a hole for
herself in the sand.  These holes are three feet in diameter and two
deep.  In this she deposits her eggs--from seventy to one hundred and
twenty of them--each egg being white, hard-shelled, and between the size
of a pigeon's and pullet's.  She then covers the whole with sand,
levelling it over the top so that it may look like the rest of the
surface, and so that the precious treasure may not be found by vultures,
jaguars, and other predatory creatures.  When this is done the labour of
the turtle is at an end.  The great army again betakes itself to the
water, and scatters in _every_ direction.  The sun acting upon the hot
sand does the rest; and in less than six weeks the young turtles, about
an inch in diameter, crawl out of the sand, and at once make for the
water.  They are afterwards seen in pools and lakes, where the water is
shallow, far from the place where they have been hatched; and it is well
known that the first years of their life are not spent in the bed of the
great river.  How they find these pools, or whether the mothers
distinguish their own young and conduct them thither, as the crocodiles
and alligators do, is a mystery.  With these last the thing is more
easy, as the crocodile-mothers deposit their eggs in separate places,
and each returns for her young when they are hatched, calls them by her
voice, and guides them to the pool where they are to remain until partly
grown.  But among the thousands of little turtles hatched at one place
and time, and that seek the water all together, how would it be possible
for the turtle mother to distinguish her own young?  Yet an old female
turtle is frequently seen swimming about with as many as a hundred
little ones after her!  Now are these her own, or are they a collection
picked up out of the general progeny?  That is an undetermined question.
It would seem impossible that each turtle-mother should know her own
young, yet amidst this apparent confusion there may be some maternal
instinct that guides her to distinguish her own offspring from all the
rest.  Who can say?

It is not often, however, that the turtle is permitted to have offspring
at all.  These creatures are annually robbed of their eggs in millions.
They have many enemies, but man is the chief.  When a turtle
hatching-place is discovered, the Indians assemble, and as soon as all
the eggs have been deposited, they uncover and collect them.  They eat
them--but that is not the principal use to which they are put.  It is
for the making of oil, or "tortoise-butter," they are collected.  The
eggs are thrown into a large trough or canoe, where they are broken up
with a wooden spade and stirred about for awhile.  They then remain
exposed to the sun, until the oily part collects on the surface, which
is then skimmed off and well boiled.  The "tortoise-butter" is now made,
and after being poured into earthen jars or bottles (_botijas_), it is
ready for market.  The oil is clear, of a pale yellow colour, and some
regard it as equal to the best olive oil, both for lamps and for
cooking.  Sometimes, however, it has a putrid smell, because many of the
eggs are already half hatched before the gathering takes place.

What would be the result were these eggs not gathered by the Indians?
Perhaps in the different rivers of South America more than an hundred
millions of them are deposited every year!  In the Orinoco alone, in
three principal hatching-places it has been calculated that at least
thirty-three millions are annually destroyed for the making of
tortoise-butter!  Fancy, then, one hundred millions of animals, each of
which grows to the weight of fifty or sixty pounds, being produced every
year, and then the increase in production which these would make if left
to themselves!  Why the rivers would be crowded; and it would be true
what old Father Gumilla once asserted, that "It would be as difficult to
count the grains of sand on the shores of the Orinoco, as to count the
immense number of tortoises that inhabit its margins and waters.  Were
it not for the vast consumption of tortoises and their eggs, the river,
despite its great magnitude, would be unnavigable, for vessels would be
impeded by the enormous multitude of the tortoises."

But nature has provided against this "over-population" of the turtles by
giving them a great many enemies.  The jaguars, the ocelots, the
crocodiles, the cranes, and the vultures, all prey upon them; and,
perhaps, if man were to leave them alone, the result would be, not such
a great increase in the number of the turtles, but that the creatures
who prey upon them would come in for a larger share.

The "carapa," or arrau turtle, is, when full grown, forty or fifty
pounds in weight.  It is of a dark green colour above and orange
beneath, with yellow feet.  There are many other species of fresh-water
turtles in the rivers of South America, but these breed separately, each
female choosing her own place, and making her deposit alone.  Indeed,
some of the smaller species, as the "terekay," are more esteemed both
for their flesh and eggs; but as a large quantity of these eggs is never
found together, they are not collected as an article of trade, but only
to be roasted and eaten.  The white does not coagulate in roasting or
boiling, and only the yolk is eaten, but that is esteemed quite as
palatable as the eggs of the common fowl.  The flesh of all kinds is
eaten by the Indians, who fry it in pots, and then pour it with its own
oil into other vessels and permit it to cool.  When thus prepared, it
will keep for a long time, and can be taken out when required for use.

Most of the above particulars were communicated by Guapo; and when he
had finished talking, all the others went to sleep, leaving Guapo to his
midnight vigil.



CHAPTER FORTY FOUR.

A FIGHT BETWEEN TWO VERY SCALY CREATURES.

When they awoke in the morning they found Guapo busy over the fire.  He
had already been at the turtles' nests, and had collected a large
basketful of the eggs, some of which he was cooking for breakfast.  In
addition to the eggs, moreover, half-a-dozen large turtles lay upon
their backs close by.  The flesh of these Guapo intended to scoop out
and fry down, so as to be carried away as a sort of stock of preserved
meat;--and a very excellent idea it was.  He had caught them during his
watch as they came out of the water.

All the turtles had gone off, although this is not always the case; for
frequently numbers that have not finished covering their eggs during the
night may be seen hard at work in the morning, and so intent on it, that
they do not heed the presence of their worst enemies.  These the Indians
denominate "mad tortoises."

This morning, however, no "mad tortoises" were to be seen; but when our
travellers cast their eyes along the beach they saw quite a number that
appeared to be turned upon their backs just like those that Guapo had
capsized.  They were at some distance from the camp, but curiosity
prompted our travellers to walk along the beach and examine them.  Sure
enough there were nearly a dozen large tortoises regularly laid on their
backs, and unable to stir; but, besides these, there were several
tortoise-shells out of which the flesh had been freshly scooped, and
these were as neatly cleaned out as if the work had been done by an
anatomist.  All this would have been a mystery but for the experience of
Guapo; but Guapo knew it was the jaguar that had turned the tortoises on
their backs, and that had cleaned out and eaten the flesh from the empty
shells!

Now, it is no easy thing for a man, provided with the necessary
implements, to separate the flesh of a tortoise from its shell, and yet
the jaguar, with his paw, can in a few minutes perform this operation
most adroitly, as our travellers had full proof.  All that they saw had
been done that same night; and it gave them no very pleasant feeling to
know that the jaguar had been at work so near them.  This animal, as
Guapo said, in attacking the turtles, first turns them over, so as to
prevent their escape--for the "carapas" are of those tortoises that once
upon their backs on level ground cannot right themselves again.  He then
proceeds to tear out the flesh, and eats it at his leisure.  Oftentimes
he capsizes a far greater number than he can eat, and even returns to
the spot to have a second meal of them; but frequently the Indians
wandering along the river, find the tortoises he has turned over, and of
course make an easy capture of them.

Guapo, upon this occasion, took advantage of the jaguar's skill, and
carried to the camp all that the latter had left.  It was Guapo's design
to make a large quantity of "turtle sausage-meat," so that they might
have a supply for many days, as by this time even Guapo himself was
getting tired of the horse-flesh "charqui."

They were about returning to camp, when their attention was drawn to two
dark objects upon the sand-beach a little farther on.  These objects
were in motion, and at first they believed they were a pair of "mad
tortoises" that had not yet returned to the water, although they were
close to its edge.

Led on by curiosity our party approached them, and saw that one only was
a tortoise, and one of the largest kind, being nearly three feet in
diameter.  The other animal was a small caiman or alligator.

As our travellers drew near they saw that these two creatures were
engaged in a fierce and deadly combat.  Now, it is a curious fact that
the larger alligators and crocodiles are among the most destructive
enemies which the turtles have, eating thousands of the latter while
they are still tiny little creatures and unable to defend themselves;
and, on the other hand, that the turtles prey extensively on the young
of both alligators and crocodiles, eating them whenever they can catch
them!  I say this is a curious fact in natural history, and it seems a
sort of retaliatory principle established between these two kinds of
reptiles, as if they ate one another's offspring _en revanche_.  There
is no feeling of revenge, however, in the matter.  It is merely an
instinct of appetite by which both kinds will eat almost any small fry
they come across.  In fact, the alligators and crocodiles not only eat
the young of the turtles, but their own young as well.  That is, the
_old males_ do; and it has been stated, that the males of some species
of tortoises have a similar unnatural appetite.

The turtle of which we are speaking is one of the most carnivorous of
the whole race, and one of the fiercest in its nature too; so much so,
that it has earned the name of the "fierce tortoise" (_Testudo ferox_).
It will eat fish and small Crustacea, and almost any living thing it
finds in the water, which is not too large for it.  It is extremely
expert in catching its prey.  It lies concealed at the bottom among the
roots of flags and nymphae; and when any small fish chances to pass it,
by means of its long neck darts out its head and seizes upon its
unsuspecting victim.  Once the bill of the "fierce turtle" has closed
upon any object its hold is secure.  You may cut its head off, but
otherwise it cannot be forced to let go, until it has either captured
its prey or taken the piece with it.  It will "nip" a stout walking-cane
between its mandibles, as if it was no more than a rush.

A very good story is told of a thief and a tortoise.  The thief was
prowling about the larder of an hotel in search of plunder, when he came
upon a large market-basket filled with provisions.  He immediately
inserted his hand to secure the contents, when he felt himself suddenly
seized by the fingers, and bitten so severely, that he was fain to draw
back his hand in the most hasty manner possible.  But along with the
hand he drew out a "snapping" turtle.  To get rid of the "ugly customer"
was his next care; but, in spite of all his efforts, the turtle held on,
determined to have the finger.  The scuffle, and the shouts which pain
compelled the thief to give utterance to, awoke the landlord and the
rest of the household; and before the thief could disengage himself and
escape, he was secured and given into custody.

Well, it was just a tortoise of this species, a "snapping turtle," and
one of the largest size, that our travellers now saw doing battle with
the caiman.  The caiman was not one of large size, else the turtle would
have fled from it, not that even the largest caimans are feared by the
full-grown _carapas_.  No; the strong plate-armour of the latter
protects them both from the teeth and tail of this antagonist.  The
jaguar, with his pliable paws and sharp subtle claws, is to them a more
dreaded assailant than the crocodile or caiman.

The one in question was some six or seven feet long, and altogether not
much heavier than the turtle itself.  It was not for the purpose of
eating each other they fought.  No--their strife was evidently on other
grounds.  No doubt the caiman had been attempting to plunder the
new-laid eggs of the tortoise, and the latter had detected him in the
act.  At all events, the struggle must have been going on for some time,
for the sand was torn up, and scored, in many places, by the sharp claws
of both.

The battle appeared to be still at its height when our party arrived on
the spot.  Neither tortoise nor caiman paid any attention to their
presence, but fought on pertinaciously.  The aim of the caiman appeared
to be to get the head of the tortoise in his mouth; but whenever he
attempted this, the latter suddenly drew his head within the shell, and
repeatedly disappointed him.  The tortoise, on its part, rose at
intervals upon its hind-feet, and making a dash forward, would dart
forth its long neck, and clutch at the softer parts of its antagonist's
body just under the throat.  Several times it had succeeded in this
manoeuvre, and each time it had brought the piece with it, so that the
caiman was already somewhat mangled.  Another manoeuvre of the tortoise
was to seize the tail of its antagonist.  Instinct seemed to teach it
that this was a vulnerable part, and for the purpose of reaching the
tail, it constantly kept crawling and edging round towards it.  Now,
there is no movement so difficult for a reptile of the crocodile kind as
to turn its body on dry land.  The peculiar formation of the vertebrae,
both of its neck and spine, renders this movement difficult; and in
"changing front," the reptile is forced to describe a full circle with
its unwieldy body--in fact to turn "all of a piece."  The tortoise,
therefore, had the advantage, and, after several efforts, he at length
succeeded in outflanking his antagonist, and getting right round to his
rear.  He lost no time, but, raising himself to his full height and
making a dart forward, seized the tail and held on.  He had caught by
the very tip, and it was seen that his horny mandibles had taken a
proper hold.

Now commenced a somewhat ludicrous scene.  The caiman, though but a
small one, with the immense muscular power which he possessed in his
tail, if not able to detach his antagonist, was able to give him a sound
shaking, and the turtle was seen vibrating from side to side, dragged
along the sand.  He held his broad yellow feet spread out on all sides,
so as to preserve his equilibrium, for he well knew that to lose that
would be to lose his life.  Should he get turned on his back it would be
all over with him; but he carefully guarded against such a fatal
catastrophe.  Of course there were intervals when the caiman became
tired, and remained still for a moment; and at each of these intervals
the tortoise renewed his hold, and, in fact, as our party now perceived,
was slowly, though surely, _eating the tail_!

When this had continued a short while, the great saurian seemed to
despair.  The pain, no doubt, caused him to weep "crocodile's tears,"
though none were seen, but his eyes glared with a lurid light, and he
began to look around for some means of escape from his painful position.
His eyes fell upon the water.  That promised something, although he
knew full well the turtle was as much at home there as he.  At all
events, his situation could not be a worse one, and with this, or some
such reflection, he made a "dash" for the water.  He was but a few feet
from it, but it cost him a good deal of pulling and dragging, and
clawing the sand, before he could get into it.  In fact, the tortoise
knew that its position could not be benefited by the change, and would
have preferred fighting it out on dry land, and to do this he set his
claws as firmly as possible, and pulled the tail in the opposite
direction!

The strength of the caiman at length prevailed.  He got his body into
the water, and, with a few strokes of his webbed feet, jerked the turtle
after, and both were now fairly launched.  Once in the river, the caiman
seemed to gain fresh vigour.  His tail vibrated violently and rapidly,
throwing the tortoise from side to side until the foam floated around
them, and then both suddenly sank to the bottom.

Whether they continued "attached," or became "separated" there, or
whether the turtle killed the lizard, or the lizard the turtle, or "each
did kill the other," no one ever knew, as it is highly probable that no
human eye ever saw either of them again.

At all events, no one of our party saw any more of them; and, having
watched the surface for some time, they turned in their steps and walked
back to the camp.



CHAPTER FORTY FIVE.

A PAIR OF VALIANT VULTURES.

They had got into a part of the river that seemed to be a favourite
resort with turtles and crocodiles, and creatures of that description.
At different times they saw turtles of different kinds; among others,
the "painted turtle," a beautiful species that derives its names from
the fine colouring of its shell, which appears as if it had been painted
in enamel.  Of crocodiles, too, they saw three or four distinct species,
and not unfrequently, the largest of all, the great black crocodile
(_Jacare nigra_).  This was sometimes seen of the enormous length of
over twenty feet!  Terrible-looking as these crocodiles are, they are
not masters of every creature upon the river.  There are even birds that
can sorely vex them, and compel them to take to the water to save
themselves from a fearful calamity--blindness.

One day, while descending the river, our travellers were witness to an
illustration of this.

They were passing a wide sand-bank that shelved back from the river,
with a scarcely perceptible slope, when they saw, at a distance of about
two hundred yards from the water's edge, a crocodile making for the
river.  He looked as though he had just awoke from his torpid sleep, for
his body was caked all over with dry mud, and he seemed both hungry and
thirsty.  It was like enough he was coming from some inland pond, where
the water had dried up, and he was now on his way to the river.

All at once two dark shadows were seen passing over the white surface of
the sand-bank.  In the heaven two large birds were wheeling about,
crossing each other in their courses, and holding their long necks
downwards, as if the crocodile was the object of their regard.

The latter, on seeing them, paused; and lowered his body into a squatted
or crouching attitude, as if in the birds he recognised an enemy.  And
yet what could such a large creature fear from a pair of "king
vultures?" for king vultures they were, as was easily seen by their
red-orange heads and cream-coloured plumage.  What could a crocodile,
full ten feet long, fear from these, even had they been eagles, or the
great condor himself?  No matter; he was evidently frightened at them;
and each time that they drew near in their flight, he stopped and
flattened his body against the sand, as if that might conceal him.  As
soon as they flew off again to a more distant point of their aerial
circle, he would once more elevate himself on his arms, and make all
haste toward the water.

He had got within about an hundred yards of the river, when the birds
made a sudden turn in the sky, and swooping down, alighted upon the sand
directly before the snout of the crocodile.  The latter stopped again,
and kept his eyes fixed upon them.  They did not leave him long to rest;
for one of them, making a few hops towards him, came so close, that it
might have been supposed the crocodile could have seized it in his jaws.
This, in fact, he attempted to do; but the wary bird threw up its broad
wings, and flapped to one side out of his reach.  Meanwhile, the other
had hopped close up to his opposite shoulder; and while the crocodile
was engaged with the first one, this made a dash forward, aiming its
great open beak at the eye of the reptile.  The crocodile parried the
thrust by a sudden turn of his head; but he had scarcely got round, when
the second vulture, watching its opportunity, rushed forward at the
other eye.  It must have succeeded in pecking it, for the great lizard
roared out with the pain; and rushing forward a bit, writhed and lashed
the sand with his tail.

The vultures paid no attention to these demonstrations, but only kept
out of the way of the teeth and claws of their antagonist; and then,
when he became still again, both returned to the attack as before.  One
after the other was seen dashing repeatedly forward--using both legs and
wings to effect their object, and each time darting out their great
beaks towards the eyes of the reptile.  The head of the latter kept
continuously moving from side to side; but move where it would, the
beaks of the vultures were ready to meet it, and to pierce into the
sockets of those deep lurid eyes.

This terrible contest lasted all the time the balza was floating by.  It
was a slow current at this place, and our travellers were a long time in
passing, so that they had a good opportunity of witnessing the strange
spectacle.  Long after they had glided past, they saw that the conflict
continued.  They could still perceive the black body of the reptile upon
the white sandbank, writhing and struggling, while the flapping wings of
the vultures showed that they still kept up their terrible attack.  But
the head of the crocodile was no longer directed towards the water.  At
the first onset the reptile had used every effort to retreat in that
direction.  He knew that his only safety lay in getting into the river,
and sinking beyond the reach of his adversaries.  At every interval
between their assaults, he had been seen to crawl forward, stopping only
when compelled to defend himself.  Now, however, his head was seen
turned from the water; sometimes he lay parallel with the stream; and
sometimes he appeared to be heading back for the woods, while his
struggles and contortions betrayed the agony he was undergoing.  But his
turning in this way was easily accounted for.  He knew not in what
direction lay the river.  He could no longer see.  His eyes were
mutilated by the beaks of the birds.  _He was blind_!

Guapo said the vultures would not leave him until they had made a meal
of his eyes, and that was all they wanted.  He would then remain on
shore, perhaps without finding his way back to the water, and most
likely be attacked by jaguars, or other preying creatures, who could
conquer him the easier now that he was deprived of his sight!

As the balza glided on, Guapo told our travellers many strange stories
of crocodiles.  He stated, what is well known to be true, that in the
rivers of South America many people are every year killed by these
ravenous creatures; in fact, far more than have ever fallen victims to
the salt-sea sharks.  In some places they are much fiercer than in
others; but this may arise from different species being the inhabitants
of these different places.  There is the true crocodile, with long sharp
snout, and large external tusks; and the caiman, with a snout broader
and more pike-shaped; and the former is a much more courageous and
man-eating creature.  Both are often found in the same river; but they
do not associate together, but keep in distinct bands or societies; and
they are often mistaken for each other.  This may account for the
difference of opinion that exists in regard to the fierceness of these
reptiles--many asserting that they are utterly harmless, and will not
attack man under any circumstances; while others, who have witnessed
their attacks, of course bearing testimony to the contrary.  There are
many places in South America, where the natives will fearlessly enter a
lake or river known to be full of crocodiles, and drive these creatures
aside with a piece of a stick; but there are other districts where
nothing will tempt an Indian to swim across a river infested with these
reptiles.  In the Amazon districts, in every Indian village, several
people may be seen who have been maimed by crocodiles.  No wonder that
among author-travellers there should be such a difference of opinion.

Guapo stated, that when an Indian has been seized by a crocodile in its
great jaws, he has only one chance of escape, and that is, by thrusting
his fingers into the eyes of the reptile.  This will invariably cause it
to let go its hold, and generally frighten it, so as to enable the
person to escape.  It, of course, requires great presence of mind to
effect this, as the person who has been seized will himself be in great
pain from the tearing teeth of the monster, and, perhaps, will have been
drawn under the water, before he can gather his senses.  But it has
often occurred that Indians, and even women, have escaped in this way.

The eyes of the crocodile are its most tender parts,--in fact, the only
parts that can be made to feel pain.  A crocodile may be disabled by
cutting at the root of its tail, but it can only be frightened by an
attack upon the eyes; and this appears to be a well-known fact, not only
to the Indians, but to all its other enemies among the birds and
quadrupeds.

The young crocodiles are often attacked, and have their eyes pecked out,
by the small gallinazo or "zamuro" vultures (_aura_ and _cathartes_),
just in the same way that we have seen one of a larger size become the
victim of the more powerful king vultures (_Sarcoramphus papa_).



CHAPTER FORTY SIX.

THE "GAPO."

After many days of rafting our travellers arrived in a most singular
country.  They were now approaching the mighty Amazon, and the river
upon which they had hitherto been travelling appeared to divide into
many branches, where it formed _deltas_ with the Amazon.  Every day, and
sometimes two or three times in the day, they passed places where the
river forked, as though each branch passed round an island, but our
travellers perceived that these branches did not meet again; and they
conjectured that they all fell into the Amazon by separate embouchures.
They were often puzzled to know which one to take, as the main river was
not always broadest, and they might get into one that was not navigable
below.  A curious region it was through which they passed; for, in fact,
they were now travelling in the country of the "Gapo."

What is the "Gapo?" you will ask.  The "Gapo," then, is the name given
to vast tracts of country upon the Amazon and some of its tributary
streams, that are annually inundated, and remain under water for several
months in the year.  It extends for hundreds of miles along the Amazon
itself, and up many of the rivers, its tributaries also, for hundreds of
miles.

But the whole country does not become one clear sheet of water, as is
the case with floods in other parts of the world.  On the contrary, high
as is the flood, the tree-tops and their branches rise still higher, and
we have in the "Gapo" the extraordinary spectacle of a flooded forest,
thousands of square miles in extent!

In this forest the trees do not perish, but retain life and verdure.  In
fact, the trees of this part are peculiar, most of them differing in
kind from the trees of any other region.  There are species of palms
growing in the "Gapo" that are found nowhere else; and there are animals
and birds, too, that remain in this region during the whole season of
flood.  It has been further asserted that there are tribes of "Gapo"
Indians, who live in the middle of the inundation, making their
dwellings upon the trees, and who can pass from branch to branch and
tree to tree almost as nimbly as monkeys.  This may or may not be true.
It would not be a new thing, if true, for it is well known that the
Guarano Indians, at the mouth of the Orinoco, dwell among the tops of
the murichi palms (_Mauritia flexuosa_) during many months of the season
of flood.  These people build platforms on the palms, and upon these
erect roofs, and sling their hammocks, and, with little fireplaces of
mud, are enabled to cook their provisions upon them.  But they have
canoes, in which they are able to go from place to place, and capture
fish, upon which they principally subsist.  The murichi palm furnishes
them with all the other necessaries of life.

This singular tree is one of the noblest of the palms.  It rises to a
height of more than one hundred feet, and grows in immense _palmares_,
or palm-woods, often covering the bank of the river for miles.  It is
one of those called "fan-palms,"--that is, the leaves, instead of being
pinnate or feathery, have long naked stalks, at the end of which the
leaflets spread out circularly, forming a shape like a fan.  One of the
murichi leaves is a grand sight.  The leaf-stalk, or petiole, is a foot
thick where it sprouts from the trunk; and before it reaches the
leaflets it is a solid beam of ten or twelve feet long, while the
circular fan or leaf itself is nine or ten in diameter!  A single leaf
of the murichi palm is a full load for a man.

With a score of such leaves,--shining and ever verdant as they are,--at
the top of its column-like trunk, what a majestic tree is the murichi
palm!

But it is not more beautiful than useful.  Its leaves, fruit, and stem,
are all put to some use in the domestic economy of the Indians.  The
leaf-stalk, when dried, is light and elastic, like the quill of a bird--
owing to the thin, hard, outer covering and soft internal pith.  Out of
the outer rind, when split off, the Indian makes baskets and
window-blinds.  The pithy part is separated into laths, about half an
inch thick, with which window-shutters, boxes, bird-cages, partitions,
and even entire walls, are constructed.  The epidermis of the leaves
furnishes the strings for hammocks and all kinds of cordage.  From the
fruits a favourite beverage is produced, and these fruits are also
pleasant eating, somewhat resembling apples.  They are in appearance
like pine-cones, of a red colour outside and yellow pulp.  The trunk
itself furnishes a pith or marrow that can be used as sago; and out of
the wood the Indian cuts his buoyant canoe!  In short, there are tribes
of Indians that not only live, in a literal sense, on the murichi palms,
but that almost subsist on them.

Although the flood had, to a considerable extent, subsided, the river in
most places was still beyond its banks; and this made it difficult for
our travellers to find a place for their night-camps.  Several nights
they were obliged to sleep, as they best could, on the balza,--the
latter being secured to a tree.  Sometimes, by pushing some distance up
the mouth of an "igaripe," or creek, they were able to find dry ground,
on which to encamp.  During their passage through this labyrinth of
rivers, they travelled but very slowly, and their provisions were fast
running out.  There was no chance for increasing their stock, as they
could not find either wild-hogs (peccaries) or capivaras.  These
creatures, although they can swim well enough, would only be found upon
the banks of the river, when it returned within its proper channel.

Now and then Guapo brought down a parrot, a macaw, or an aracari, with
his blow-gun; but these were only temporary supplies.  They had often
heard howling monkeys in the trees, but had not been able to see them;
and none of the party would have refused to eat roast-monkey now, as
they had all tried it and found it quite palatable.  Guapo, blow-gun in
hand, was continually peering up among the tree-tops in search of
monkeys or other game.  He was, at length, rewarded for his vigilance.

One night they had pushed the balza up an "igaripe" for a hundred yards
or so, where a dry bank gave them an opportunity of landing.  The creek
itself was not much wider than the balza, and tall trees stood upon both
banks.  In one or two places the thorny "jacitara" palm--which is a sort
of climbing plant, often hanging over the branches of other trees--
nearly reached across the stream.  These curious palms had even to be
cautiously pushed to one side as the balza passed,--for the arrowy claws
upon them, if once hooked into the clothes of the passengers, would
either have dragged the latter from off the raft, or have torn out the
piece of cloth.



CHAPTER FORTY SEVEN.

THE ARAGUATOES.

Our party had passed several of these jacitaras, made the balza fast,
landed, and were just cooking their scanty supper, when they heard a
band of howling monkeys afar off in the woods.  There was nothing
unusual in this; for these creatures are heard at all times among the
forests of the Amazon, especially at sunrise and before sunset, or
whenever there is any appearance of the approach of a rain-storm.  Our
travellers would not have noticed their voices on this occasion, but
that they seemed to be approaching in that direction; and as they were
coming along the bank of the main river, Guapo concluded that on
arriving at the "igaripe," they would turn up it and pass near where the
balza was, and thus he might have them within reach of his gravatana.
It was certain they were coming down the river side--of course upon the
tree-tops, and would, no doubt, turn up as Guapo expected, for the trees
on the opposite side of the igaripe stood too far apart even for monkeys
to spring across.

After waiting for half-an-hour or so, the hideous howling of the monkeys
could be heard at no great distance, and they were taking the desired
route.  In fact, in a few minutes after, the troop appeared upon some
tall trees that stood on the edge of the creek, not fifty yards from
where the balza was moored.  They were large animals, of that lanky and
slender shape that characterises the prehensile-tailed monkeys; but
these were different from the _ateles_ already mentioned.  They were
true howlers, as they had already proved by the cries they had been
uttering for the half-hour past.  There are several species of howling
monkeys, as we have already stated.  Those that had arrived on the
igaripe Guapo pronounced to be _araguatoes_.  Their bodies are of a
reddish-brown colour on the body and shoulders, lighter underneath, and
their naked wrinkled faces are of a bluish black, and with very much of
the expression of an old man.  Their hair is full and bushy, and gives
them some resemblance to a bear, whence their occasional name of
"bear-ape," and also their zoological designation, _Simia ursina_.  The
araguato is full three feet without the tail, and that powerful member
is much longer.  When the band made its appearance on the igaripe, they
were seen to come to a halt, all of them gathering into a great tree
that stood by the water's edge.  This tree rose higher than the rest,
and the most of the monkeys having climbed among the top branches, were
visible from the balza.  There were about fifty in the troop, and one
that seemed larger than any of the others appeared to act as leader.
Many of them were females, and there were not a few that had young ones,
which they carried upon their backs just as the Indian mothers and those
of other savage nations carry their children.  Most of the little
monkeys lay along the backs of their mothers, clasping them around the
neck with their fore-arms, while their hind ones girdled the middle of
the body.  But it was in their tails the little fellows seemed to place
most reliance.  The top parts of these were firmly lapped around the
thick base of the tails of the old ones, and thus not only secured their
seat, but made it quite impossible for them to drop off.  No force could
have shaken them from this hold, without dragging out their tails or
tearing their bodies to pieces.  Indeed, it was necessary they should be
thus firmly seated, as the exertions of the mothers,--their quick
motions and long springing leaps from tree to tree--would otherwise have
been impossible.

On reaching the bank of the igaripe, the araguatoes were evidently at
fault.  Their intention had been to proceed down along the main river,
and the creek now interfered.  Its water lay directly across their
course, and how were they to get over it?  Swim it, you may say.  Ha!
little do you know the dread these creatures have of water.  Yes;
strange to say, although many species of them pass their lives upon
trees that overhang water, or even grow out of it, they are as much
afraid of the water beneath them as if it were fire.  A cat is not half
so dainty about wetting her feet as some monkeys are; and besides a cat
can swim, which the monkeys cannot--at best so badly that in a few
minutes they would drown.  Strange, is it not, that among animals, those
that approach nearest to man, like him are not gifted by nature with the
power of swimming?  It is evident, then, that that is an art left to be
discovered by the intellect of man.  To fall into the water would be a
sad mishap for a monkey, not only on account of the ducking, but of the
danger.  There is not much likelihood of an araguato falling in.  Even
though one branch may have broken and failed it, in the great concave
sphere which it can so quickly trace around it by means of its five long
members, it is sure of finding a second.  No; the araguatoes might spend
a lifetime in the flooded forest without even wetting a hair farther
than what is wetted by the rain.

From their movements, it was evident the igaripe had puzzled them; and a
consultation was called among the branches of the tall tree already
mentioned.  Upon one of the very highest sat the large old fellow who
was evidently leader of the band.  His harangue was loud and long,
accompanied by many gestures of his hands, head, and tail.  It was, no
doubt, exceedingly eloquent.  Similar speeches delivered by other old
araguato chiefs, have been compared to the creaking of an ungreased
bullock-cart, mingled with the rumbling of the wheels!

Our party thought the comparison a just one.  The old chief finished at
length.  Up to this point not one of the others had said a word.  They
all sat silent, observing perfect decorum; indeed, much greater than is
observed in the great British Parliament or the Congress of America.
Occasionally one of the children might utter a slight squeak, or throw
out its hand to catch a mosquito; but in such cases a slap from the paw
of the mother, or a rough shaking, soon reduced it to quiet.  When the
chief had ended speaking, however, no debate in either Congress or
Parliament could have equalled the noise that then arose.  Every
araguato seemed to have something to say, and all spoke at the same
time.  If the speech of the old one was like the creaking of a
bullock-cart, the voices of all combined might appropriately be compared
to a whole string of these vehicles, with half the quantity of grease
and a double allowance of wheels!

Once more the chief, by a sign, commanded silence, and the rest became
mute and motionless as before.

This time the speech of the leader appeared to refer to the business in
hand--in short, to the crossing of the igaripe.  He was seen repeatedly
pointing in that direction, as he spoke, and the rest followed his
motions with their eyes.



CHAPTER FORTY EIGHT.

BRIDGING AN IGARIPE.

The tree upon which the araguatoes were assembled stood near the edge of
the water, but there was another still nearer.  This was also a tall
tree free of branches for a great way up.  On the opposite bank of the
igaripe was a very similar tree, and the long horizontal branches of the
two were separated from each other by a space of about twenty feet.  It
was with these two trees that the attention of the araguatoes appeared
to be occupied; and our travellers could tell by their looks and
gestures that they were conversing about, and calculating, the distance
between their upper branches.  For what purpose?  Surely they do not
expect to be able to make a crossing between them?  No creature without
wings could pass from the one to the other!  Such were the questions and
doubts expressed by Leon, and indeed by all except Guapo, but Guapo had
seen araguatoes before, and knew some of their tricks.  Guapo,
therefore, boldly pronounced that it was their intention to cross the
igaripe by these two trees.  He was about to explain the manner in which
they would accomplish it, when the movement commenced, and rendered his
explanation quite unnecessary.

At a commanding cry from the chief, several of the largest and strongest
monkeys swung themselves into the tree that stood on the edge of the
water.  Here, after a moment's reconnoissance, they were seen to get
upon a horizontal limb--one that projected diagonally over the igaripe.
There were no limbs immediately underneath it on the same side of the
tree; and for this very reason had they selected it.  Having advanced
until they were near its top, the foremost of the monkeys let himself
down upon his tail, and hung head downward.  Another slipped down the
body of the first, and clutched him around the neck and fore-arms with
his strong tail, with his head down also.  A third succeeded the second,
and a fourth the third, and so on until a string of monkeys dangled from
the limb.  A motion was now produced by the monkeys striking other
branches with their feet, until the long string oscillated back and
forwards like the pendulum of a clock.  This oscillation was gradually
increased, until the monkey at the lower end was swung up among the
branches of the tree on the opposite side of the igaripe.  After
touching them once or twice, he discovered that he was within reach; and
the next time when he had reached the highest point of the oscillating
curve, he threw out his long thin fore-arms, and firmly clutching the
branches, held fast.

The oscillation now ceased.  The living chain stretched across the
igaripe from tree to tree, and, curving slightly, hung like a
suspension-bridge.  A loud screaming, and gabbling, and chattering, and
howling, proceeded from the band of araguatoes, who, up to this time,
had watched the manoeuvres of their comrades in silence--all except the
old chief, who occasionally had given directions both with voice and
gestures.  But the general gabble that succeeded was, no doubt, an
expression of the satisfaction of all that the _bridge was built_.

The troop now proceeded to cross over, one or two old ones going first--
perhaps to try the strength of the bridge.  Then went the mothers
carrying their young on their backs, and after them the rest of the
band.

It was quite an amusing scene to witness, and the behaviour of the
monkeys would have caused any one to laugh.  Even Guapo could not
restrain his mirth at seeing those who formed the bridge biting the
others that passed over them, both on the legs and tails, until the
latter screamed again!

The old chief stood at the near end and directed the crossing.  Like a
brave officer, he was the last to pass over.  When all the others had
preceded him, he crossed after, carrying himself in a stately and
dignified manner.  None dared to bite at his legs.  They knew better
than play off their tricks on him, and he crossed quietly and without
any molestation.

Now the string still remained suspended between the trees.  How were the
monkeys that formed it to get themselves free again?  Of course the one
that had clutched the branch with his arms might easily let go, but that
would bring them back to the same side from which they had started, and
would separate them from the rest of the band.  Those constituting the
bridge would, therefore, be as far from crossing as ever!

There seemed to be a difficulty here--that is, to some of our
travellers.  To the monkeys themselves there was none.  They knew well
enough what they were about, and they would have got over the apparent
difficulty in the following manner:--The one at the tail end of the
bridge would simply have let go his hold, and the whole string would
then have swung over and hung from the tree on the opposite bank, into
which they could have climbed at their leisure.  I say they _would_ have
done so had nothing interfered to prevent them from completing the
manoeuvre.  But an obstacle intervened which brought the affair to a
very different termination.

Guapo had been seated along with the rest, gravatana in hand.  He showed
great forbearance in not having used the gravatana long before, for he
was all the while quite within reach of the araguatoes; but this
forbearance on his part was not of his own free-will.  Don Pablo had, in
fact, hindered him, in order that he and the others should have an
opportunity of witnessing the singular manoeuvres of the monkeys.
Before the scene was quite over, however, the Indian begged Don Pablo to
let him shoot, reminding him how much they stood in need of a little
"monkey-meat."  This had the effect Guapo desired; the consent was
given, and the gravatana was pointed diagonally upwards.  Once more
Guapo's cheeks were distended--once more came the strong, quick puff--
and away went the arrow.  The next moment it was seen sticking in the
neck of one of the monkeys.

Now, the one which Guapo had aimed at and hit was that which had grasped
the tree on the opposite side with its arms.  Why did he choose this
more than any other?  Was it because it was nearer, or more exposed to
view?  Neither of these was the reason.  It was, that had he shot any of
the others in the string--they being supported by their tails--it would
not have fallen; the tail, as we have already seen, still retaining its
prehensile power even to death.  But that one which held on to the tree
by its fore-arms would in a second or two be compelled from weakness to
let go, and the whole chain would drop back on the near side of the
igaripe.  This was just what Guapo desired, and he waited for the
result.  It was necessary only to wait half-a-dozen seconds.  The monkey
was evidently growing weak under the influence of the _curare_, and was
struggling to retain its hold.  In a moment it must let go.

The araguato at the "tail-end" of the bridge, not knowing what had
happened, and thinking all was right for swinging himself across,
slipped his tail from the branch just at the very same instant that the
wounded one let go, and the whole chain fell "souse" into the water!
Then the screaming and howling from those on shore, the plunging and
splashing of the monkeys in the stream, mingled with the shouts of Leon,
Guapo, and the others, created a scene of noise and confusion that
lasted for several minutes.  In the midst of it, Guapo threw himself
into the canoe, and with a single stroke of his paddle shot right down
among the drowning monkeys.  One or two escaped to the bank, and made
off; several went to the bottom; but three, including the wounded one,
fell into the clutches of the hunter.

Of course roast-monkey was added to the supper; but none of the
travellers slept very well after it, as the araguatoes, lamenting their
lost companions, kept up a most dismal wailing throughout the whole of
the night.



CHAPTER FORTY NINE.

THE MANATI.

The araguatoes, with dried plantains and cassava, were the food of our
travellers for several days after.  On the evening of the third day they
had a change.  Guapo succeeded in capturing a very large turtle, which
served for relish at several meals.  His mode of taking the turtle was
somewhat curious, and deserves to be described.

The balza had been brought to the bank, and they were just mooring it,
when something out on the water attracted the attention of Leon and
Leona.  It was a small, darkish object, and would not have been observed
but for the ripple that it made on the smooth surface of the river, and
by this they could tell that it was in motion.

"A water-snake!" said Leon.

"Oh!" ejaculated the little Leona, "I hope not, brother Leon."

"On second thoughts," replied Leon, "I don't think it is a snake."

Of course the object was a good distance off, else Leon and Leona would
not have talked so coolly about it.  But their words had reached the ear
of Dona Isidora, and drawn her attention to what they were talking
about.

"No; it is not a snake," said she.  "I fancy it is a turtle."

Guapo up to this had been busy with Don Pablo in getting the balza made
fast.  The word "turtle," however, caught his ear at once, and he looked
up, and then out on the river in the direction where Leon and Leona were
pointing.  As soon as his eye rested upon the moving object he replied
to the remark of Dona Isidora.

"Yes, my mistress," said he, "it is a turtle, and a big one too.  Please
all keep quiet--I think I can get him."

How Guapo was to get the turtle was a mystery to all.  The latter was
about thirty paces distant, but it would be difficult, if not
impossible, to hit his small snout--the only part above water--with the
arrow of the blow-gun.  Moreover, they thought that the arrow would not
penetrate the hard, bony-substance, so as to stick there and infuse its
poison into the wound.

These conjectures were true enough, but his gravatana was not the weapon
which Guapo was about to use.  He had other weapons as well--a
fish-spear or harpoon, and a regular bow and arrows, which he had made
during his leisure hours in the valley.

The latter was the weapon with which the tortoise was to be killed.

Taking the bow, and adjusting an arrow to the string, Guapo stepped
forward to the water's edge.  All watched him, uttering their hopes of
his success.  It was still not clear with them how the turtle was to be
killed by an arrow shot from a bow any more than by one sent from a
blow-gun.  Would it not glance from the shell even should he succeed in
hitting it under water?  Surely it would!

As they stood whispering their conjectures to one another, they observed
Guapo, to their great astonishment, _pointing his arrow upward_, and
making as if he was going to discharge it in the air!  This he, in fact,
_did_ do a moment after; and they would have been puzzled by his
apparently strange conduct, had they not observed, in the next instant,
that the arrow, after flying high up, came down again head-foremost and
stuck upright in the back of the turtle.

The turtle dived at once, and all of them expected to see the upright
arrow carried under water.  What was their surprise as well as chagrin
to see that it had fallen out, and was floating on the surface!  Of
course the wound had only been a slight one, and the turtle would
escape, and be none the worse for it.

But Guapo shared neither their surprise nor chagrin.  Guapo felt sure
that the turtle was his, and said nothing; but, jumping into the canoe,
began to paddle himself out to where the creature had been last seen.
What could he be after? thought they.

As they watched him, they saw that he made for the floating arrow.
"Oh!" said they, "he is gone to recover it."

That seemed probable enough, but, to their astonishment, as he
approached the weapon it took a start, and ran away from him!  Something
below dragged it along the water.  That was clear, and they began to
comprehend the mystery.  The _head_ of the arrow was still sticking in
the shell of the turtle.  It was only the shaft that floated, and that
was attached to the head by a string!  The latter had been but loosely
put on, so that the pressure of the water, as the turtle dived, should
separate it from the shaft, leaving the shaft with its cord to act as a
buoy, and discover the situation of the turtle.

Guapo, in his swift canoe, soon laid hold of the shaft, and after a
little careful manoeuvring, succeeded in landing his turtle high and dry
upon the bank.  A splendid prize it proved.  It was a "jurara"
tortoise--the "tataruga," or great turtle of the Portuguese, and its
shell was full three feet in diameter.

Guapo's mode of capturing the "jurara" is the same as that generally
practised by the Indians of the Amazon, although strong nets and the
hook are also used.  The arrow is always discharged upwards, and the
range calculated with such skill, that it falls vertically on the shell
of the turtle, and penetrates deep enough to stick, and detach itself
from the shaft.  This mode of shooting is necessary, else the jurara
could not be killed by an arrow, because it never shows more than the
tip of its snout above water, and any arrow hitting it in a direct
course would glance harmlessly from its shell.  A good bowman among the
Indians will rarely miss shooting in this way,--long practice and native
skill enabling him to guess within an inch of where his weapon will
fall.

In the towns of the Lower Amazon, where turtles are brought to market, a
small square hole may be observed in the shells of these creatures.
That is the mark of the arrow-head.

Guapo lost no time in turning his turtle inside out, and converting part
of it into a savoury supper, while the remainder was fried into
sausage-meat, and put away for the following day.

But on that following day a much larger stock of sausage-meat was
procured from a very different animal, and that was a "cow."

"How?" you exclaim,--"a cow in the wild forests of the Amazon!  Why, you
have said that no cattle--either cows or horses--can exist there without
man to protect them, else they would be devoured by pumas, jaguars, and
bats.  Perhaps they had arrived at some settlement where cows were
kept?"

Not a bit of it; your conjecture, my young friend, is quite astray.
There was not a civilised settlement for many hundreds of miles from
where Guapo got his cow--nor a cow neither, of the sort you are thinking
of.  But there are more kinds of cows than one; and, perhaps, you may
have heard of a creature called the "fish-cow?"  Well, that is the sort
of cow I am speaking of.  Some term it the "sea-cow," but this is an
improper name for it, since it also inhabits fresh-water rivers
throughout all tropical America.  It is known as the _Manati_, and the
Portuguese call it "_peixe hoi_," which is only "fish-cow" done into
Portuguese.

It is a curious creature the fish-cow, and I shall offer you a short
description of it.  It is usually about seven feet in length, and five
round the thickest part of the body, which latter is quite smooth, and
tapers off into a horizontal flat tail, semicircular in shape.  There
are no hind-limbs upon the animal, but just behind the head are two
powerful fins of an oval shape.  There is no neck to be perceived; and
the head, which is not very large, terminates in a large mouth and
fleshy lips, which are not unlike those of a cow: hence its name of
"cow-fish."  There are stiff bristles on the upper lip, and a few thinly
scattered hairs over the rest of the body.  Behind the oval fins are two
_mamma_, or breasts, from which, when pressed, flows a stream of
beautiful white milk.  Both eyes and ears are very small in proportion
to the size of the animal, but, nevertheless, it has full use of these
organs, and is not easily approached by its enemy.

The colour of the skin is a dusky lead, with some flesh-coloured marks
on the belly, and the skin itself is an inch thick at its thickest part,
on the back.  Beneath the skin is a layer of fat, of great thickness,
which makes excellent oil when boiled.  As we have said, the manati has
no appearance of hind-limbs.  Its fore-limbs, however, are highly
developed for a water animal.  The bones in them correspond to those in
the human arm, having five fingers with the joints distinct, yet so
enclosed in an inflexible sheath that not a joint can be moved.

The cow-fish feeds on grass, coming in to the borders of the lakes and
rivers to procure it.  It can swim very rapidly by means of its flat
tail and strong fins, and is not so easily captured as might be
supposed.  All the art of the hunter is required to effect its
destruction.  The harpoon is the weapon usually employed, though
sometimes they are caught in strong nets stretched across the mouths of
rivers or the narrow arms of lakes.  The flesh of the manati is much
esteemed, and tastes somewhat between beef and pork, altogether
different from "fish."  Fried in its own oil, and poured into pots or
jars, it can be preserved for many months.

As already stated, on the day after Guapo shot the turtle--in fact, the
next morning--just as they were going to shove off, some of the party,
in gazing from the edge of the balza, noticed a queer-looking animal in
the clear water below.  It was no other than a "fish-cow;" and, as they
continued to examine it more attentively, they were astonished to
observe that, with its short paddle-like limbs, it hugged two miniature
models of itself close to its two breasts.  These were the "calves" in
the act of suckling, for such is the mode in which the manati nourishes
her young.

All the others would have watched this spectacle for a while, interested
in the maternal and filial traits thus exhibited by a subaqueous
creature, but while they stood looking into the water, something glanced
before their eyes, and glided with a plunge to the bottom.  It was the
harpoon of Guapo.

Blood rose to the surface immediately, and there was a considerable
plashing as the strong manati made its attempt to escape; but the head
of the harpoon was deeply buried in its flesh, and, with the attached
cord, Guapo soon hauled the animal ashore.  It was as much as he and Don
Pablo could do to drag it on dry land; but the knife soon took it to
pieces; and then several hours were spent in making it fit for
preservation.  Its fat and flesh yielded enough to fill every spare
vessel our travellers had got; and, when all were filled, the balza was
pushed off, and they continued their voyage without any fear of short
rations for some time to come.



CHAPTER FIFTY.

THE CLOSING CHAPTER.

After many days of difficult navigation the balza floated upon the broad
and mighty Amazon, whose yellowish-olive flood flowed yet fifteen
hundred miles farther to the Atlantic Ocean.

The current was in most places over four miles an hour, and the
navigation smooth and easy--so that our travellers rarely made less than
fifty miles a-day.  There was considerable monotony in the landscape, on
account of the absence of mountains, as the Amazon, through most of its
course, runs through a level plain.  The numerous bends and sudden
windings of the stream, however, continually opening out into new and
charming vistas, and the ever-changing variety of vegetation, formed
sources of delight to the travellers.

Almost every day they passed the mouth of some tributary river--many of
these appearing as large as the Amazon itself.  Our travellers were
struck with a peculiarity in relation to these rivers--that is, their
variety of colour.  Some were whitish, with a tinge of olive, like the
Amazon itself; others were blue and transparent; while a third kind had
waters as black as ink.  Of the latter class is the great river of the
Rio Negro--which by means of a tributary (the Cassiquiare) joins the
Amazon with the Orinoco.

Indeed, the rivers of the Amazon valley have been classed into _white,
blue_, and _black_.  Red rivers, such as are common in the northern
division of the American continent, do not exist in the valley of the
Amazon.

There appears to be no other explanation for this difference in the
colour of rivers, except by supposing that they take their hue from the
nature of the soil through which these channels run.

But the _white_ rivers, as the Amazon itself, do not appear to be of
this hue merely because they are "muddy."  On the contrary, they derive
their colour, or most of it, from some impalpable substance held in a
state of irreducible solution.  This is proved from the fact, that even
when these waters enter a reservoir, and the earthy matter is allowed to
settle, they still retain the same tinge of yellowish olive.  There are
some white rivers, as the Rio Branco, whose waters are almost as white
as milk itself!

The _blue_ rivers of the Amazon valley are those with clear transparent
waters, and the courses of these lie through rocky countries where there
is little or no alluvium to render them turbid.

The _black_ streams are the most remarkable of all.  These, when deep,
look like rivers of ink; and when the bottom can be seen, which is
usually a sandy one, the sand has the appearance of gold.  Even when
lifted in a vessel, the water retains its inky tinge, and resembles that
which may be found in the pools of peat-bogs.  It is a general
supposition in South America that the black-water rivers get their
colour from the extract of sarsaparilla roots growing on their banks.
It is possible the sarsaparilla roots may have something to do with it,
in common with both the roots and leaves of many other vegetables.  No
other explanation has yet been found to account for the dark colour of
these rivers, except the decay of vegetable substances carried in their
current; and it is a fact that all the black-water streams run through
the most thickly wooded regions.

A curious fact may be mentioned of the black rivers; that is, that
mosquitoes--the plague of tropical America--are not found on their
banks.  This is not only a curious, but an important fact, and might be
sufficient to determine any one on the choice of a settlement.  You may
deem a mosquito a very small thing, and its presence a trifling
annoyance.  Let me tell you that settlements have been broken up and
deserted on account of the persecution experienced from these little
insects!  They are the real "wild beasts" of South America, far more to
be dreaded than pumas, or crocodiles, or snakes, or even the fierce
jaguar himself.

Day after day our travellers kept on their course, meeting with many
incidents and adventures--too many to be recorded in this little volume.
After passing the mouth of the Rio Negro, they began to get a peep now
and then of high land, and even mountains, in the distance; for the
valley of the Amazon, on approaching its mouth, assumes a different
character from what it has farther up-stream.  These mountains bend
towards it both from the Brazilian country on the south, and from Guiana
on the north, and these are often visible from the bosom of the stream
itself.

It was about a month from their entering the main stream of the Amazon,
and a little more than two from the first launching of their vessel,
when the balza was brought alongside the wharf of Grand Para, and Don
Pablo and his party stepped on shore at this Brazilian town.  Here, of
course, Don Pablo was a free man--free to go where he pleased--free to
dispose of his cargo as he thought best.  But he did _not_ dispose of it
at Grand Para.  A better plan presented itself.  He was enabled to
freight part of a vessel starting for New York, and thither he went,
taking his family and cargo along with him.  In New York he obtained a
large price for his bark, roots, and beans; in fact, when all were
disposed of, he found himself nearly twenty thousand dollars to the
good.  With this to live upon, he determined to remain in the great
Republic of the North until such time as his own dear Peru might be
freed from the Spanish oppressor.

Ten years was the period of his exile.  At the end of that time the
Spanish-American provinces struck almost simultaneously for liberty; and
in the ten years' struggle that followed, not only Don Pablo, but Leon--
now a young man--bore a conspicuous part.  Both fought by the side of
Bolivar at the great battle of Junin, which crowned the patriot army
with victory.

At the close of the War of Independence, Don Pablo was a general of
division, while Leon had reached the grade of a colonel.  But as soon as
the fighting was over, both resigned their military rank, as they were
men who did not believe in soldiering as a _mere profession_.  In fact,
they regarded it as an unbecoming profession in time of peace, and in
this view I quite agree with them.

Don Pablo returned to his studies; but Leon organised an expedition of
_cascarilleros_, and returned to the Montana, where for many years he
employed himself in "bark-hunting."  Through this he became one of the
richest of Peruvian "ricos."

Guapo, who at this time did not look a year older than when first
introduced, was as tough and sinewy as ever, and was at the head of the
cascarilleros; and many a _coceada_ did Guapo afterwards enjoy with his
mountain friend the "vaquero" while passing backward and forward between
Cuzco and the Montana.

Dona Isidora lived for a long period an ornament to her sex, and the
little Leona had _her_ day as the "belle of Cuzco."

But Leon and Leona both got married at length; and were you to visit
Cuzco at the present time, you might see several little Leons and
Leonas, with round black eyes, and dark waving hair--all of them
descendants from our family of--

"Forest Exiles."

THE END.








*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE FOREST EXILES: THE PERILS OF A PERUVIAN FAMILY IN THE WILDS OF THE AMAZON ***


    

Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
be renamed.

Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright
royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™
concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away—you may
do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
license, especially commercial redistribution.


START: FULL LICENSE

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE

PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at
www.gutenberg.org/license.

Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™
electronic works

1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™
electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your
possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this
agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™
electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.

1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual
works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting
free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™
works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily
comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when
you share it without charge with others.

1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country other than the United States.

1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear
prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work
on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the
phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed,
performed, viewed, copied or distributed:

    This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
    other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
    whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
    of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
    at www.gutenberg.org. If you
    are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
    of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
  
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is
derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works
posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
beginning of this work.

1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™.

1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg™ License.

1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format
other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website
(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works
provided that:

    • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
        the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method
        you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
        to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has
        agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
        Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
        within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
        legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
        payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
        Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
        Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
        Literary Archive Foundation.”
    
    • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
        you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
        does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™
        License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
        copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
        all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™
        works.
    
    • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
        any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
        electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
        receipt of the work.
    
    • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
        distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works.
    

1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than
are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
forth in Section 3 below.

1.F.

1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™
electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
cannot be read by your equipment.

1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right
of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.

1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
without further opportunities to fix the problem.

1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
remaining provisions.

1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in
accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or
additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any
Defect you cause.

Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™

Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
from people in all walks of life.

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s
goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will
remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future
generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.

Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification
number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws.

The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website
and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact

Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation

Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
status with the IRS.

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.

Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works

Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be
freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of
volunteer support.

Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.

Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
facility: www.gutenberg.org.

This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™,
including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.